Massimo Morelli - Federazione Italiana Tennis
Massimo Morelli - Federazione Italiana Tennis
Massimo Morelli - Federazione Italiana Tennis
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
<strong>Massimo</strong> <strong>Morelli</strong><br />
GUIDA ALL’ESAME PER<br />
UFFICIALE DI GARA<br />
INTERNAZIONALE CERTIFICATO<br />
DI TENNIS<br />
I TEST E QUIZ DEI SEMINARI E DELLE PRE-SCUOLE<br />
DAL 1998 FIN QUASI AI NOSTRI GIORNI
<strong>Massimo</strong> <strong>Morelli</strong><br />
GUIDA ALL’ESAME PER UFFICIALE DI GARA<br />
INTERNAZIONALE CERTIFICATO DI TENNIS<br />
A GUIDE TO THE EXAMS FOR INTERNATIONAL<br />
TENNIS OFFICIALS<br />
I TESTS E QUIZ DEI SEMINARI E DELLE PRE-SCUOLE<br />
DAL 1998 FIN QUASI AI NOSTRI GIORNI<br />
SCHOOLS AND SEMINARS’ TESTS FROM 1998<br />
Redazione operativa e riordino materiale a cura di Maria Cristina Barbarano<br />
Editorial material and operational reorganization by Maria Cristina Barbarano<br />
2
3<br />
Al “Professor”<br />
<strong>Massimo</strong> Francesconi<br />
Istruttore alle Scuole<br />
(18/5/1961 – 31/1/2004)
PREMESSA<br />
Tredici anni fa, all’indomani dei risultati negativi della Scuola di Livello 3 del 1997 di Londra, ci si<br />
interrogò sui rimedi possibili affinché gli Ufficiali di Gara di tennis italiani candidati alle scuole<br />
internazionali potessero affrontare gli esami dei relativi Organismi in modo sereno e consapevole di<br />
ciò che li avrebbe aspettati in sede di Scuola vera e propria.<br />
Fu dunque deciso, a partire dal 1998 ed insieme all’allora rappresentante del CCUG Luigi Savino,<br />
che fu il primo a credere in questo progetto, di creare un sistema di seminari e di pre-scuole, sia di<br />
Livello 2 che di Livello 3, da affiancare alle Scuole di Livello 1 organizzate in collaborazione con<br />
l’ITF, il cui obiettivo era e rimane quello di fornire un’adeguata preparazione ed al contempo di<br />
selezionare i migliori candidati. Per fare ciò sono stati preparati in questi tredici anni centinaia di<br />
quiz e casi pratici, raccolti per la prima volta ora tutti insieme in questo volume, e messi a<br />
disposizione di chiunque voglia affinare la propria preparazione.<br />
Desidero ringraziare tutti coloro che in questi anni hanno via via condiviso con me le lunghe<br />
giornate d’aula in qualità di Istruttori: <strong>Massimo</strong> Francesconi (al quale questo volume è dedicato),<br />
Luigi Brambilla, Carmelo Di Dio, Gianluca Moscarella, Giorgio Tarantola, Romano Grillotti,<br />
Lorenzo Peduzzi, e Roberto Ranieri. Mi scuso se ho involontariamente omesso qualcuno. Ringrazio<br />
inoltre Maria Cristina Barbarano per la scrittura di gran parte dei quiz delle pre-scuole del<br />
2006/2007 e per la redazione operativa del presente manuale.<br />
Un ringraziamento va anche ai due Coordinatori degli UdG italiani Certificati, Pierluigi Grana e<br />
Carmelo Di Dio, che si sono succeduti negli anni delle scuole, e che mi hanno sempre lasciato mano<br />
libera nella loro gestione, non interferendo mai nei risultati. Così come un grazie sentito va a i tre<br />
Presidenti del CCUG (Maurizio Bertini, Mauro Guerrini ed Ettore Marte) che hanno reso<br />
tecnicamente possibili le scuole in questi tredici anni.<br />
L’ultimo più forte ringraziamento va a tutti coloro che in questo lungo periodo sono stati allievi<br />
delle pre-scuole e dei seminari. I loro consigli e le loro critiche costruttive hanno permesso di<br />
migliorare il sistema stesso e renderlo il più possibile simile a quello che affronteranno realmente in<br />
sede di esame internazionale.<br />
<strong>Massimo</strong> <strong>Morelli</strong><br />
4<br />
)
INTRODUCTION<br />
Thirteen years ago, following the negative results of the 1997 Level 3 School in London, we<br />
“brainstormed” on possible remedies on how the Italian candidates in <strong>Tennis</strong> Officials Certification<br />
Schools could face the exams of the governing bodies of tennis in a serene way and aware of what<br />
they could expect within the school itself. It was therefore decided, starting in 1998, to create a<br />
system of workshops and pre-schools, alongside the Schools of Level 1 organized in collaboration<br />
with the ITF, whose goal was and remains to provide a proper preparation and at the same time to<br />
select the best candidates.<br />
To do so, were prepared in these thirteen years hundreds of quizzes and case studies collected for<br />
the first time now all together in this volume, and available to anyone who wants to improve his<br />
preparation.<br />
I wish to thank all those who in recent years have gradually shared with me the long days in the<br />
classroom as teachers: <strong>Massimo</strong> Francesconi (to which this volume is dedicated), Luigi Brambilla,<br />
Carmelo Di Dio, Gianluca Moscarella Giorgio Tarantola, Romano Grillotti, Lorenzo Peduzzi, and<br />
Roberto Ranieri. I apologize if I have inadvertently omitted someone. I also thank Maria Cristina<br />
Barbarano for writing most of the quiz of pre-schools in 2006/2007 and the drawing of this<br />
operational manual.<br />
Last stronger thanks to all those who during this long period were students in pre-schools and<br />
seminars. Their advice and their constructive criticisms have helped to improve the system and<br />
make it as close as possible to what actually face in the international examination.<br />
<strong>Massimo</strong> <strong>Morelli</strong><br />
5
AVVERTENZA<br />
Si dice spesso, ed anche a ragione, che l’importante nell’arbitraggio sia “saper stare bene sulla<br />
sedia”, quasi a sottintendere che l’approfondita conoscenza delle regole e procedure sia un optional.<br />
Tuttavia non bisogna dimenticare che da diversi anni gli Organismi Internazionali deputati a<br />
conferire le Certificazioni hanno compiuto la scelta di dare molta importanza alle scuole ed ai tests<br />
che in queste vengono presentati agli allievi.<br />
In realtà conoscenza delle regole ed esperienza sul campo (anche per i Referees ovviamente) sono<br />
due facce della stessa medaglia: bisogna esercitarsi e conoscere tutte e due e, a mio modesto parere,<br />
nel caso degli aspiranti Referees è importante compiere diversi assistentati.<br />
In questa guida trovate, divisi per anni, i tests e quiz dal 1998 al 2009. La mancanza di qualche<br />
annata deriva o dall’assenza di scuole in quel periodo o dal fatto che in quell’anno i tests non erano<br />
stati preparati dal sottoscritto. (Unica eccezione: i test e pop-quiz preparati da Maria Cristina<br />
Barbarano, che mi ha autorizzato a riprodurli).<br />
Per scelta editoriale solo alcuni test contengono le soluzioni, al fine di stimolare il lettore a ricercare<br />
le giuste risposte sui Rulebooks, oltre che a prepararlo ad affrontare le difficoltà di aula<br />
rappresentate dai tanti tests e pop quiz che gli saranno sottoposti. I nomi citati negli esercizi delle<br />
“acceptance lists” e negli altri esercizi sono solo a scopo didattico e non corrispondono a casi reali,<br />
mentre le liste vere e proprie corrispondono a quelle realmente disponibili per il torneo.<br />
I quiz e la casistica riportati nel presente volume abbracciano un periodo di tempo molto ampio.<br />
Alcuni di essi non hanno più validità pratica o vengono ripetuti nel corso dei vari anni o le regole e<br />
le procedure di riferimento sono cambiate e quindi necessitano di una risposta diversa negli anni. Si<br />
è tuttavia ritenuto di includerli ugualmente tutti al fine di dare completezza alla presente raccolta.<br />
Si rammenta inoltre che nelle varie prescuole non sempre è stato usato lo stesso schema ed ordine di<br />
proposizione dei tests e/o lo stesso stile grafico nelle domande, ma sono stati riproposti tali e quali<br />
per mantenere la genuinità del lavoro originale. Infine il format delle scuole è cambiato negli anni e<br />
quindi si troveranno differenze sensibili nelle tipologia di tests proposti: ad esempio negli ultimi<br />
anni agli aspiranti Referees sono stati sempre più proposti tests sulle “acceptance lists”.<br />
I quiz ed i tests qui raccolti sono esclusivamente frutto del lavoro personale e non hanno la pretesa<br />
di sostituirsi a quelli degli Organismi Internazionali, i quali rimangono gli unici deputati a decidere<br />
delle relative Certificazioni. I presenti quiz devono essere quindi letti come un aiuto alla<br />
preparazione e non come una ripetizione di tests già pubblicati e/o un’anticipazione di tests che si<br />
ritroveranno agli esami veri e propri. In particolare la lettura del presente manuale non può in<br />
nessun modo sostituire l’approfondito studio dei testi ufficiali pubblicati dagli Organismi<br />
Internazionali per la preparazione alle Scuole (con particolare riguardo alle Regole di <strong>Tennis</strong><br />
ed alle Duties & Procedures), e che devono essere affrontati con scrupolosa attenzione. In ogni<br />
caso solo per le scuole di Livello 1 è stato usato il riferimento alla parola “ITF”, in quanto solo<br />
queste scuole si svolgono sotto l’egida della <strong>Federazione</strong> Internazionale. Le pre-scuole ed i seminari<br />
di Livello 2 e 3 sono invece di mia personale concezione e si sono invece svolte in collaborazione<br />
con la FIT.<br />
6
Solo occasionalmente si potranno trovare alcuni quiz ripresi da o che si ispirino a quelli presenti<br />
negli “open book tests” o altri dell’ITF (e denotati con **), in ogni caso disponibili per chiunque<br />
abbia una certificazione minima da “White Badge Official”, e qui riportati solo a fine didattico.<br />
Sono state infine aggiunte un’appendice contenente tests mai proposti alle pre-scuole, alcuni<br />
appunti (che io avevo originariamente escluso) e che Giuseppe Solarino mi ha inviato nuovamente,<br />
scrivendomi che gli avrebbe fatto piacere che fossero introdotti nella versione finale del libro (e<br />
cedendone gentilmente i diritti), nonché una guida/vademecum con alcuni consigli pratici per<br />
affrontare al meglio i giorni degli esami.<br />
<strong>Massimo</strong> <strong>Morelli</strong><br />
7
ADVICE<br />
For editorial choice only a few tests contain solutions in order to stimulate the reader to find the<br />
right answers on rulebooks, as well as to prepare her/him to face the difficulties of class represented<br />
by the many pop quizzes and tests that will be submitted. The names mentioned in the exercises of<br />
"acceptance lists" and other exercises are for educational purposes only and do not correspond to<br />
real cases, while the actual lists correspond to those actually available for the tournament.<br />
The quizzes and case studies reported in this volume cover a wide period of time. Some of them are<br />
no longer valid or practice is repeated over the course of several years or the rules and procedures of<br />
reference have changed and therefore require a different response over the years. However, it was<br />
decided to include all equally in order to give completeness to this collection. It is recalled that in<br />
the various preschool is not always used the same pattern and order of sentence of tests and / or<br />
questions in the same style, but also put forward as such to maintain the authenticity of the original<br />
work. Finally, the format of the schools has changed over the years and then find substantial<br />
differences in types of tests proposed: for example in recent years to aspiring Referees have been<br />
increasingly proposed tests on the "acceptance lists”.<br />
Quizzes and tests collected here are solely the result of personal work and not meant to replace<br />
those of international organizations, which remain the only members to decide the international<br />
certifications. These quizzes must therefore be read as an aid in the preparation and not as a<br />
repetition of tests already published and / or anticipation of tests that will meet the tests themselves.<br />
In particular, the reading of this text in no way substitutes the study of official documents<br />
and books for the preparation of the schools, and that must be addressed with great care.<br />
<strong>Massimo</strong> <strong>Morelli</strong><br />
8
SOMMARIO<br />
1998 ………………………………………………………... missing sorry !!!<br />
1999 .......................................................................................................pag. 11<br />
2000 ......................................................................................................pag. 26<br />
2001 ......................................................................................................pag. 43<br />
2002 ...………………………………………………….......................pag. 69<br />
2003 ………………………………………………………....missing sorry !!!<br />
2004…………………………………………………………………....pag. 93<br />
2005…………………………………………………………………....pag. 113<br />
2006…………………………………………………………………....pag. 127<br />
2007…………………………………………………………………....pag. 139<br />
2008 …………………………………………………………missing sorry !!!<br />
2009 …………………………………………………………………...pag. 150<br />
2010 ………………………………………………………………… pag. 198<br />
APPENDICE 1……………………………………………………… pag. 199<br />
APPENDICE 2……………………………………………………… pag. 214<br />
APPENDICE 3……………………………………………………… pag. 227<br />
9
1999<br />
11
1999<br />
1999 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N°1<br />
1999 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N°2<br />
1999 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : FINAL TEST<br />
12
1999 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE-TEST N° 1<br />
YOU HAVE 20 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST (30 MINUTES IF YOU ARE A REFEREE)<br />
SECTION 1 – CHAIR UMPIRES AND REFEREES<br />
1) IN ATP TOUR TOURNAMENTS ONE ATP TOUR LOGO IDENTIFICATION MAY APPEAR ON<br />
ONE SLEEVE IN ADDITION TO THE COMMERCIAL AND THE MANUFACTURER’S LOGO.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
2) IN ATP TOUR TOURNAMENTS WITH A CREW OF SIX LINE UMPIRES THE CENTER SERVICE<br />
LINE IS ALWAYS CALLED FROM THE RECEIVER’S END.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
3) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS THE SERVICE, AFTER HITTING THE GROUND IN THE SERVICE<br />
COURT, MAY HIT THE GROUND A SECOND TIME, BUT ONLY WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF THE<br />
COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
4) THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES ALLEY IS:<br />
A) 1,37 MT.<br />
B) 1,39 MT.<br />
C) 1,27 MT.<br />
D) 1,17 MT.<br />
5) IN ATP TOUR CHALLENGER A MAXIMUM OF ………….. SECONDS SHALL ELAPSE FROM<br />
THE MOMENT THE BALL GOES OUT OF PLAY AT THE END OF THE POINT UNTIL THE<br />
SERVER TOSSES THE BALL IN THE ACT OF SERVING NEXT POINT<br />
A) 25<br />
B) 30<br />
C) 20<br />
6) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF THE RACKET, INCLUDING THE HANDLE, FOR<br />
PROFESSIONAL PLAY.<br />
A) 63,76 CM<br />
B) 76,36 CM<br />
C) 73,66 CM<br />
D) 67,63 CM<br />
7) IN ATP TOUR CHALLENGER TOURNAMENTS PLAYERS CAN PUT 2 SEPARATE COMMER-<br />
CIAL ID. ON ONE BAG NEITHER OF WHICH MAY EXCEED 3 SQ. INCHES.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
13
8) IN WTA TOUR THE STANDARD LOGOS ON THE SOCKS ON EACH FOOT SHALL BE LIMITED<br />
TO A MAXIMUM OF 3 SQ. INCHES.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
9) FOR THE FIRST TIME IN AN ITF MEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH, PLAYER A’s CAP ACCIDENTAL-<br />
LY FALLS OFF DURING THE POINT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION? **<br />
A) REPLAY THE POINT<br />
B) REPLAY THE POINT AND ADVISE PLAYER A THAT IF THIS HAPPENS AGAIN, HE WILL LOSE<br />
THE POINT<br />
C) POINT TO PLAYER B (OPPONENT)<br />
10) AT AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT EVENT, IS A PLAYER ALLOWED TO HAVE A MANU-<br />
FACTURER’S LOGO WRITING ON HER WRISTBAND?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
11) WHAT IS THE MINIMUM WIDTH OF THE BASELINE?<br />
A) 10 CM.<br />
B) 5 CM.<br />
C) 2,5 CM.<br />
D) 8 CM.<br />
12) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES BATHROOM BREAK (NO CHANGE OF ATTIRE) MAY BE TAKEN<br />
ONLY AT THE END OF THE GAME OR ON A CHANGEOVER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
13) IF THE NO-AD SCORING SYSTEM IS USED, THE ANNOUNCEMENTAFTER DEUCE IS:<br />
A) “NO-AD SYSTEM”<br />
B) “RECEIVER’S ADVANTAGE”<br />
C) “DECIDING POINT. RECEIVER’S CHOICE”<br />
14) IN MEN’S TENNIS WHEN RETURNING A FIRST SERVE FAULT THE RECEIVER BREAKS A<br />
STRING. CAN HE FINISH THAT POINT WITH THE BROKEN STRING?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
15) IN DOUBLES, IF A PARTNER SERVES OUT OF TURN AND IT IS DISCOVERED BEFORE THE<br />
GAME HAS BEEN COMPLETED, THE ORDER OF SERVICE REMAINS ALTERED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
________________________________________________________________________________________________<br />
SECTION 2 – REFEREES ONLY<br />
16) IN CHALLENGER SERIES TOURNAMENTS AT LEAST 6 BALLS ARE TO BE PROVIDED FOR<br />
EACH MD AND QF MATCH TO BE CHANGED AT LEAST EVERY 9 AND 11 GAMES.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
14
17) A DOUBLES QUALIFYING COMPETITION IS MANDATORY FOR ALL ATP TOUR<br />
TOURNAMENTS, INCLUDING CHALLENGERS.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
18) IN WTA TOUR EVENTS THE SIGN-IN DEADLINE FOR QUALIFYING IS:<br />
A) 4.00 P.M. THE DAY PRIOR THE START OF QUALIFYING<br />
B) 6.00 P.M. THE DAY PRIOR THE START OF QUALIFYING<br />
C) 9.00 A.M. THE SAME DAY IN WHICH QUALIFYING START<br />
D) 7.00 P.M. THE DAY PRIOR THE START OF QUALIFYING<br />
19) IN FED CUP HOW MANY TEAM NOMINATIONS CAN BE CHANGED? WHAT IS THE<br />
DEADLINE FOR CHANGING A NOMINATION?<br />
A) ONE CHANGE – UP TO ONE HOUR BEFORE THE DRAW<br />
B) ONE CHANGE – AT THE DRAW<br />
C) TWO CHANGES – UP TO ONE HOUR BEFORE THE DRAW<br />
D) TWO CHANGES – AT THE DRAW<br />
20) IN MEN’S FUTURE PLAYER A HAS PLAYED 95 MINUTES IN SINGLES. WHAT IS THE<br />
MINIMUM REST PERIOD IS HE ENTITLED BEFORE PLAYING DOUBLES THE SAME DAY?<br />
A) 1 HOUR AND ½<br />
B) 1 HOUR<br />
C) ½ HOUR<br />
15
1999 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE - TEST N° 2<br />
YOU HAVE 35 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST ( 50 MINUTES IF YOU ARE A REFEREE)<br />
SECTION 1 – CHAIR UMPIRES AND REFEREE<br />
1) A PLAYER SERVES A FIRST SERVICE FAULT. HE STARTS TO SERVE THE SECOND SERVE<br />
AND YOU REALIZE THAT THERE SHOULD BE NEW BALLS IN PLAY. WHAT DO YOU DO? **<br />
2) A PLAYER, RUNNING FOR A BALL, WHILE THE BALL IS STILL IN PLAY, SLIDES WITH HIS<br />
FOOT UNDER THE NET, WITHOUT TOUCHING IT, BECAUSE THE NET IS NOT FULLY<br />
EXTENDED TO THE COURT SURFACE. WHAT DO YOU DO? **<br />
3) DURING AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH ON CLAY, PLAYER X SERVES A 2 ND SERVE TO<br />
PLAYER Y. THIS 2 ND SERVE HITS THE TOP OF THE NET AND LANDS CLOSE TO THE NEAR<br />
SIDE LINE. THE LINE UMPIRE CALLS “FAULT”. THE SERVER ASKS FOR A BALL MARK<br />
INSPECTION AND THE CHAIR UMPIRE GOES DIRECTLY TO THE MARK AND CALLS THE<br />
SERVE GOOD. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION? **<br />
4) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES MATCH (PLAYER X vs. PLAYER Y), PLAYER X HITS A BALL<br />
WHICH HITS THE TOP OF THE NET, DROPS DOWN AND HITS THE PIPE SUPPORT AT THE<br />
BOTTOM OF THE NET IN PLAYER’S Y COURT. PLAYER Y IS UNABLE TO REACH THE BALL.<br />
WHEN IS THE BALL DEAD (OUT OF PLAY)? **<br />
5) IF EIGHT (8) MINUTES ELAPSES BEFORE THE ATP TOUR SPORTS MEDECINE TRAINER<br />
ARRIVES AND TREATMENT BEGINS 30 SECONDS LATER (THE MEDICAL TIME OUT<br />
BEGINS) AND IS COMPLETED AFTER ANOTHER TWO (2) MINUTES, IS A REWARM-UP<br />
AUTHORIZED? **<br />
A) NO<br />
B) YES<br />
6) MAY AN ATP TOUR SPORTS MEDECINE TRAINER PUT HIS HANDS ON A PLAYER<br />
SUFFERING FROM WHAT APPEARS TO BE FATIGUE? **<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
7) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS ANY CONTINUAL DISTRACTION OF REGULAR PLAY SUCH AS<br />
“GRUNTING”, SHAL BE DEALT WITH AS FOLLOWS: **<br />
A) LET – LET – LOSS OF POINT<br />
B) LET – LOSS OF POINT<br />
C) CODE VIOLATION<br />
D) LOSS OF POINT<br />
8) IN AN ITF MEN’S CIRCUIT SINGLES MATCH (BEST OF 3 SETS), PLAYER A TAKES A TOILET<br />
BREAK IN THE FIRST SET. IN THE FINAL SET, PLAYER A ASKS TO GO TO THE TOILET<br />
AGAIN ON A CHANGEOVER. IS THE PLAYER ALLOWED TO LEAVE THE COURT? IF YES,<br />
HOW MUCH TIME DOES HE HAVE? IF HE DOES NOT RETURN IN TIME, WHAT SHOULD<br />
THE CHAIR UMPIRE ASSESS? **<br />
A) PLAYER A IS NOT ALLOWED TO LEAVE THE COURT<br />
B) MUST BE BACK IN 20 SECONDS – ASSESS TIME VIOLATION IF NOT<br />
C) MUST BE BACK IN 20 SECONDS – ASSESS CODE VIOLATION IF NOT<br />
16
D) MUST BE BACK IN 90 SECONDS – ASSESS TIME VIOLATION IF NOT<br />
E) MUST BE BACK IN 90 SECONDS – ASSESS CODE VIOLATION IF NOT<br />
F) PLAYER IS ALLOWED “REASONABLE TIME”<br />
9) IN FED CUP MEMBER OF DOUBLES TEAM SHOULD BE DRESSED IN SUBSTANTIALLY<br />
IDENTICAL ATTIRE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
10) IN AN ATP TOUR CHALLENGER EVENT, A PLAYER BREAKS HIS SHOE AND NEEDS TO<br />
CHANGE THEM, BUT HIS SECOND PAIR IS IN THE LOCKER ROOM? AS A CHAIR UMPIRE,<br />
WHAT DO YOU DO? **<br />
11) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, WHEN THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN EFFECT,<br />
HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP PERIOD?<br />
A) 10 MINUTES<br />
B) THERE IS NO WARM-UP<br />
C) 3 MINUTES<br />
D) IT DEPENDS FROM THE TIME OF SUSPENSION<br />
E) 5 MINUTES<br />
12) IN DAVIS CUP, IDENTIFICATION FOR A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION TEAM SPONSOR ON THE<br />
BACK OF WARM-UP CLOTHING IS PERMITTED AND SHOULD NOT EXCEED 4 SQ. INCHES<br />
AND IS PERMITTED TO BE WORN DURING WARM-UP ONLY DURING ANY OFFICIAL<br />
CEREMONIES **<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
13) AT AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT EVENT, IS A PLAYER ALLOWED TO HAVE A<br />
MANUFACTURER’S LOGO WITH WRITING ON HER WRISTBAND?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
14) IN WTA TOUR EVENTS, A PLAYER WITH A PRE-EXHISTING CONDITION, SUSTAINED<br />
PRIOR TO THE MATCH IN PROGRESS, CANNOT RECEIVE A MEDICAL TIME-OUT IF THE<br />
CONDITION IS AGGRAVATED DURING PLAY. **<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
15) AT CLUB OR RECREATIONAL LEVEL, THE SPACE BEHIND EACH BASELINE SHOULD BE<br />
NOT LESS THAN:<br />
A) 3,05 MT.<br />
B) 6,40 MT.<br />
C) 5,50 MT.<br />
D) 8,23 MT.<br />
16) THE SIZE OF THE “CENTRE MARK” IS:<br />
A) 2,5 CM. X 5 CM.<br />
B) 10 CM. X 2,5 CM.<br />
C) 5 CM. X 10 CM.<br />
D) 4 CM. X 2,5 CM.<br />
17
17) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE THROWS HIS RACKET AND HITS THE BALL.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
18) WHEN A WHEELCHAIR PLAYER IS PLAYING A MATCH AGAINST AN ABLE–BODIED<br />
PLAYER, HOW MANY BOUNCES OF THE BALL IS THE ABLE BODIED PLAYER ALLOWED<br />
BEFORE HE/SHE MUST RETURN THE BALL TO CONTINUE THE POINT?<br />
A) THREE<br />
B) TWO<br />
C) ONE<br />
19) A PLAYER IS WEARING GLASSES DURING A MATCH ON A CLAY COURT. AT THE END OF<br />
THE FIRST SET, IT STARTS TO RAIN LIGHTLY AND THE PLAYER ASKS FOR EXTRA-TIME<br />
TO CHANGE HIS GLASSES TO CONTACT LENSES. AS A CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
20) DURING A COREL WTA TOUR EVENT, THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN<br />
EFFECT. DURING THE 10 MINUTE BREAK BETWEEN THE 2 ND AND FINAL SETS, THE<br />
PLAYERS ARE ALLOWED TO: **<br />
A) RECEIVE COACHING<br />
B) RECEIVE TREATMENT FROM A PRIMARY HEALTH CARE PROVIDER<br />
C) TAKE A SHOWER<br />
D) ALL OF THE ABOVE<br />
E) NONE OF THE ABOVE<br />
SECTION 2 - REFEREES ONLY<br />
21) IN DAVIS CUP MATCH, A TEAM CAPTAIN IS LOUDLY COACHING HIS PLAYER BETWEEN<br />
POINTS. AS A REFEREE YOU ISSUE A CAPTAIN’S WARNING<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
22) IN ATP TOUR TOURNAMENTS MAY A PLAYER SING THE LUCKY LOSER SIGN-IN SHEET IF<br />
HE IS NOT ACCEPTED IN THE QUALIFYING COMPETITION?<br />
A) NO<br />
B) YES<br />
23) IN AN ATP TOUR CHALLENGER THE SCHEDULED TRANSPORTATION IS LATE TO PICK UP<br />
PLAYERS FROM THE TOURNAMENT HOTEL. THE PLAYER ARRIVES ON SITE AFTER 20<br />
MINUTES FROM THE MOMENT HIS MATCH HAS BEEN CALLED, SAYING THAT THE<br />
TRANSPORTATION WAS LATE. AS A REFEREE WHAT DO YOU DO? *+<br />
24) CAN A TOURNAMENT DIRECTOR AT A CHALLENGER, WHICH IS HELD IN THE SAME<br />
WEEK AS AN ATP TOUR EVENT, REQUEST PERMISSION TO OFFER A MAIN DRAW WILD<br />
CARD TO A PLAYER WHO HAS LOST IN THE QUALIFYING OF A TOUR EVENT? **<br />
A) NO<br />
B) YES<br />
25) IN WTA TOUR EVENTS IF A PLAYER IS FORCED TO RETIRE OR DEFAULTS HER FINAL<br />
ROUND OF QUALIFYING, SHE FORFEITS HER RIGHT TO LUCKY LOSER STATUS FOR THE<br />
DURATION OF THE TOURNAMENTS. **<br />
A) TRUE<br />
18
B) FALSE<br />
26) IN WTA DOUBLES MAIN DRAW SEED N°3 WITHDRAWS AT 3.35 PM THE DAY PRIOR THE<br />
START OF PLAY. AS A REFEREE WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
27) IN WTA TOUR EVENTS PLAYERS IN QUALIFYING DOUBLES MAY BE REQUIRED TO PLAY<br />
QUALIFYING DOUBLES BEFORE A MAIN DRAW OR QUALIFYING SINGLES MATCH.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
28) IN JUNIOR EVENTS A GIRL IS ENTITLED TO ONE BATHROOM BREAK AND TO ONE<br />
CHANGE OF ATTIRE BREAK DURING A BEST OF THREE SET MATCH.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
29) IN DAVIS CUP WORLD GROUP PLAYERS ARE ENTITLED TO A REST PERIOD AFTER THE<br />
3 RD SET IN ANY MATCH.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
30) IN SATELLITE CIRCUITS PLAYERS WITHOUT CIRCUIT POINTS ARE ELEGIBLE TO PLAY<br />
THE MASTER EVENT ONLY AS AN ON-SITE ALTERNATE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
19
1999 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - FINAL TEST<br />
YOU HAVE 50 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST (1 HOUR IF YOU ARE A REFEREE)<br />
SECTION 1 – CHAIR UMPIRES AND REFEREES<br />
1) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF, IN SERVING HIS 2 nd SERVE, HIS RACKET FLIES FROM HIS<br />
HANDS AND TOUCHES NET AFTER THE BALL HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND OUTSIDE THE<br />
PROPER COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
2) IN WOMEN’S FUTURE THE TOTAL MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TOILET BREAK IN DOUBLES IS:<br />
A) SIX<br />
B) TWO<br />
C) FOUR<br />
3) IN DAVIS CUP WORLD GROUP THE SPACE BEHIND EACH BASE-LINE SHOULD BE NO LESS<br />
THAN:<br />
A) 6,40 MT.<br />
B) 8,33 MT.<br />
C) 8,23 MT.<br />
D) 6,43 MT.<br />
E) 4,57 MT.<br />
4) IN FED CUP AN ADDITIONAL WTA TOUR PATCH NOT EXCEEDING TWO SQ. INCHES (13<br />
CMQ) MAY BE WORN ON THE SLEEVE OR FRONT OF THE GARMENT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
5) AT 4 – 3 IN A TIE-BREAK IN A DOUBLES MATCH (A & B vs. C & D), PLAYER B SERVES OUT<br />
OF TURN. AS CHAIR UMPIRE YOU REALISE THIS AFTER B HAS SERVED AND WON ONE<br />
POINT (5 – 3). WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
A) CONTINUE PLAY WITH SERVING AS ALTERED<br />
B) PLAYER A TO SERVE 4 – 3<br />
C) PLAYER B TO SERVE 4 – 3<br />
D) PLAYER A TO SERVE 5 – 3<br />
6) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE FAILS TO RETURN THE<br />
BALL BEFORE IT HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND THREE TIMES.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
7) IN ATP TOUR CHALLENGER A PLAYER IS ALLOWED TO LEAVE A COURT FOR A TOILET<br />
BREAK ONLY ON THE CHANGEOVER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
20
8) IN MEN’S FUTURES A SWEATSHIRT MAY BE WORN BY A PLAYER .<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
C) YES, BUT ONLY DURING THE WARM-UP<br />
9) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES THE REFEREE HAS THE AUTHORITY TO DENY A PLAYER THE<br />
PERMISSION TO LEAVE THE COURT DURING A MATCH FOR A BATHROOM/SHIRT<br />
CHANGE BREAK. *+<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
10) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS THE HEADBAND MAY HAVE ONE MANUFACTURER’S LOGO NOT<br />
TO EXCEED TWO SQ. INC (13 CMQ) BUT WITHOUT WRITING.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
11) IF A PLAYER DELIBERATELY HINDERS HIS OPPONENT A LET MUST BE CALLED BY THE<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE. **<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
12) A PLAYER CANNOT APPEAL TO THE CHAIR UMPIRE FOR THE WITHDRAWAL OF A TIME<br />
VIOLATION GIVEN TO HIS OPPONENT. **<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
13) IN DAVIS CUP A PLAYER IS PERMITTED TO HAVE AN IDENTIFICATION OF A NATIONAL<br />
ASSOCIATION TEAM SPONSOR ON THE BACK OF THE SHIRT NOT EXCEEDING 3 SQS. INCH<br />
TO BE WORN ONLY DURING ANY OFFICIAL CEREMONIES. **<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
14) IN FED CUP ZONAL COMPETITIONS THE CAPTAIN IS ALLOWED TO TALK WITH<br />
LINESMEN.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
15) IN DAVIS CUP THE CAPTAIN MAY COACH A PLAYER AT ANY TIME.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
16) IN JUNIOR EVENTS A GIRLS DOUBLES TEAM SHALL BE DRESSED IN SUBSTANTIAL<br />
IDENTICAL ATTIRE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
17) IN AN ATP CHALLENGER A PLAYER IS NOT READY TO PLAY AFTER 90 SECONDS<br />
CHANGE-OVER (NO INJURY INVOLVED/NO UNSPORTSMANLIKE CONDUCT).<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE ANNOUNCES “CODE VIOLATION”.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
21
18) IN MEN’S FUTURES THE SIZE OF THE COMMERCIAL LOGO ON THE SOCK IS LIMITED TO<br />
3 SQS. INC (19 CMQ).<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
19) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES IF A GARMENT DOES NOT HAVE SLEEVES TWO COMMERCIAL<br />
IDENTIFICATIONS, NEITHER OF WHICH SHALL EXCEED 3 SQ. INC (19 CMQ) IN SIZE MAY<br />
BE PLACED IN FRONT OF THE GARMENT. **<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
20) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS DOUBLES PLAYERS MUST BE DRESSED IN SUBSTANTIAL SAME<br />
COLOUR.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
21) IN A DOUBLES MATCH TEAM A SERVES OUT OF ORDER. THE CHAIR UMPIRE REALIZES<br />
THE MISTAKE AT 30-0. WHAT MUST THE CHAIR UMPIRE DO?<br />
A) CORRECT IMMEDIATELY<br />
B) LET THE ORDER STAY ALTERED<br />
22) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES WHEN THE “EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION”RULE IS IN EFFECT<br />
A PLAYER IS NON ALLOWED TO RECEIVE AN ADJUSTMENT OF MEDICAL SUPPORT<br />
DURING THE 10 MINUTE BREAK.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
23) IN DAVIS CUP ZONAL COMPETITIONS THERE SHALL BE A SPACE OF NOT LESS THAN……..<br />
MT FROM THE COURT SURFACE TO THE CEILING.<br />
A) 12 MT.<br />
B) 11 MT.<br />
C) 9 MT.<br />
D) 13 MT.<br />
24) IN FED CUP ZONAL TIES THE MINIMUM LIGHTING PER SQUARE METRE FOR PLAYING<br />
INDOOR IS:<br />
A) 500 LUX<br />
B) 1,000 LUX<br />
C) 1,500 LUX<br />
25) IN A MATCH PLAYED WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRE THE FIRST SERVICE FROM PLAYER A IS<br />
LONG, BUT CLOSE, AND B RETURNS THE BALL FOR A WINNER WITHOUT CALLING A<br />
FAULT. PLAYER A SEES THE BALL AS A FAULT AND ASKS PERMISSION OF B TO INSPECT<br />
THE MARK. PLAYER B AGREES TO INSPECTION, BUT POINTS TO A GOOD BALL MARK<br />
WHICH A SAYS IS THE WRONG MARK. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION? **<br />
A) POINT TO B<br />
B) POINT TO A<br />
C) PLAY A LET<br />
26) IN MEN’S TENNIS TAPING OF IRREGULAR PATCHES IS ALLOWED ONLY IN DOUBLES.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
22
27) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES RETURNING LATE FROM A BATHROOM BREAK IS SANCTIONED<br />
WITH A CODE VIOLATION FOR UNSPORTSMANLIKE CONDUCT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
28) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS A PLAYER MAY HAVE ONE MANUFACTURER’S LOGO IN THE<br />
BACK OF THE SHIRT AND ANOTHER ONE IN THE COLLAR.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
29) IN MIXED DOUBLES, WHEN THE NO-AD SCORING SYSTEM IS IN USE, AT DEUCE, WITH<br />
THE FEMALE PLAYER SERVING, SHE SHALL SERVE TO THE MALE PLAYER IF HE<br />
RECEIVES FROM THE LEFT COURT AND TO THE FEMALE PLAYER IF SHE RECEIVES<br />
FROM THE RIGHT COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
30) A LINE UMPIRE MAY NEVER CHANGE A CALL AS A RESULT OF A PROTEST BY A PLAYER<br />
BUT MAY DO SO IF THE PROTEST HIS ACCEPTED BY THE REFEREE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
31) IN DAVIS CUP WHERE THERE IS A NEUTRAL CHAIR UMPIRE, THE REFEREE CANNOT<br />
CHANGE THE DECISION OF THE CHAIR UMPIRE ON A QUESTION OF FACT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
32) IN FED CUP COMPRESSION SHORTS MAY HAVE TWO STANDARD LOGOS OF THE<br />
MANUFACTURER WHICH SHALL NOT EXCEED 2 SQ. INC. (13 CMQ).<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
33) DURING A SUSPENSION IN PLAY DUE TO A RAIN STORM, THE PLAYERS WERE<br />
INSTRUCTED TO REMAIN ON-COURT AS IT WAS ONLY A BRIEF SHOWER. ONE OF THE<br />
PLAYERS WANTED TO GO TO THE TOILET. AS THE PLAYERS HAVE BEEN INSTRUCTED<br />
TO STAY ON-COURT, SHOULD THIS TRIP TO THE TOILET BE CONSIDERED AS ONE OF HIS<br />
PERMITTED TOILET BREAKS?<br />
A) NO<br />
B) YES<br />
34) AT GRAND SLAM A PLAYER CANNOT RECEIVE TREATMENT FOR PRE-EXISTING<br />
CONDITIONS NOT AGGRAVATED DURING PLAY.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
35) IN ATP TOUR TOURNAMENTS OFFICIALS ARE REQUIRED TO ABSTAIN FROM ALCOHOLIC<br />
BEVERAGES FOR 14 (FOURTEEN) HOURS BEFORE THEIR MATCH ON THE DAY THEY ARE<br />
TO OFFICIATE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
23
36) IN SINGLES, A PLAYER’S SECOND SERVE TOUCHES THE SINGLE STICK AND LANDS IN<br />
THE PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT. WHAT IS THE<br />
CORRECT DECISION? **<br />
A) LET: FIRST SERVE<br />
B) POINT TO THE OPPONENT<br />
C) SECOND SERVE<br />
D) CALL FOR THE REFEREE<br />
E) CODE VIOLATION TO THE SERVER<br />
37) IN MEN’S FUTURES, AS A GUIDELINE,THE MEDICAL TREATMENT DURING CHANGEOVER,<br />
SHOULD NOT EXCEED THREE CHANGEOVERS, EVEN NOT CONSECUTIVES.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
38) IN DAVIS CUP VIOLATION OF THE PARTISAN CROWD RULE IS PENALISED AS FOLLOWS:<br />
WARNING – POINT – DEFAULT<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
39) IN FED CUP THE BAD BEHAVIOUR OF THE CAPTAINS IS PENALISED AS FOLLOWS:<br />
WARNING –POINT – POINT – POINT – ETC….<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
40) A MATCH IS POSTPONED DUE TO RAIN AND RESUMES THE NEXT DAY. IS A PLAYER<br />
ENTITLED TO A TOILET BREAK AGAIN IF HE ALREADY TOOK ONE THE DAY BEFORE?<br />
A) NO<br />
B) YES<br />
SECTION 2 – REFEREES ONLY<br />
41) IN MEN’S SATELLITE CIRCUITS TIES BETWEEN PLAYERS FOR SEEDING POSITION IN<br />
WEEK 2 ARE BROKEN, BY THE FIRST, BY WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES:<br />
A) HEAD TO HEAD RESULTS (IF ANY) ON WEEK ONE OF THE CIRCUIT<br />
B) BY LOT<br />
C) HIGHEST APPROVED COMPUTER RANKING ON THE LATEST AVAILABLE LIST<br />
42) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER MUST BE ON SITE AT THE START OF THE MATCH<br />
PRECEDING HER OWN, UNLESS IT IS THE FIRST MATCH OF THE DAY.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
43) IN DAVIS CUP THERE MUST BE A MINIMUM OF …………….HOURS BETWEEN THE START<br />
TIME OF PLAY ON THE SECOND DAY AND THE SCHEDULED START TIME OF PLAY ON<br />
THE THIRD OR FINAL DAY.<br />
A) 22<br />
B) 20<br />
C) 12<br />
D) 24<br />
24
44) IN FED CUP THE INTERVAL BETWEEN SINGLES MATCHES SHALL BE DECIDED BY THE<br />
REFEREE, BUT SUCH INTERVAL SHOULD BE NO LONGER THAT………….MINUTES.<br />
A) 30<br />
B) 20<br />
C) 15<br />
45) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS ON-SITE THE FIRST ON SITE ALTERNATE MUST BE READY TO<br />
PLAY WITHIN 15 .MINUTES FROM THE ORIGINAL DEFAULT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
46) IN MEN’S FUTURES WHAT IS THE DEADLINE FOR DOUBLES ENTRIES FOR TOURNAMENTS<br />
WHICH ORGANISE A DOUBLES QUALIFYING COMPETITION?<br />
A) 12.00 NOON LOCAL TIME ON THE DAY BEFORE THE MAIN DRAW IN SINGLES IS SCHEDULED<br />
TO COMMENCE<br />
B) 12.00 NOON USA EASTERN TIME ON THE DAY THE MAIN DRAW IN SINGLES IS SCHEDULED TO<br />
COMMENCE<br />
C) 12.00 NOON LOCAL TIME ON THE DAY THE MAIN DRAW IN SINGLES IS SHEDULED TO<br />
COMMENCE<br />
47) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES NATIONAL RANKINGS SHALL NOT BE USED TO DETERMINE<br />
SEEDINGS.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
48) IN DAVIS CUP ONLY THE NOMINATED TEAM SHALL BE PRESENT FOR THE OPENING AND<br />
CLOSING CEREMONY ON COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
49) IN MEN’S FUTURE QUALIFYING, AFTER HAVING ACCEPTED PLAYERS WITH POINTS, YOU<br />
STILL HAVE SOME PLACE AVAILABLE. HOW DO YOU TREAT PLAYERS WHO BELONG<br />
TO THOSE COUNTRIES WHICH DO NOT PRODUCE A NATIONAL RANKING (ES:<br />
AUSTRALIA)?<br />
A) AS NATIONALLY UNRANKED<br />
B) AS EQUALLY RANKED NATIONALLY<br />
C) AS LUCKY LOSERS<br />
50) IN ATP TOUR CHALLENGERS THE TIME FOR QUALIFYING SIGN-IN, ON THE DAY<br />
PRECEDING THE START OF PLAY IS:<br />
A) FROM NOT BEFORE 5.00 PM TO NOT LATER THAN 9.00 PM<br />
B) FROM NOT BEFORE 6.00 PM TO NOT LATER THAN 9.00 PM<br />
C) NOT LATER THAN 7.00 PM<br />
D) FROM NOT BEFORE 5.00 PM TO NOT LATER THAN 9.00 PM<br />
E) NOT LATER THAN 9.00 PM<br />
25
2000<br />
26
2000<br />
2000 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N°1<br />
2000 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N°2<br />
2000 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : FINAL TEST<br />
2000 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : POP QUIZ 1 - REFEREES<br />
2000 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : POP QUIZ 2 - REFEREES<br />
27
2000 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE-TEST N° 1<br />
YOU HAVE 20 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST. (30 MINUTES IF YOU ARE A REFEREE)<br />
SECTION 1 – CHAIR UMPIRES AND REFEREES<br />
1) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A LINE UMPIRE CALLS A FOOT FAULT RIGHT BEFORE THE SERVER’S<br />
RACKET HITS A SECOND SERVE (DURING THE MOTION). WHAT IS THE UMPIRE CALL? **<br />
LET FIRST SERVE<br />
2) IN GRAND SLAM’S WOMENS MATCHES CHANGE OF ATTIRE BREAKS SHOULD BE TAKEN ON<br />
A SET BREAK.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
FALSE: MUST BE TAKEN VEDI ULTIMO ON THE LINE<br />
3) WHAT IS, IN GRAND SLAM MATCHES, THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF MANUFACTURER’S LOGO ON<br />
COMPRESSION SHORTS?<br />
13 CMQ PAG 32 GRAND SLAM<br />
4) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES ALLEY ?<br />
1,37 MT.<br />
5) IN ATP TOUR CHALLENGER HOW MANY SECONDS SHALL ELAPSE FROM THE MOMENT THE<br />
BALL GOES OUT OF PLAY AT THE END OF THE POINT UNTIL THE SERVER TOSSES THE BALL<br />
IN THE ACT OF SERVING NEXT POINT? **<br />
25 PAG. 138 ATP TOUR RULEBOK<br />
6) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM WIDTH OF THE RACKET’S FRAME?<br />
31.75 CM<br />
7) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS HOW MANY TOILET BREAKS ARE PERMITTED PER PLAYER<br />
DURING A BEST OF THREE SETS MATCH?<br />
TWO: PAG 28 WHEEL CHAIR<br />
8) WHAT IS THE POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE FOR JUNIOR TENNIS?<br />
WARNING POINT DEFAULT PAG. 35 JUNIOR BOOK<br />
9) FOR THE SECOND TIME IN AN ITF MEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH, PLAYER A’s CAP ACCIDENTALLY<br />
FALLS OFF DURING THE POINT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
LOSS OF POINT<br />
10) WHAT IS THE MINIMUM WIDTH OF THE BASELINE?<br />
2,5 CM<br />
28
11) WHAT IS, IN DAVIS CUP WORLD GROUP QUALIFYING ROUND, THE MINIMUM SPACE<br />
BETWEEN THE COURT SURFACE AND THE CEILING?<br />
12 MT.<br />
12) WHAT IS THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE TWO SERVICE LINE?<br />
12,80 MT.<br />
13) IF THE NO-AD SCORING SYSTEM IS USED, WHAT IS THE ANNOUNCEMENT AFTER DEUCE?<br />
DEUCE: DECIDING POINT RECEIVER’S CHOICE<br />
14) IN DOUBLES 2 ND SERVE TOUCHES THE NET AND REBOUNDS BACK TOUCHING THE PARTNER<br />
OF THE SERVER. WHAT IS YOUR DECISION?<br />
LOSS OF POINT: NON HA PASSATO LA RETE<br />
15) IN DOUBLES, AT 3-0 FINAL SET 15-0 (1 FAULT) YOU REALIZE THAT PARTNERS CHANGED<br />
THE ORDER OF SERVICE ( I.E. PLAYER B IS SERVING AT THE PLACE OF PLAYER A) AND<br />
THAT THE TEAMS ARE NOT AT THEIR CORRECT ENDS OF THE COURT . WHAT DO YOU DO AS<br />
A CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
CHANGE END IMMEDIATELY. PLAYER A SERVES ONE FAULT<br />
________________________________________________________________________________________________<br />
SECTION 2 – REFEREES ONLY<br />
16) IN MEN’S FUTURES IF THE ELEGIBLE LUCKY LOSER IS NOT AVAILABLE TO PLAY THE DAY<br />
HE SIGNED, HE CANNOT BE CONSIDERED ANYMORE IN THAT TOURNAMENT FOR A LUCKY<br />
LOSER POSITION.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
FALSE: PAG 8 FUTURES<br />
17) IN MEN’S FUTURES, A PLAYER COMES FOR SIGN IN AND HE HAS A NATIONAL RANKING OF<br />
680 FROM HIS COUNTRY. HOW DO YOU CONSIDER HIM FOR ENTRY PURPOSES?<br />
NATIONALLY UNRANKED. SI CONSIDERANO SOLO I PRIMI 500<br />
18) IN WTA TOUR EVENTS WHAT IS THE SIGN-IN DEADLINE FOR QUALIFYING?<br />
4.00 PM THE DAY BEFORE START OF QUALI PAG. 142 WTA BOOK<br />
19) IN MEN’S SATELLITE (WEEK 3) ONLY PLAYERS WITH ATP POINTS SHALL BE SEEDED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
FALSE: CIRCUIT POINTS<br />
20) IN WOMEN’S FUTURE HOW MUCH TIME HAS A LUCKY LOSER TO BE READY FOR PLAY<br />
AFTER THE ANNOUNCEMENT OF A DEFAULT?<br />
15 MINUTES: PAG. 8 WOMEN’S<br />
29
21) IN ATP TOUR THE ORDER OF PLAY SHOULD BE RELEASED NO LATER THAN?<br />
10.PM RULEBOOK PAG. 127<br />
22) WHEN IS IN WTA TOUR EVENTS THE MAIN DRAW DOUBLES SIGN-IN DEADLINE?<br />
12.00 (NOON) THE DAY BEFORE THE START OF SINGLES MD PAG. 143 WTA BOOK<br />
23) WHEN THE REFEREE SHOULD ARRIVE ON SITE IN A ZONAL TIE OF DAVIS CUP?<br />
MONDAY: ULTIMO ON THE LINE<br />
24) DOUBLES QUALIFYING ARE COMPULSORY AT SATELLITE CIRCUITS.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
30
2000 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL – PRE - TEST N° 2<br />
YOU HAVE 30 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST (40 MINUTES IF YOU ARE A REFEREE)<br />
SECTION 1 – CHAIR UMPIRES AND REFEREE<br />
1) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE CENTRE SERVICE LINE?<br />
5 CM<br />
2) WHAT IS, IN MEN’S SATELLITES, THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF MANUFACTURER’S LOGO IN THE<br />
FRONT OF A PLAYER SWEATSHIRT?<br />
SWEATSHIRTS ARE NOT ALLOWED PAG. 38 MEN’S FUTURES<br />
3) IN MEN’S FUTURES, AS A GUIDELINE, HOW MANY TIMES THE 90 SECONDS CHANGEOVER<br />
TREATMENT SHOULD NOT EXCEED?<br />
AS A GUIDELINE TWO CONSECUTIVES: PAG. 11<br />
4) IN A MEN’S FUTURES BEST OF THREE SETS DOUBLES MATCH A PLAYER TAKES A TOILET<br />
BREAK DURING THE WARM UP. AT 5-0 IN THE SECOND SET, HIS PARTNER WANTS TO GO TO<br />
THE TOILET. WHAT DO YOU DO? THEN AT 6 ALL FINAL SET THE SAME PLAYER (THE<br />
PARTNER) ASKS TO GO AGAIN TO THE TOILET, SAYING IT IS AN EMERGENCY. WHAT DO<br />
YOU DO? **<br />
LET HIM GO REASONABLE TIME<br />
LET HIM GO IN HIS OWN TIME<br />
5) DAVIS CUP: BALL CHANGE 7/9 (6) FINAL SCORE IS 7-6 6-7 6-4 3-6 20 – 18. HOW MANY CANS<br />
OF BALLS DID YOU USE PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE 4 BALLS IN EACH CAN?<br />
15 CIOE’ 60 PALLE<br />
6) IN MEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER MAY HAVE ONE MANUFACTURER’S LOGO ON COMPRESSION<br />
SHORTS NOT EXCEEDING 13 CMQ IN ADDITION TO ONE AUTHORISED LOGO ON SHORTS.<br />
GIVE THE REASON FOR YOUR ANSWER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
FALSE. I LOGO POSSONO ESSERE DUE SUGLI SHORTS PAG. 40 MEN’S<br />
7) IN MEN’S SATELLITES IF EIGHT (8) MINUTES ELAPSES BEFORE THE TRAINER ARRIVES AND<br />
TREATMENT BEGINS 30 SECONDS LATER (THE MEDICAL TIME OUT BEGINS) AND IS<br />
COMPLETED AFTER ANOTHER TWO (2) MINUTES, IS A REWARM-UP AUTHORIZED? **<br />
A) NO<br />
B) YES<br />
NO: PAG 18 DUTIES<br />
31
8) IN CHALLENGER EVENTS SIDE AND BASE LINE UMPIRES CHAIRS SHOULD NOT BE<br />
ELEVATED ABOVE THE SURFACE COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
FALSE: SERVICE AND BASELINE PAG. 15 RULEBOOK<br />
9) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS HOW CONTINUAL DISTRACTION OF REGULAR PLAY SUCH AS<br />
“GRUNTING”, ARE DEALT?<br />
LET – LOSS OF POINT PAG. 70 WTA BOOK<br />
10) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF THE “SINGLE STICK” ?<br />
7,5 CM.<br />
11) IN DAVIS CUP ITALY AND CHINA ARE SCHEDULED TO PLAY NEXT ROUND. THE LAST TIME<br />
THEY HAVE PLAYED EACH OTHER WAS IN 1967. WHO IS GOING TO PLAY AT HOME?<br />
SI DECIDE PER SORTEGGIO: PAG. 11 DAVIS CUP<br />
12) IN DAVIS CUP THE FIRST DAY THE NUMBER ONE OF EACH TEAM SHALL PLAY IN SINGLES<br />
THE FIRST MATCH AGAINST THE NUMBER TWO OF THE OPPOSING NATION<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
FALSE: SI DECIDE PER SORTEGGIO<br />
13) IN DAVIS CUP, IF A TIE IS HELD INDOORS, THE DOUBLES MATCH MUST START NO LATER<br />
THAN?<br />
7.00 PM PAG. 21 DAVIS CUP<br />
14) AT AN ITF JUNIOR EVENTS A PLAYER MAY HAVE UNLIMITED STANDARD LOGOS OF THE<br />
MANUFACTURER ON EACH SHOE NOT EXCEEDING 13 CMQ.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
FALSE: AL MASSIMO DUE LOGHI<br />
15) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER MAY HAVE UNLIMITED STANDARD LOGOS OF THE<br />
MANUFACTURER ON EACH SHOE NOT EXCEEDING 13 CMQ.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
FALSE: AL MASSIMO DUE LOGHI<br />
16) AT CLUB OR RECREATIONAL LEVEL, THE SPACE BEHIND EACH SIDELINE SHOULD BE NOT<br />
LESS THAN:<br />
3.05 MT.<br />
17) THE SIZE OF THE “CENTRE MARK” IS:<br />
5CM X 10 CM<br />
32
18) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE HITS THE BALL AND THEN THE RACKET FLIES FROM<br />
HIS HAND AND TOUCHES THE NET AFTER THE BALL BOUNCED TWO TIMES IN HIS<br />
OPPONENT’S COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
FALSE<br />
19) WHEN A WHEELCHAIR PLAYER IS PLAYING A MATCH AGAINST AN ABLE –BODIED PLAYER,<br />
HOW MANY BOUNCES OF THE BALL IS THE ABLE BODIED PLAYER ALLOWED BEFORE<br />
HE/SHE MUST RETURN THE BALL TO CONTINUE THE POINT?<br />
ONE<br />
20) DURING A WOMEN’S FUTURES EVENT, THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN<br />
EFFECT. A PLAYER RETURNS LATE TO THE COURT. WHAT DO YOU DO AS A CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
TIME VIOLATION<br />
________________________________________________________________________________________________<br />
SECTION 2 - REFEREES ONLY<br />
21) IN MEN’S FUTURE WITH A 128 QUALIFYING DRAW WHAT IS THE NUMBER OF WILD CARDS IN<br />
QUALIFYING?<br />
NON SI PUO’ PIU’ FARE IL QUALI DRAW A 128. IL MASSIMO E’ 64<br />
PAG. 16 MEN’S<br />
22) IN MEN’S FUTURES SEED N°2 WITHDRAWS AFTER YOU HAVE RELEASED THE ORDER OF<br />
PLAY THE DAY PRECEDING THE 1 ST DAY OF MAIN DRAW, BUT BEFORE THE STARTING OF<br />
THE MATCHES. HOW DO YOU REPLACE IT?<br />
LUCKY LOSER. PAG. 21 MEN’S<br />
23) IN MEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER, WITHOUT ATP POINTS, COMES FOR SIGN IN AND TELLS YOU<br />
HE’S EXPECTING A FAX FROM HIS FEDERATION WHICH TESTIFIES THAT HE’S RANKED N°<br />
189 IN HIS COUNTRY. THE FAX ARRIVES AT 7.20 PM, AFTER THE SIGN IN DEADLINE BUT<br />
BEFORE YOU MAKE THE DRAW. HOW DO YOU TREAT THE PLAYER?<br />
NATIONALLY UNRANKED. PAG. 13 MEN’S<br />
24) IN MEN’S SATELLITES DOUBLES MASTER, 5 PLAYERS ARE TIED FOR THE LAST POSITION<br />
(SAME NUMBER OF CIRCUIT POINTS). WHICH PRIORITY YOU TAKE IN CONSIDERATION<br />
FIRST TO DECIDE WHO CAN PLAY THE MASTER?<br />
DEVONO AVER GIOCATO LE TRE TAPPE PRECEDENTI INSIEME PAG. 19 MEN’S<br />
25) IN ATP CHALLENGERS HELD INDOORS WHAT IS THE MINIMUM HEIGHT OF THE CEILING<br />
FOR SHOW COURTS?<br />
12.19 MT. PAG. 15 RULEBOOK<br />
33
26) IN SINGLES WOMEN’S FUTURES ACCEPTANCE LIST “ON-SITE ALTERNATES & RANKED”<br />
HAVE PRIORITY IN THE SISTEM OF MERIT TO PLAYERS “ENTERED & ACCUMULATED<br />
POINTS”.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
FALSE<br />
27) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES WHEN IS THE DOUBLE DEADLINE FOR EVENTS WHICH ORGANISE A<br />
QUALIFYING COMPETITION?<br />
2.00 PM 1 ST DAY SMD PAG. 9 WOMEN’S<br />
28) IN JUNIOR EVENTS A SINGLES MATCH STARTS AT 4.02 PM, IS SUSPENDED AT 4.37 PM, IS<br />
RESUMED AT 5.11 PM AND ENDS AT 6.32 PM. WHAT IS THE MINIMUM REST ALLOWED FOR<br />
THE PLAYER BEFORE HIS DOUBLES MATCH?<br />
1 HOUR PAG. 19 JUNIORS<br />
29) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES CAN YOU ALLOW A SPECIAL CONSIDERATION FOR A PLAYER OF THE<br />
PREVIOUS WEEK PLAYING DOUBLES?<br />
YES PAG. 8 WOMEN’S<br />
30) IN DAVIS CUP ON THE LAST DAY, WITH THE RESULT BEING 2-1, YOU ARE SCHEDULED TO<br />
START MATCHES AT 1.00 PM. AT 11.50 AM THE CAPTAIN OF ONE TEAM COMES TO YOU<br />
ASKING TO CHANGE HIS NOMINATION FOR THE THIRD SINGLES PLAYER. WHAT DO YOU<br />
DO?<br />
NOTHING JUST CHANGE PAG. 18 DAVIS CUP<br />
31) WHAT IS, IN ATP CHALLENGER, THE NUMBER OF WILD CARDS IN SINGLES QUALIFYING?<br />
SIX PAG. 114 RULEBOOK<br />
32) WHAT IS, IN JUNIOR EVENTS, THE DEADLINE FOR DOUBLES SIGN-IN?<br />
2 PM 1 ST DAY SMD PAG. 9 JUNIOR<br />
33) WHAT IS, IN ATP CHALLENGERS, THE NUMBER OF WILD CARDS IN DOUBLES MAIN DRAW?<br />
THREE PAG. 112 RULEBOOK<br />
34) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM SINGLES MAIN DRAW SIZE IN A SATELLITE CIRCUIT? (NOT<br />
MASTER)<br />
32: PAG. 16 MEN’S<br />
35) WHERE DOES THE REFEREE SIT IN A DAVIS CUP MATCH GROUP 1 WHEN THERE IS A<br />
NEUTRAL CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
ON COURT<br />
34
2000 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - FINAL TEST<br />
YOU HAVE 50 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST (70 MINUTES IF YOU ARE A REFEREE)<br />
SECTION 1 – CHAIR UMPIRES AND REFEREES<br />
1) WHAT IS IN MEN’S ATP CHALLENGER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF MANUFACTURER’S<br />
LOGOS ON EACH SOCK? WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF EACH LOGO?<br />
UNLIMITED LOGOS EACH 13CMQ PAG. 73 RULEBOOK<br />
2) IN MEN’S CHALLENGER OFFERING $ 50.000 OR LESS IN PRIZE MONEY A MINIMUM OF ……….<br />
LINEUMPIRES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH MAIN DRAW MATCHES FROM THE<br />
QUARTERFINAL ON<br />
SEVEN PAG. 28 RULEBOOK<br />
3) IN DAVIS CUP WORLD QUALIFYING ROUND THE SPACE BEHIND EACH SIDELINE<br />
SHOULD BE NO LESS THAN:<br />
4.57 MT. PAG. 20 DAVIS CUP<br />
4) IN ATP CHALLENGERS THE POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE FOR CODE VIOLATIONS IS:<br />
WARNING POINT GAME ETC.<br />
5) AT 4 – 3 IN A TIE-BREAK IN A DOUBLES MATCH (A & B vs. C & D), PLAYER B SERVES OUT OF<br />
TURN. AS CHAIR UMPIRE YOU REALISE THIS AFTER B HAS SERVED AND WON ONE POINT (5 –<br />
3). WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
PLAYER A SERVING 5-3<br />
6) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE FAILS TO RETURN THE BALL<br />
BEFORE IT HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND THREE TIMES.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
TRUE PAG. 21 RULES<br />
7) IN DAVIS CUP WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE NATIONAL TEAM SPONSOR TO BE WORN<br />
DURING WARM-UP?<br />
19,5 CMQ PAG. 36 DAVIS CUP<br />
8) IS MANUFACTURER’S LOGO ALLOWED ON WRISTBANDS, IN DAVIS CUP MATCHES?<br />
NO PAG. 36 DAVIS CUP<br />
9) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, DURING THE TEN MINUTES EXTREME WEATHER CONDITIONS<br />
BREAK, A PLAYER CANNOT RECEIVE ADVICE FROM THE SPORTS MEDECINE TRAINER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
35
FALSE: PAG. 97 WOMEN’S<br />
10) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS A PLAYER HAS ONE TWO SQ INCH MANUFACTURER’S LOGO ON<br />
COMPRESSION SHORTS. HOW MANY TWO SQ INCHES MANUFACTURER’S LOGOS SHE CAN<br />
HAVE ON HER SKIRT?<br />
ONE PAG. 118 WTA BOOK<br />
11) IN AN ATP CHALLENGER AT 15-15 YOU HAVE A MEDICAL TIME-OUT. HOW MUCH TIME DOES<br />
THE PLAYER HAVE TO RESUME PLAY BEFORE THE DELAY OF GAME PENALTIES ARE<br />
APPLIED?<br />
30 SECONDS<br />
12) IN DOUBLES MATCH A SECOND SERVE HITS THE TOP OF THE NET AND GOES IN THE<br />
DIRECTION OF THE RECEIVER’S PARTNER. TO AVOID BEING HIT, THE RECEIVER’S<br />
PARTNER CATCHES THE BALL. THE BALL HAD NO CHANCE OF GOING INTO THE PROPER<br />
COURT. AS THE CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
LET: SECOND SERVE<br />
13) IN A TOUR EVENT MATCH WITH THE SCORE BEING 5-4 FIRST SET, THE CHAIR UMPIRE<br />
NOTICES AT THE CHANGEOVER THAT HE ONLY HAS FIVE (5) BALLS IN PLAY. AS THE CHAIR<br />
UMPIRE, WHAT ACTION DO YOU TAKE?<br />
PUT A NEW BALL IN PLAY<br />
14) THE SERVER, DURING HIS DELIVERY OF THE SERVE. IS OBSERVED BY THE CHAIR UMPIRE<br />
TO HAVE MADE A CLEAR AND FLAGRANT FOOTFAULT. THE BASELINE UMPIRE DOES NOT<br />
MAKE THE CALL. WHAT ACTION, IF ANY, SHOULD THE CHAIR UMPIRE TAKE?<br />
CALL A FOOTFAULT: ON THE LINE N° 6<br />
15) A PLAYER PROTESTS A LINE CALL AND THEN THE LINE UMPIRE CHANGES HIS DECISION. AS<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?<br />
ORIGINAL CALL STANDS: ATP TEST<br />
16) THE ATP TOUR SUPERVISOR MAY ORDER THE CHAIR UMPIRE TO BYPASS THE WARNING<br />
AND ISSUE A POINT PENALTY FOR A FLAGRANT VIOLATION OF THE CODE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
FALSE: ATP TEST<br />
17) IF THE CHAIR UMPIRE MAKES AN OVERRULE AND SUBSEQUENTLY DECIDES TO LOOK FOR<br />
THE MARK BUT CANNOT FIND A MARK, THE ORIGINAL CALL OF THE LINE UMPIRE WILL BE<br />
USED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
FALSE: C’E’ STATO UN OVERRULE<br />
18) IN MEN’S FUTURES THE SCORE IS 6-6 IN THE FINAL SET. PLAYER A IS DOWN 3-6 DURING TIE-<br />
BREAK AND ASKS FOR THE TRAINER STATING HE HAS CRAMPS (FIRST OCCURRENCE).<br />
WHAT DO YOU DO AS A CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
CALL FOR THE TRAINER<br />
36
19) SINGLES MATCH. BALL CHANGE 9/11 (4) FINAL SCORE 6-2 6-7 7-6. NUMBER OF BALLS USED IN<br />
THE MATCH.<br />
12<br />
20) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS IF A GARMENT DOES NOT HAVE SLEEVES THE SANEX WTA PATCH<br />
NOT EXCEEDING 13 CMQ MAY BE WORN ON THE FRONT OF GARMENT<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
FALSE: 19CMQ PAG. 118 WTA BOOK<br />
21) IN A DAVIS CUP BEST OF 5 SETS DOUBLES MATCH (A & B vs. C & D) PLAYER A TAKES A<br />
TOILET BREAK DURING THE WARM-UP. AT THE END OF 3 RD SET C & D GO TOGETHER TO<br />
THE TOILET. WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TOILET BREAK WHICH CAN STILL BE<br />
TAKEN DURING THAT MATCH?<br />
TWO: ONE FOR EACH TEAM<br />
22) IN AN ATP CHALLENGER YOU HAVE A CREW OF SIX LINE UMPIRES. FROM WHICH END IS<br />
THE CENTER SERVICE LINE CALLED?<br />
RECEIVER’S END PAG. 231 RULEBOOK<br />
23) IN A MEN’S SATELLITE PLAYER A COMES ON COURT WITH A CAP WHICH HAVE THE<br />
COLOUR OF THE ITALIAN FLAG AND A BIG “ITALY” (25CMQ) IN THE FRONT OF THE CAP.<br />
WHAT DO YOU DO AS A CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
NOTHING<br />
24) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES WHAT IS THE TOTAL MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TOILET BREAK IN<br />
SINGLES?<br />
FOUR<br />
25) IN DAVIS CUP, ONCE A CAPTAIN HAS BEEN REMOVED, THE REFEREE CAN DECIDE IF THE<br />
REMOVAL OF A CAPTAIN IS ONLY FOR THAT MATCH OR FOR THE WHOLE TIE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
TRUE<br />
26) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED BECAUSE OF RAIN AND A RE-WARM UP IS NECESSARY, WHICH<br />
KIND OF BALLS DO YOU USE FOR RE-WARM UP?<br />
IT DEPENDS FROM THE SCORE OF THE MATCH<br />
27) A PLAYER IS SUBJECT TO THE POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE FROM WHEN THE FIRST BALL OF<br />
THE FIRST POINT IS STRUCK OR MISSED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
FALSE: DAL MOMENTO IN CUI ARRIVA IN CAMPO ON THE LINE Nà<br />
28) HOW LONG DOES A PLAYER HAVE TO CHANGE INTO CLOTHING THAT CONFORMS WITH<br />
THE CODE?<br />
15 MINUTES<br />
37
29) IN MIXED DOUBLES, WHEN THE NO-AD SCORING SYSTEM IS IN USE, AT DEUCE, WHICH SIDE<br />
SHOULD THE FEMALE PLAYER SERVE TO?<br />
SHE SHOULD SERVE TO THE FEMALE PLAYER<br />
30) A CHAIR UMPIRE LOSES THE SCORE DURING THE COURSE OF A MATCH. WHAT SHOULD<br />
HE/SHE DO?<br />
ANDARE INDIETRO FINO A DOVE SONO D’ACCORDO I GIOCATORI<br />
31) IN A MATCH PLAYED WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRE A PLAYER ON PURPOSE CROSSES THE NET<br />
TO LOOK AT A MARK. THIS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CODE VIOLATION<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
FALSE: A MENO CHE L’AVVERSARIO NON L’ABBIA INVITATO: ON THE LINE N° 21<br />
32) IN DAVIS CUP WORLD GROUP 1 IN MATCHES WHERE THERE IS A NEUTRAL CHAIR UMPIRE<br />
HE IS THE FINAL AUTHORITY ON A QUESTION OF FACT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
TRUE<br />
33) IN A MEN’S SATELLITE A PLAYER HAS ALREADY RECEIVED ONE TREATMENT FOR CRAMPS.<br />
IN THE FINAL SET HE SEEMS TO BE CRAMPING AGAIN. AT THE END OF THE GAME IN<br />
PROGRESS HE CALLS FOR THE TRAINER. AS A CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
CALL THE TRAINER. HE SHOULD DECIDE<br />
34) IN A DOUBLES MATCH PLAYER A SERVES TO PLAYER C. PLAYER D (PARTNER OF PLAYER C)<br />
SHOUTS “NET” AS PLAYER C RETURNS THE SERVE. PLAYER A VOLLEYS INTO THE NET. AS A<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE YOU DID NOT SEE O HEAR A NET. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
A VINCE IL PUNTO: DELIBERATE HINDRANCE : ON THE LINE N°5<br />
35) IN ATP TOUR TOURNAMENTS OFFICIALS ARE REQUIRED TO ABSTAIN FROM ALCOHOLIC<br />
BEVERAGES FOR 14 (FOURTEEN) HOURS BEFORE THEIR MATCH ON THE DAY THEY ARE TO<br />
OFFICIATE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
FALSE: 12 ORE<br />
36) IN SINGLES, A PLAYER’S SECOND SERVE TOUCHES THE SINGLE STICK AND LANDS IN THE<br />
PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT<br />
DECISION?<br />
SERVER LOSES THE POINT<br />
37) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, THE PLAYER STOPS AND ASKS FOR THE TRAINER. WHAT IS THE<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE ANNOUNCEMENT?<br />
THE TRAINER HAS BEEN CALLED TO THE COURT<br />
38) IN DAVIS CUP VIOLATION HOW IS THE PARTISAN CROWD RULE PENALISED.<br />
WARNING – POINT – POINT – ETC…..<br />
38
39) IN A MATCH PLAYED WITHOUT THE CHAIR UMPIRE IF THE REFEREE SEES A PLAYER<br />
COMMITTING CLEAR FOOT FAULTS, WHAT SHOULD HE DO?<br />
CALL THE FOOFAULT HIMSELF: ON THE LINE N°6<br />
40) A THE BEST OF THREE SETS MATCH IS POSTPONED DUE TO RAIN AND RESUMES THE NEXT<br />
DAY. IS A PLAYER ENTITLED TO A TOILET BREAK AGAIN IF HE ALREADY TOOK ONE THE<br />
DAY BEFORE DURING THE WARM UP?<br />
A) NO<br />
B) YES<br />
SECTION 2 – REFEREES ONLY<br />
41) IN MEN’S FUTURES THE SINGLES MD IS SCHEDULED TO BEGIN ON TUESDAY (NO DOUBLES<br />
QUALIFYING). WHEN IS THE DOUBLES SIGN IN DEADLINE?<br />
12.00 NOON 1 ST DAY SMD<br />
42) IN MEN’S FUTURES QUALIFYING DRAW WHERE DO YOU PLACE SEED N° 3 AND 4?<br />
TOP OF EACH SECTION<br />
43) IN DAVIS CUP WHICH IS THE MINIMUM OF HOURS BETWEEN THE START TIME OF PLAY ON<br />
THE SECOND DAY AND THE SCHEDULED START TIME OF PLAY ON THE THIRD OR FINAL<br />
DAY.<br />
22<br />
44) IN JUNIOR EVENTS QUALIFYING DRAW SEED N°1 AND SEED N° 2 ARE FROM USA. WHERE DO<br />
YOU PUT THEM IN THE DRAW PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE NO OTHER PLAYERS FROM<br />
UNITED STATES IN THE QUALIFYING COMPETITION?<br />
TOP OF EACH SECTION<br />
45) IN DAVIS CUP THE 2 ND SINGLES IS SUSPENDED ON FRIDAY ON 2-1 FIRST SET AND RESUMES<br />
ON SATURDAY. THE FINAL SCORE IS 6-7 6-4 6-4 7-6 ONE OF THE TWO SINGLES PLAYER HAS<br />
TO PLAY DOUBLES. WHAT DO YOU DO AS A REFEREE?<br />
REST PERIOD A DISCREZIONE DEL REFEREE. HA GIOCATO 43 GAMES<br />
46) HOW MANY WILD CARDS ARE ALLOWED IN WOMEN’S FUTURES WITH A 128 QUALIFYING<br />
DRAW ?<br />
8: PAG. 18 WOMEN’S<br />
47) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES SINGLES MAIN DRAW 1 ST ROUND STARTS AT 9.00 AM. SEED N° 1 IS<br />
SCHEDULED TO PLAY NOT BEFORE 3.00 PM. AT 1.00 PM SHE COMES TO YOU AND<br />
WITHDRAWS. AS A REFEREE WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
LUCKY LOSER. PAG. 23 WOMEN’S<br />
39
48) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES QUALIFYING DRAW ACCUMULATED POINTS SHALL NOT BE USED TO<br />
DETERMINE SEEDINGS.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
TRUE: PAG. 20 WOMEN’S<br />
49) IN MEN’S SATELLITE WEEK 3 WHICH IS THE LATEST TIME YOU CAN MAKE THE DOUBLES<br />
QUALIFYING DRAW?<br />
ALMENO UN’ORA PRIMA DELL’INIZIO DEL GIOCO. PAG. 20 MEN’S<br />
50) IN MEN’S FUTURE QUALIFYING 48 DRAW HOW MANY WILD CARDS ARE ALLOWED?<br />
7 PAG. 16 MEN’S FUTURES<br />
51) WHAT IS, IN ATP CHALLENGER, THE MINIMUM RECOMMENDED INTENSITY OF LIGHTS?<br />
1076 LUX O 100 FOOTCANDLES PAG. 16 RULEBOOK<br />
52) MAY A PLAYER POSITIONED N° 37 IN ATP SINGLES ENTRY SISTEM 21 DAYS PRIOR TO THE<br />
FIRST MONDAY OF A CHALLENGER SERIES TOURNAMENT ENTRY OR ACCEPT A WILD CARD<br />
FORM A CHALLENGER OFFERING $ 37.500 IN PRIZE MONEY?<br />
NO IL MINIMO E’ 50.000 PAG. 61 RULEBOOK<br />
53) WHAT IS, IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, THE MINIMUM PERIOD OF REST FOR A PLAYER WHO IS<br />
INVOLVED IN BOTH SINGLES AND DOUBLES FINAL?<br />
ONE HALF HOUR. PAG. 56 WOMEN’S<br />
54) YOU ARE THE REFEREE WATCHING A MATCH PLAYED WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRES ON HARD<br />
COURT, AND YOU SEE A PLAYER MAKING A BLATLANTY INCORRECT CALL. WHAT DO YOU<br />
DO?<br />
ORDER A LET 1 ST SERVE: GUIDELINE FOR MATCHES WITHOUT A CU<br />
55) IN WTA EVENTS A LUCKY LOSER CHOOSE NOT TO SIGN THE FIRST SMD DAY. CAN SHE SIGN<br />
IN THE NEXT DAY?<br />
YES: PAG. 161 WTA BOOK<br />
56) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER IS ALLOWED TO PLAY SINGLES QUALIFYING OF ONE<br />
TOURNAMENT AND DOUBLES IN ANOTHER TOURNAMENT, PROVIDED THE PLAYER HAS<br />
BEEN ELIMINATED FROM ONE TOURNAMENT PRIOR TO PLAYING IN THE OTHER<br />
TOURNAMENT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
TRUE: PAG. 49 WOMEN’S<br />
57) IN WOMEN’S 10.000 $ EVENTS TWO PLAYERS ARE TIED FOR A SEEDING POSITION AND THEY<br />
HAVE THE SAME NUMBER OF QUALITY POINTS. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
PLAYER WITH THE HIGHEST RANKING BASED ON THE PREVIOUS WEEK’S RANKING: PAG. 48<br />
WOMEN’S<br />
58) A JUNIOR MATCH IS SUSPENDED FOR 19 MINUTES: HOW LONG IS THE REWARM UP?<br />
3 MINUTI: PAG. 14 JUNIOR<br />
40
59) IN JUNIOR EVENT, IF THE ELIGIBLE LUCKY LOSER IS NOT AVAILABLE FOR PLAY, HE/SHE<br />
FORFEITS THE RIGHT FOR LUCKY LOSER STATUS FOR THE DURATION OF THE<br />
TOURNAMENT<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
FALSE: PAG. 12 JUNIORS<br />
60) IN AN ATP CHALLENGER HELD INDOOR A PLAYER HAS PLAYED HIS SINGLES MATCH 1<br />
HOUR AND 13 MINUTES. HOW MUCH TIME IS HE ALLOWED TO REST BEFORE HIS DOUBLES<br />
MATCH THE SAME DAY?<br />
45 MINUTI: PAG. 130 ATP BOOK<br />
41
POP QUIZ N°1<br />
REFEREES<br />
PLAYER MARIO ROSSI ENTERED MOROCCO F1 FUTURES IN CASABLANCA, WHICH IS THE<br />
FIRST OF A SERIES OF 3 FUTURES HELD IN MOROCCO, WITH RANK 795, WHICH DO NOT ALLOW<br />
HIM TO PLAY MAIN DRAW ACCORDING TO THE LAST ACCEPTANCE LIST PROVIDED BY THE ITF.<br />
ON FRIDAY AFTERNOON HE CALLS YOU SAYING THAT HE JUST WON HIS SINGLES MATCH ON<br />
SPAIN 4 SATELLITE MASTER EVENT, HELD IN MARBELLA, WHICH IS 1 HOUR FLIGHT FROM<br />
CASABLANCA. HE ASKS YOU A SPECIAL EXEMPT. WHAT DO YOU DO AND GIVE THE REASON<br />
FOR YOUR DECISION?<br />
POP QUIZ N° 2<br />
REFEREES<br />
IN ITALY 3 SATELLITE PLAYER MARIO ROSSI (RANK 569) HAS ENTERED FOR THE FIRST WEEK<br />
BUT COULD NOT PLAY SINCE HE WAS COMPETING IN DAVIS CUP. IN THE 2 ND WEEK HE DID NOT<br />
QUALIFY FOR MAIN DRAW SINCE HE LOST IN THE LAST ROUND OF QUALIFYING. IN 3 RD WEEK<br />
HE LOST 1ST ROUND QUALIFYING?<br />
CAN HE PLAY THE MASTER EVENT (PROVIDED HE HAS REACHED A SUFFICIENT NUMBER OF<br />
CIRCUIT POINTS), AND WHAT IS THE REASON?<br />
IF YES GIVE THE REASON HERE:<br />
IF NO GIVE THE REASON HERE:<br />
_______________________________________________________________________________________________<br />
NOW LET’S IMAGINE THAT THE SAME PLAYER HAS TO DO A PLAY OFF MATCH TO QUALIFY<br />
FOR THE MASTER. HE WINS THE MATCH BUT LOSES IN THE 1 ST ROUND OF THE MASTER. CAN<br />
HE RECEIVE ATP POINTS?<br />
IF YES GIVE THE REASON HERE<br />
IF NO GIVE THE REASON HERE<br />
42
2001<br />
43
2001<br />
2001 ITF LEVEL 1 SCHOOL : PRE TEST N°1<br />
2001 ITF LEVEL 1 SCHOOL : FINAL TEST<br />
2001 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N° 1<br />
2001 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N° 2<br />
2001 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N° 3<br />
2001 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : FINAL TEST<br />
2001 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : POP QUIZ N° 1<br />
2001 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : POP QUIZ N° 2<br />
2001 LEVEL 3 SEMINAR : TEST<br />
44
2001 ITF LEVEL 1 SCHOOL - PRE-TEST N° 1<br />
Avete 15 minuti di tempo per completare questo test.<br />
PARTE PRIMA: TEST IN ITALIANO<br />
1) Le dimensioni del campo da <strong>Tennis</strong> di doppio sono:<br />
A) m. 23,77 x m. 8,23<br />
B) m. 24,17 x m. 8,23<br />
C) m. 23,77 x m. 10,97<br />
D) m. 24,17 x m. 10,97<br />
2) In singolare un giocatore batte una seconda palla di servizio. La palla tocca il paletto<br />
da singolare e cade nel giusto rettangolo di servizio. L’Arbitro chiama:<br />
A) Niente. Il gioco continua<br />
B) Let. 1° servizio<br />
C) Punto all’avversario<br />
D) Let. 2° servizio<br />
3) Sul punteggio di 1 – 1, 30 – 0, il giocatore A serve il primo servizio in fallo. A quel<br />
punto l’Arbitro si accorge che in quel gioco avrebbe dovuto servire il giocatore B, suo<br />
avversario. L’Arbitro fa servire B sul punteggio di 0 – 30, secondo servizio.<br />
A) Vero<br />
B) Falso<br />
4) In doppio (A & B contro C & D) il secondo servizio di A tocca la rete e poi tocca C<br />
(compagno del ribattitore), prima di toccare terra dentro le linee del campo avversario.<br />
Come Arbitri la vostra decisione è:<br />
A) Punto ad A<br />
B) 1° servizio<br />
C) Il gioco continua<br />
D) 2° servizio<br />
5) Cambio palle 9/11. Punteggio 6-2 6-6<br />
A) Si procede al cambio palle<br />
B) Si aspetta la fine del 1° gioco del set successivo eventuale e si procede al cambio<br />
palle<br />
C) Si aspetta la fine del set<br />
D) Si cambiano le palle durante il tie-break al primo cambio campo utile (ovvero dopo 6<br />
punti)<br />
45
PARTE SECONDA: TEST IN INGLESE<br />
6) A player loses the point if he throws the racquet and hit the ball.<br />
A) False<br />
B) True<br />
7) If a player deliberately hinders his opponent a let should be called.<br />
A) True<br />
B) False<br />
8) At 6-6, 2-0 in the tie-break, the Umpire realizes that he should have played with the<br />
advantage game. He decides to keep on playing the tie-break till the end of the set.<br />
A) False<br />
B) True<br />
9) The order of service in doubles (between the partners of the same team) is decided at<br />
the beginning of the match and cannot be changed for the whole match.<br />
A) True<br />
B) False<br />
10) In doubles (A & B vs. C & D) at 30 – 0 the Umpire realizes that A & B have changed<br />
the order of receiving (between them). The order is immediately corrected.<br />
A) True<br />
B) False<br />
46
2001 ITF LEVEL 1 SCHOOL - FINAL TEST<br />
YOU HAVE 40 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST<br />
1) IN MEN’S TENNIS HOW MANY TIMES PER MATCH CAN A PLAYER CHANGE HIS WET SOCKS<br />
AND HOW LONG DOES HE HAVE FOR EACH CHANGE?<br />
A) AS MANY TIMES AS HE WANTS. EACH TIME 3 MINUTES<br />
B) ONLY ONE TIME. 3 MINUTES<br />
C) ONLY ONE TIME. REASONABLE EXTRA-TIME<br />
D) AS MANY TIMES AS HE WANTS. REASONABLE EXTRA - TIME<br />
2) IN MEN’S TENNIS WHEN RETURNING A FIRST SERVE FAULT THE RECEIVER BREAKS A<br />
STRING. CAN HE FINISH THAT POINT WITH THE BROKEN STRING?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
3) IN UN TORNEO SATELLITE MASCHILE UN GIOCATORE PUO’ AVERE UN MANUFACTURER<br />
LOGO (MAX 3SQ INC) PIU’ UN COMMERCIAL LOGO (MAX 3SQ INC) PER OGNI MANICA.<br />
A) VERO<br />
B) FALSO<br />
4) WHEN THE CHAIR UMPIRE DECIDES TO CALL FOR THE TRAINER HE/SHE SHOULD<br />
ANNOUNCE:<br />
A) “THE TRAINER IS COMING TO EVALUATE”<br />
B) “MR/MS ....... IS NOW RECEIVING A MEDICAL TIME OUT”<br />
C) “THE TRAINER HAS BEEN CALLED TO THE COURT”<br />
5) IN A CASE OF 15 MINUTES AND 20 SECONDS SUSPENSION. HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP<br />
PERIOD?<br />
A) 5 MINUTES<br />
B) 10 MINUTES<br />
C) 3 MINUTES<br />
D) 1 MINUTE<br />
6) THE BALL MARK INSPECTION MUST BE MADE BY THE LINE-UMPIRE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
47
7) THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE NET AND THE SERVICE LINE IS:<br />
A) 5.40 MT.<br />
B) 5.30 MT.<br />
C) 6.40 MT.<br />
D) 6.30 MT.<br />
8) IN UN TORNEO FEMMINILE DA 10,000 $ IL CAPPELLINO DELLE GIOCATRICI NON PUO’<br />
CONTENERE UN COMMERCIAL LOGO.<br />
A) FALSO<br />
B) VERO<br />
9) IL SECONDO SERVIZIO DI UN GIOCATORE VIENE CHIAMATO FUORI DAL GIUDICE DI LINEA.<br />
L’ARBITRO ISPEZIONA IL SEGNO E CORREGGE LA CHIAMATA. IL RIBATTITORE AVREBBE<br />
POTUTO RISPONDERE LA DECISIONE GIUSTA E’: SECONDO SERVIZIO.<br />
A) FALSO<br />
B) VERO<br />
10)A PLAYER’S 2 ND SERVE HITS THE NET AND THEN LANDS IN THE PROPER COURT. LINEUMPIRE<br />
CALLS OUT BUT CHAIR UMPIRE CORRECTS TO GOOD. THE RECEIVER COULD PLAY THE<br />
BALL. CHAIR UMPIRE AWARDS 1 ST SERVE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
11) THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE NET AND THEN THE RECEIVER BEFORE HE HITS THE<br />
GROUND IN THE CORRECT COURT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) POINT TO SERVER<br />
B) 1ST SERVE<br />
C) 2ND SERVE<br />
D) POINT TO RECEIVER<br />
12) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE CENTRE SERVICE LINE?<br />
A) 5 CM<br />
B) 10 CM<br />
C) FROM 2,5 TO 5 CM<br />
13) DURING A RALLY A PLAYER TOUCHES THE PIPE SUPPORT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT CALL.<br />
A) NO CALL. PLAY CONTINUES<br />
B) LET 1ST SERVE<br />
C) POINT TO THE OPPONENT<br />
48
14) WHAT HAPPENS IF, AFTER A CALL ON A CLAY COURT, BOTH LINE UMPIRE AND CHAIR<br />
UMPIRE CANNOT DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF THE MARK.<br />
A) A LET MUST BE CALLED<br />
B) THE ORIGINAL CALL STANDS<br />
C) CALL FOR THE REFEREE<br />
15) IN MEN’S TENNIS THE BEST OF 5 SETS A PLAYER TAKES A TOILET BREAK AT THE END OF<br />
WARM UP (BEFORE MATCH STARTS). HOW MANY TOILET BREAKS CAN HE TAKE DURING<br />
THE MATCH ?<br />
A) 0<br />
B) 2<br />
C) 1<br />
16) THE MANUFACTURER’S LOGO ON THE SLEEVE OF A SHIRT HAS A MAXIMUM SIZE OF 13<br />
CMQ (2SQ INCH).<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
17) IN MEN’S SATELLITES MEMBERS OF A DOUBLES TEAM SHALL BE DRESSED IN SUBSTANTIAL<br />
IDENTICAL ATTIRE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
18) UN GIOCATORE, (MAI PENALIZZATO DURANTE IL MATCH CON IL CODICE DI CONDOTTA)<br />
RICEVE UN “TIME VIOLATION – WARNING”. DOPO 20 SECONDI NON E’ ANCORA PRONTO PER<br />
GIOCARE. L’ARBITRO ANNUNCIA:<br />
A) TIME VIOLATION – POINT PENALTY MR………………<br />
B) CODE VIOLATION – DELAY OF GAME – WARNING MR……….<br />
C) CODE VIOLATION – DELAY OF GAME – POINT PENALTY MR………<br />
19) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM TOTAL NUMBER OF TOILET BREAKS IN A BEST OF 5 SET MEN’S<br />
DOUBLES MATCH?<br />
A) TWO<br />
B) FOUR<br />
C) EIGHT<br />
20) FOR THE SECOND TIME IN AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT, PLAYER A’S CAP FALLS OFF DURING<br />
THE POINT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION ?<br />
A) LET<br />
B) LET - CHAIR UMPIRE MUST ADVISE PLAYER A THAT IF THIS RE-OCCURS SHE’LL LOSE THE POINT<br />
C) PLAYER A LOSES THE POINT<br />
49
21) IN UN TORNEO SATELLITE MASCHILE UN GIOCATORE PUO’ AVERE UN LOGO COMMER-<br />
CIALE SUL DAVANTI DEI PANTALONCINI.<br />
A) FALSO<br />
B) VERO<br />
22) IN UN MATCH DI UN TORNEO “WHEELCHAIR” IL SERVIZIO DI UN GIOCATORE DEVE FARE IL<br />
PRIMO RIMBALZO DENTRO IL RETTANGOLO DI BATTUTA ED IL SECONDO RIMBALZO<br />
DENTRO LE RIGHE DEL CAMPO.<br />
A) VERO<br />
B) FALSO<br />
23) QUANDO E’ IN VIGORE IL “NO-AD SYSTEM”, IN UN DOPPIO MISTO IL GIOCATORE MASCHIO<br />
SERVE SEMPRE DA DESTRA E LA GIOCATRICE FEMMINA SERVE SEMPRE DA SINISTRA.<br />
A) VERO<br />
B) FALSO<br />
24) IF A PLAYER VOLLEYS THE BALL BEFORE IT HAS PASSED THE NET HE LOSES THE POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
25) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES IF A PLAYER TOUCHES THE PORTION OF THE NET BETWEEN<br />
THE SINGLES STICK AND THE DOUBLES POST HE LOSES THE POINT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
26) CAMBIO PALLE 7/9 (6). SUL PUNTEGGIO DI 7-5 3-315-0 PERDI IRRIMEDIABILMENTE UNA<br />
PALLA. LA SOSTITUISCI CON:<br />
A) UNA PALLA NUOVA<br />
B) UNA PALLA USATA CON LA STESSA USURA<br />
27) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE SINGLES COURT?<br />
A) 10.37 MT.<br />
B) 8.23 MT.<br />
C) 10.87 MT.<br />
D) 10.97 MT.<br />
28) CAMBIO PALLE 11/13. PUNTEGGIO 6-4 4-6 3-1. PIOVE E C’E’ UNA SOSPENSIONE DI 1 ORA. ALLA<br />
RIPRESA CON CHE TIPO DI PALLE FAI IL RISCALDAMENTO?<br />
A) PALLE USATE<br />
B) PALLE NUOVE<br />
50
29) IN UN TORNEO FEMMINILE DA 25,000 $ UNA GIOCATRICE PUO’ AVERE UN MANUFACTURER<br />
LOGO NON ECCEDENTE 2 SQ INC SULLLA PARTE POSTERIORE DELLA GONNA.<br />
A) FALSO<br />
B) VERO<br />
30) SINGLES MATCH: 4 BALLS – BALL CHANGE 9/11. FINAL SCORE 6/2 6/7 7/6. NUMBER OF BALLS<br />
USED IN THE MATCH:<br />
A) 8<br />
B) 12<br />
C) 16<br />
________________________________________________________________________________<br />
PART 2 – ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS FOR REFEREES ONLY<br />
31) IN MEN’S TENNIS SPECIAL EXEMPT PLACES ARE NOT ALLOWED FOR DOUBLES PLAYER<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
32) YOU ARE ASSISTANT REFEREE IN A 10,000 $ WOMEN’S EVENT AND YOU ARE ABOUT TO<br />
WRITE THE FINAL LIST OF SEEDS. WHICH RANKING DO YOU TAKE INTO<br />
CONSIDERATION?<br />
A) THE LAST AVAILABLE RANKING<br />
B) THE RANKING OF THE ENTRY LIST<br />
33) UN GIOCATORE CHE PERDE AL 1° TURNO DELLE QUALIFICAZIONI NON PUO’ FIRMARE<br />
LA LISTA DEI “LUCKY LOSERS”.<br />
A) VERO<br />
B) FALSO<br />
34) UN GIOCATORE “WILD CARD” PUO’ ESSERE TESTA DI SERIE.<br />
A) FALSO<br />
B) VERO<br />
35) UN TABELLONE DI QUALIFICAZIONE DI UN QUALSIASI TORNEO DI TENNIS<br />
PROFESSIONISTICO VIENE COSI’ COMPILATO:<br />
A) A SEZIONI: OGNI SEZIONE CONTIENE IN LINEA DI PRINCIPIO DUE TESTE DI SERIE ED IL N° DI<br />
SEZIONI E’ UGUALE AL N° DI QUALIFICATI<br />
B) IN MODO UGUALE AL MAIN DRAW<br />
C) A SEZIONI: OGNI SEZIONE CONTIENE IN LINEA DI PRINCIPIO UNA TESTA DI SERIE ED IL N° DI<br />
SEZIONI E’ UGUALE AL N° DI QUALIFICATI<br />
D) A SEZIONI: OGNI SEZIONE CONTIENE IN LINEA DI PRINCIPIO DUE TESTE DI SERIE ED IL N° DI<br />
SEZIONI E’ DOPPIO RISPETTO AL N° DI QUALIFICATI<br />
51
2001 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE-TEST N° 1<br />
YOU HAVE 20 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST<br />
1) IN MEN’S TENNIS WHEN RETURNING A FIRST SERVE FAULT THE RECEIVER BREAKS A<br />
STRING. CAN HE FINISH THAT POINT WITH THE BROKEN STRING?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
2) IF A PLAYER DELIBERATELY HINDERS HIS OPPONENT A “LET” SHOULD BE CALLED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
3) IN A CASE OF 11 MINUTES AND 20 SECONDS SUSPENSION HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP<br />
PERIOD.<br />
A) 5 MINUTES<br />
B) 10 MINUTES<br />
C) 3 MINUTES<br />
D) NO RE-WARM UP<br />
4) THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE NET AND THE SERVICE LINE IS:<br />
A) 5.40 MT.<br />
B) 5.30 MT.<br />
C) 6.40 MT.<br />
D) 6.30 MT.<br />
5) IN DOUBLES THE ORDER OF RECEIVING MUST BE DECIDED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE<br />
MATCH AND CANNOT BE CHANGED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
6) IN DOUBLES, IF A PARTNER SERVES OUT OF TURN AND IT IS DISCOVERED BEFORE THE GAME<br />
HAS BEEN COMPLETED, THE ORDER OF SERVICE REMAINS ALTERED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
52
7) IN DOUBLES THE FIRST SERVE BEING A FAULT THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE DOUBLE POST<br />
AND LANDS IN THE PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT (ACE). WHAT<br />
IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) 1ST SERVE<br />
B) POINT TO RECEIVER<br />
C) 2ND SERVE<br />
D) POINT TO SERVER<br />
8) THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE NET AND THEN THE RECEIVER BEFORE HE HITS THE GROUND.<br />
WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) POINT TO SERVER<br />
B) 1ST SERVE<br />
C) 2ND SERVE<br />
D) POINT TO RECEIVER<br />
9) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE BASELINE?<br />
A) 5 CM<br />
B) 10 CM<br />
C) FROM 2,5 TO 10 CM<br />
10)WHAT HAPPENS IF, AFTER A CALL ON A CLAY COURT, BOTH LINE UMPIRE AND CHAIR<br />
UMPIRE CANNOT DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF THE MARK.<br />
A) A LET MUST BE CALLED<br />
B) THE ORIGINAL CALL STANDS<br />
C) CALL FOR THE REFEREE<br />
11)WHICH LINES OF THE COURT HAVE A FIXED MEASUREMENT OF 2 INCHES (5 CM) IN THE<br />
RULES OF TENNIS?<br />
A) SERVICE LINE<br />
B) BASE LINE<br />
C) CENTRE SERVICE LINE<br />
D) ALL LINES<br />
12) IF A PLAYER VOLLEYS THE BALL BEFORE IT HAS PASSED THE NET HE LOSES THE POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
53
13) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES IF A PLAYER TOUCHES THE PORTION OF THE NET BETWEEN<br />
THE SINGLES STICK AND THE DOUBLES POST HE LOSES THE POINT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
14) AT 2-0 IN THE TIE-BREAK YOU, AS A CHAIR UMPIRE, REALIZE THAT YOU SHOULD HAVE<br />
PLAYED THE ADVANTAGE GAME. YOU STOP MATCH AND INFORM PLAYER THAT 2 -0<br />
BECOMES 30 - 0.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
15) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES COURT ?<br />
A) 10.37 MT.<br />
B) 8.23 MT.<br />
C) 10.87 MT.<br />
D) 10.97 MT.<br />
16) SINGLES MATCH: 4 BALLS – BALL CHANGE 9/11. FINAL SCORE 6/2 6/7 7/6. NUMBER OF BALLS<br />
USED IN THE MATCH:<br />
A) 8<br />
B) 12<br />
C) 16<br />
54
2001 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE-TEST N° 2<br />
YOU HAVE 15 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST.<br />
1) IN ATP TOUR TOURNAMENTS ONE ATP TOUR LOGO IDENTIFICATION MAY APPEAR ON ONE<br />
SLEEVE IN ADDITION TO THE COMMERCIAL AND THE MANUFACTURER’S LOGO.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
2) IN ATP TOUR TOURNAMENTS WITH A CREW OF SIX LINE UMPIRES THE CENTER SERVICE<br />
LINE IS ALWAYS CALLED FROM THE RECEIVER’S END.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
3) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS THE SERVICE, AFTER HITTING THE GROUND IN THE SERVICE<br />
COURT, MAY HIT THE GROUND A SECOND TIME, BUT ONLY WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF THE<br />
COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
4) THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES ALLEY IS:<br />
A) 1,37 MT.<br />
B) 1,39 MT.<br />
C) 1,27 MT.<br />
D) 1,17 MT.<br />
5) IN ATP TOUR CHALLENGER A MAXIMUM OF ………….. SECONDS SHALL ELAPSE FROM THE<br />
MOMENT THE BALL GOES OUT OF PLAY AT THE END OF THE POINT UNTIL THE SERVER<br />
TOSSES THE BALL IN THE ACT OF SERVING NEXT POINT<br />
A) 25<br />
B) 30<br />
C) 20<br />
6) FOR THE FIRST TIME IN AN ITF MEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH, PLAYER A’s CAP ACCIDENTALLY<br />
FALLS OFF DURING THE POINT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) REPLAY THE POINT<br />
B) REPLAY THE POINT AND ADVISE PLAYER A THAT IF THIS HAPPENS AGAIN, HE WILL LOSE THE<br />
POINT<br />
C) POINT TO PLAYER B (OPPONENT)<br />
7) AT AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT EVENT,IS A PLAYER ALLOWED TO HAVE A MANUFACTURER’S<br />
LOGO WRITING ON HER WRISTBAND?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
55
8) WHAT IS THE MINIMUM WIDTH OF THE FAR SIDELINE?<br />
A) 10 CM.<br />
B) 5 CM.<br />
C) 2,5 CM.<br />
D) 8 CM.<br />
9) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES BATHROOM BREAK (NO CHANGE OF ATTIRE) MAY BE TAKEN ONLY<br />
AT THE END OF THE GAME OR ON A CHANGEOVER<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
10) IF THE NO-AD SCORING SYSTEM IS USED, THE ANNOUNCEMENT AFTER DEUCE IS:<br />
A) “NO-AD SYSTEM”<br />
B) “RECEIVER’S ADVANTAGE”<br />
C) “DECIDING POINT. RECEIVER’S CHOICE”<br />
56
2001 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL – PRE - TEST N° 3<br />
1) A PLAYER SERVES A FIRST SERVICE FAULT. HE STARTS TO SERVE THE SECOND SERVE AND<br />
YOU REALIZE THAT THERE SHOULD BE NEW BALLS IN PLAY. WHAT DO YOU DO? **<br />
2) A PLAYER, RUNNING FOR A BALL, WHILE THE BALL IS STILL IN PLAY, SLIDES WITH HIS<br />
FOOT UNDER THE NET, WITHOUT TOUCHING IT, BECAUSE THE NET IS NOT FULLY<br />
EXTENDED TO THE COURT SURFACE. WHAT DO YOU DO? **<br />
3) DURING AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH ON CLAY, PLAYER X SERVES A 2 ND SERVE TO<br />
PLAYER Y. THIS 2 ND SERVE HITS THE TOP OF THE NET AND LANDS CLOSE TO THE NEAR SIDE<br />
LINE. THE LINE UMPIRE CALLS “FAULT”. THE SERVER ASKS FOR A BALL MARK<br />
INSPECTION AND THE CHAIR UMPIRE GOES DIRECTLY TO THE MARK AND CALLS THE<br />
SERVE GOOD. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION? **<br />
4) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES MATCH (PLAYER X vs. PLAYER Y), PLAYER X HITS A BALL<br />
WHICH HITS THE TOP OF THE NET, DROPS DOWN AND HITS THE PIPE SUPPORT AT THE<br />
BOTTOM OF THE NET IN PLAYER’S Y COURT. PLAYER Y IS UNABLE TO REACH THE BALL.<br />
WHEN IS THE BALL DEAD (OUT OF PLAY)? **<br />
5) IF EIGHT (8) MINUTES ELAPSES BEFORE THE ATP TOUR SPORTS MEDECINE TRAINER<br />
ARRIVES AND TREATMENT BEGINS 30 SECONDS LATER (THE MEDICAL TIME OUT BEGINS)<br />
AND IS COMPLETED AFTER ANOTHER TWO (2) MINUTES, IS A REWARM-UP AUTHORIZED? **<br />
A) NO<br />
B) YES<br />
6) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS ANY CONTINUAL DISTRACTION OF REGULAR PLAY SUCH AS<br />
“GRUNTING”, SHAL BE DEALT WITH AS FOLLOWS: **<br />
A) LET – LET – LOSS OF POINT<br />
B) LET – LOSS OF POINT<br />
C) CODE VIOLATION<br />
D) LOSS OF POINT<br />
7) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, WHEN THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN EFFECT,<br />
HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP PERIOD?<br />
A) 10 MINUTES<br />
B) THERE IS NO WARM-UP<br />
C) 3 MINUTES<br />
D) IT DEPENDS FROM THE TIME OF SUSPENSION<br />
E) 5 MINUTES<br />
8) AT CLUB OR RECREATIONAL LEVEL, THE SPACE BEHIND EACH BASELINE SHOULD BE NOT<br />
LESS THAN:<br />
A) 3,05 MT.<br />
B) 6,40 MT.<br />
C) 5,50 MT.<br />
D) 8,23 MT.<br />
57
9) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE THROWS HIS RACKET AND HITS THE BALL.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
10) WHEN A WHEELCHAIR PLAYER IS PLAYING A MATCH AGAINST AN ABLE –BODIED PLAYER,<br />
HOW MANY BOUNCES OF THE BALL IS THE ABLE BODIED PLAYER ALLOWED BEFORE<br />
HE/SHE MUST RETURN THE BALL TO CONTINUE THE POINT?<br />
A) THREE<br />
B) TWO<br />
C) ONE<br />
11) DURING A ITF WOMEN’S TOUR EVENT, THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN<br />
EFFECT. DURING THE 10 MINUTE BREAK BETWEEN THE 2 ND AND FINAL SETS, THE PLAYERS<br />
ARE ALLOWED TO:<br />
A) RECEIVE COACHING<br />
B) RECEIVE TREATMENT FROM A PRIMARY HEALTH CARE PROVIDER<br />
C) TAKE A SHOWER<br />
D) ALL OF THE ABOVE<br />
E) NONE OF THE ABOVE<br />
12) IN JUNIOR EVENTS A GIRL IS ENTITLED TO ONE BATHROOM BREAK AND TO ONE CHANGE<br />
OF ATTIRE BREAK DURING A BEST OF THREE SET MATCH.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
58
2001 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - FINAL TEST<br />
YOU HAVE 50 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST<br />
1) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF, IN SERVING HIS 2 nd SERVE, HIS RACKET FLIES FROM HIS<br />
HANDS AND TOUCHES NET AFTER THE BALL HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND OUTSIDE THE<br />
PROPER COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
2) IN WOMEN’S FUTURE THE TOTAL MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TOILET BREAK IN DOUBLES IS:<br />
A) SIX<br />
B) TWO<br />
C) FOUR<br />
3) AT 4 – 3 IN A TIE-BREAK IN A DOUBLES MATCH (A & B vs. C & D), PLAYER B SERVES OUT OF<br />
TURN. AS CHAIR UMPIRE YOU REALISE THIS AFTER B HAS SERVED AND WON ONE POINT (5<br />
– 3). WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
A) CONTINUE PLAY WITH SERVING AS ALTERED<br />
B) PLAYER A TO SERVE 4 – 3<br />
C) PLAYER B TO SERVE 4 – 3<br />
D) PLAYER A TO SERVE 5 – 3<br />
4) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE FAILS TO RETURN THE BALL<br />
BEFORE IT HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND THREE TIMES<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
5) IN MEN’S FUTURES A SWEATSHIRT MAY BE WORN BY A PLAYER.<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
C) YES, BUT ONLY DURING THE WARM-UP<br />
6) A PLAYER CANNOT APPEAL TO THE CHAIR UMPIRE FOR THE WITHDRAWAL OF A TIME<br />
VIOLATION GIVEN TO HIS OPPONENT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
7) IN JUNIOR EVENTS A GIRLS DOUBLES TEAM SHALL BE DRESSED IN SUBSTANTIAL<br />
IDENTICAL ATTIRE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
8) IN MEN’S FUTURES THE SIZE OF THE COMMERCIAL LOGO ON THE SOCK IS LIMITED TO 3<br />
SQS. INC (19 CMQ)<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
59
9) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS DOUBLES PLAYERS MUST BE DRESSED IN SUBSTANTIAL SAME<br />
COLOUR.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
10) IN A DOUBLES MATCH TEAM A SERVES OUT OF ORDER. THE CHAIR UMPIRE REALIZES THE<br />
MISTAKE AT 30-0. WHAT MUST THE CHAIR UMPIRE DO?<br />
A) CORRECT IMMEDIATELY<br />
B) LET THE ORDER STAY ALTERED<br />
11) IN A MATCH PLAYED WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRE THE FIRST SERVICE FROM PLAYER A IS<br />
LONG, BUT CLOSE, AND B RETURNS THE BALL FOR A WINNER WITHOUT CALLING A FAULT.<br />
PLAYER A SEES THE BALL AS A FAULT AND ASKS PERMISSION OF B TO INSPECT THE MARK.<br />
PLAYER B AGREES TO INSPECTION, BUT POINTS TO A GOOD BALL MARK WHICH A SAYS IS<br />
THE WRONG MARK. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION? **<br />
A) POINT TO B<br />
B) POINT TO A<br />
C) PLAY A LET<br />
12) A LINE UMPIRE MAY NEVER CHANGE A CALL AS A RESULT OF A PROTEST BY A PLAYER BUT<br />
MAY DO SO IF THE PROTEST HIS ACCEPTED BY THE REFEREE. **<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
13) IN SINGLES, A PLAYER’S SECOND SERVE TOUCHES THE SINGLE STICK AND LANDS IN THE<br />
PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT<br />
DECISION? **<br />
A) LET: FIRST SERVE<br />
B) POINT TO THE OPPONENT<br />
C) SECOND SERVE<br />
D) CALL FOR THE REFEREE<br />
E) CODE VIOLATION TO THE SERVER<br />
14) A MATCH IS POSTPONED DUE TO RAIN AND RESUMES THE NEXT DAY. IS A PLAYER<br />
ENTITLED TO A TOILET BREAK AGAIN IF HE ALREADY TOOK ONE THE DAY BEFORE?<br />
A) NO<br />
B) YES<br />
15) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A LINE UMPIRE CALLS A FOOT FAULT RIGHT BEFORE THE SERVER’S<br />
RACKET HITS A SECOND SERVE (DURING THE MOTION). WHAT IS THE UMPIRE CALL.<br />
16) WHAT IS THE POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE FOR JUNIOR TENNIS?<br />
17) WHAT IS THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE TWO SERVICE LINE?<br />
18) IN DOUBLES, AT 3-0 FINAL SET 15-0 (1 FAULT) YOU REALIZE THAT PARTNERS CHANGED<br />
THE ORDER OF SERVICE ( I.E. PLAYER B IS SERVING AT THE PLACE OF PLAYER A) AND THAT<br />
THE TEAMS ARE NOT AT THEIR CORRECT ENDS OF THE COURT . WHAT DO YOU DO AS A<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
19) IN MEN’S FUTURES, AS A GUIDELINE, HOW MANY TIMES THE 90 SECONDS CHANGEOVER<br />
TREATMENT SHOULD NOT EXCEED?<br />
20) DAVIS CUP: BALL CHANGE 7/9 (6) FINAL SCORE IS 7-6 6-7 6-4 3-6 20 – 18. HOW MANY CANS<br />
OF BALLS DID YOU USE PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE 4 BALLS IN EACH CAN?<br />
60
21) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF THE “SINGLE STICK”?<br />
22) AT CLUB OR RECREATIONAL LEVEL, THE SPACE BEHIND EACH SIDELINE SHOULD BE NOT<br />
LESS THAN:<br />
23) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE HITS THE BALL AND THEN THE RACKET FLIES FROM<br />
HIS HAND AND TOUCHES THE NET AFTER THE BALL BOUNCED TWO TIMES IN HIS<br />
OPPONENT’S COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
24) WHEN A WHEELCHAIR PLAYER IS PLAYING A MATCH AGAINST AN ABLE –BODIED PLAYER,<br />
HOW MANY BOUNCES OF THE BALL IS THE ABLE BODIED PLAYER ALLOWED BEFORE<br />
HE/SHE MUST RETURN THE BALL TO CONTINUE THE POINT?<br />
25) IN DOUBLES MATCH A SECOND SERVE HITS THE TOP OF THE NET AND GOES IN THE<br />
DIRECTION OF THE RECEIVER’S PARTNER. TO AVOID BEING HIT, THE RECEIVER’S PARTNER<br />
CATCHES THE BALL. THE BALL HAD NO CHANCE OF GOING INTO THE PROPER COURT. AS<br />
THE CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT IS YOUR RULING? *+<br />
26) THE SERVER, DURING HIS DELIVERY OF THE SERVE. IS OBSERVED BY THE CHAIR UMPIRE<br />
TO HAVE MADE A CLEAR AND FLAGRANT FOOTFAULT. THE BASELINE UMPIRE DOES NOT<br />
MAKE THE CALL. WHAT ACTION, IF ANY, SHOULD THE CHAIR UMPIRE TAKE? *+<br />
27) A PLAYER PROTESTS A LINE CALL AND THEN THE LINE UMPIRE CHANGES HIS DECISION. AS<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?<br />
28) IF THE CHAIR UMPIRE MAKES AN OVERRULE AND SUBSEQUENTLY DECIDES TO LOOK FOR<br />
THE MARK BUT CANNOT FIND A MARK, THE ORIGINAL CALL OF THE LINE UMPIRE WILL BE<br />
USED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
29) IN MEN’S FUTURES THE SCORE IS 6-6 IN THE FINAL SET. PLAYER A IS DOWN 3-6 DURING TIE-<br />
BREAK AND ASKS FOR THE TRAINER STATING HE HAS CRAMPS (FIRST OCCURRENCE).<br />
WHAT DO YOU DO AS A CHAIR UMPIRE? **<br />
30) IN A MEN’S SATELLITE PLAYER A COMES ON COURT WITH A CAP WHICH HAVE THE<br />
COLOUR OF THE ITALIAN FLAG AND A BIG “ITALY” (25CMQ) IN THE FRONT OF THE CAP.<br />
WHAT DO YOU DO AS A CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
31) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED BECAUSE OF RAIN AND A RE-WARM UP IS NECESSARY, WHICH<br />
KIND OF BALLS DO YOU USE FOR RE-WARM UP?<br />
32) A PLAYER IS SUBJECT TO THE POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE FROM WHEN THE FIRST BALL OF<br />
THE FIRST POINT IS STRUCK OR MISSED<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
33) HOW LONG DOES A PLAYER HAVE TO CHANGE INTO CLOTHING THAT CONFORMS WITH<br />
THE CODE?<br />
34) IN MIXED DOUBLES, WHEN THE NO-AD SCORING SYSTEM IS IN USE, AT DEUCE, WHICH SIDE<br />
SHOULD THE FEMALE PLAYER SERVE TO?<br />
35) A CHAIR UMPIRE LOSES THE SCORE DURING THE COURSE OF A MATCH. WHAT SHOULD<br />
HE/SHE DO?<br />
61
36) IN A MEN’S SATELLITE A PLAYER HAS ALREADY RECEIVED ONE TREATMENT FOR CRAMPS.<br />
IN THE FINAL SET HE SEEMS TO BE CRAMPING AGAIN. AT THE END OF THE GAME IN<br />
PROGRESS HE CALLS FOR THE TRAINER. AS A CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
37) IN A DOUBLES MATCH PLAYER A SERVES TO PLAYER C. PLAYER D (PARTNER OF PLAYER C)<br />
SHOUTS “NET” AS PLAYER C RETURNS THE SERVE. PLAYER A VOLLEYS INTO THE NET. AS A<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE YOU DID NOT SEE O HEAR A NET. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
62
2001 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - POP QUIZ N°1<br />
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9<br />
B<br />
LO SCHEMA QUI SOPRA RIPORTA IL TIE-BREAK DEL PRIMO SET DI UNA PARTITA DI<br />
TENNIS. IL PRIMO PUNTO DOVEVA ESSERE SERVITO DAL GIOCATORE “ A” MA, COME<br />
SI PUO’ NOTARE, E’ STATO SERVITO DAL GIOCATORE “B.”<br />
1) CHI SERVIRA’ I DUE PUNTI SUCCESSIVI ?<br />
A<br />
B<br />
2) CHI SERVIRA’ IL PRIMO PUNTO DELLA PARTITA SUCCESSIVA?<br />
A<br />
B<br />
63
2001 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - POP QUIZ N°2<br />
IN THE FOLLOWING DESIGN PLEASE INDICATE WITH AN ARROW WHICH IS THE<br />
MAXIMUM ALLOWED POSITION OF A SINGLES PLAYER AND OF A DOUBLE PLAYER<br />
DURING SERVE.<br />
64
YOU HAVE 40 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST<br />
2001 LEVEL 3 SEMINAR – TEST<br />
1) IN A CASE OF 14 MINUTES AND 20 SECONDS SUSPENSION HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP<br />
PERIOD<br />
A) 5 MINUTES<br />
B) 10 MINUTES<br />
C) 3 MINUTES<br />
D) 1 MINUTE<br />
2) IN DOUBLES THE ORDER OF RECEIVING MUST BE DECIDED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE<br />
MATCH AND CANNOT BE CHANGED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
3) THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE NET AND THEN THE RECEIVER BEFORE HE HITS THE<br />
GROUND. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) POINT TO SERVER<br />
B) 1ST SERVE<br />
C) 2ND SERVE<br />
D) POINT TO RECEIVER<br />
4) WHICH LINES OF THE COURT HAVE A FIXED MEASUREMENT OF 2 INCHES (5 CM) IN THE<br />
RULES OF TENNIS ?<br />
A) SERVICE LINE<br />
B) BASE LINE<br />
C) CENTRE SERVICE LINE<br />
D) ALL LINES<br />
5) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES COURT ?<br />
A) 10.37 MT.<br />
B) 8.23 MT.<br />
C) 10.87 MT.<br />
D) 10.97 MT.<br />
6) IN ATP TOUR TOURNAMENTS ONE ATP TOUR LOGO IDENTIFICATION MAY APPEAR ON ONE<br />
SLEEVE IN ADDITION TO THE COMMERCIAL AND THE MANUFACTURER’S LOGO.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
7) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS THE SERVICE, AFTER HITTING THE GROUND IN THE SERVICE<br />
COURT, MAY HIT THE GROUND A SECOND TIME, BUT ONLY WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF THE<br />
COURT<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
65
8) AT AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT EVENT, IS A PLAYER ALLOWED TO HAVE A MANU-<br />
FACTURER’S LOGO WRITING ON HER WRISTBAND?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
9) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES BATHROOM BREAK (NO CHANGE OF ATTIRE) MAY BE TAKEN ONLY<br />
AT THE END OF THE GAME OR ON A CHANGEOVER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
10) DURING AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH ON CLAY, PLAYER X SERVES A 2 ND SERVE TO<br />
PLAYER Y. THIS 2 ND SERVE HITS THE TOP OF THE NET AND LANDS CLOSE TO THE NEAR SIDE<br />
LINE. THE LINE UMPIRE CALLS “FAULT”. THE SERVER ASKS FOR A BALL MARK<br />
INSPECTION AND THE CHAIR UMPIRE GOES DIRECTLY TO THE MARK AND CALLS THE<br />
SERVE GOOD. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
11) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES MATCH (PLAYER X vs. PLAYER Y), PLAYER X HITS A BALL<br />
WHICH HITS THE TOP OF THE NET, DROPS DOWN AND HITS THE PIPE SUPPORT AT THE<br />
BOTTOM OF THE NET IN PLAYER’S Y COURT. PLAYER Y IS UNABLE TO REACH THE BALL.<br />
WHEN IS THE BALL DEAD (OUT OF PLAY)?<br />
12) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS ANY CONTINUAL DISTRACTION OF REGULAR PLAY SUCH AS<br />
“GRUNTING”, SHAL BE DEALT WITH AS FOLLOWS:<br />
A) LET – LET – LOSS OF POINT<br />
B) LET – LOSS OF POINT<br />
C) CODE VIOLATION<br />
D) LOSS OF POINT<br />
13) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, WHEN THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN EFFECT,<br />
HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP PERIOD?<br />
A) 10 MINUTES<br />
B) THERE IS NO WARM-UP<br />
C) 3 MINUTES<br />
D) IT DEPENDS FROM THE TIME OF SUSPENSION<br />
E) 5 MINUTES<br />
14) AT CLUB OR RECREATIONAL LEVEL, THE SPACE BEHIND EACH BASELINE SHOULD BE NOT<br />
LESS THAN:<br />
A) 3,05 MT.<br />
B) 6,40 MT.<br />
C) 5,50 MT.<br />
D) 8,23 MT.<br />
15) WHEN A WHEELCHAIR PLAYER IS PLAYING A MATCH AGAINST AN ABLE –BODIED PLAYER,<br />
HOW MANY BOUNCES OF THE BALL IS THE ABLE BODIED PLAYER ALLOWED BEFORE<br />
HE/SHE MUST RETURN THE BALL TO CONTINUE THE POINT?<br />
A) THREE<br />
B) TWO<br />
C) ONE<br />
16) IN JUNIOR EVENTS A GIRL IS ENTITLED TO ONE BATHROOM BREAK AND TO ONE CHANGE<br />
OF ATTIRE BREAK DURING A BEST OF THREE SET MATCH.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
66
17) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF, IN SERVING HIS 2 nd SERVE, HIS RACKET FLIES FROM HIS<br />
HANDS AND TOUCHES NET AFTER THE BALL HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND OUTSIDE THE<br />
PROPER COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
18) IN WOMEN’S FUTURE THE TOTAL MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TOILET BREAK IN DOUBLES IS:<br />
A) SIX<br />
B) TWO<br />
C) FOUR<br />
19) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS DOUBLES PLAYERS MUST BE DRESSED IN SUBSTANTIAL SAME<br />
COLOUR.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
20) IN A MATCH PLAYED WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRE THE FIRST SERVICE FROM PLAYER A IS<br />
LONG, BUT CLOSE, AND B RETURNS THE BALL FOR A WINNER WITHOUT CALLING A FAULT.<br />
PLAYER A SEES THE BALL AS A FAULT AND ASKS PERMISSION OF B TO INSPECT THE MARK.<br />
PLAYER B AGREES TO INSPECTION, BUT POINTS TO A GOOD BALL MARK WHICH A SAYS IS<br />
THE WRONG MARK. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) POINT TO B<br />
B) POINT TO A<br />
C) PLAY A LET<br />
21) IN SINGLES, A PLAYER’S SECOND SERVE TOUCHES THE SINGLE STICK AND LANDS IN THE<br />
PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT<br />
DECISION?<br />
A) LET: FIRST SERVE<br />
B) POINT TO THE OPPONENT<br />
C) SECOND SERVE<br />
D) CALL FOR THE REFEREE<br />
E) CODE VIOLATION TO THE SERVER<br />
22) IN DOUBLES, AT 3-0 FINAL SET 15-0 (1 FAULT) YOU REALIZE THAT PARTNERS CHANGED<br />
THE ORDER OF SERVICE ( I.E. PLAYER B IS SERVING AT THE PLACE OF PLAYER A) AND<br />
THAT THE TEAMS ARE NOT AT THEIR CORRECT ENDS OF THE COURT . WHAT DO YOU DO AS<br />
A CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
23) IN MEN’S FUTURES, AS A GUIDELINE, HOW MANY TIMES THE 90 SECONDS CHANGEOVER<br />
TREATMENT SHOULD NOT EXCEED?<br />
24) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE HITS THE BALL AND THEN THE RACKET FLIES FROM<br />
HIS HAND AND TOUCHES THE NET AFTER THE BALL BOUNCED TWO TIMES IN HIS<br />
OPPONENT’S COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
25) THE SERVER, DURING HIS DELIVERY OF THE SERVE. IS OBSERVED BY THE CHAIR UMPIRE<br />
TO HAVE MADE A CLEAR AND FLAGRANT FOOTFAULT. THE BASELINE UMPIRE DOES NOT<br />
MAKE THE CALL. WHAT ACTION, IF ANY, SHOULD THE CHAIR UMPIRE TAKE?<br />
67
26) IF THE CHAIR UMPIRE MAKES AN OVERRULE AND SUBSEQUENTLY DECIDES TO LOOK FOR<br />
THE MARK BUT CANNOT FIND A MARK, THE ORIGINAL CALL OF THE LINE UMPIRE WILL BE<br />
USED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
27) IN MEN’S FUTURES THE SCORE IS 6-6 IN THE FINAL SET. PLAYER A IS DOWN 3-6 DURING TIE-<br />
BREAK AND ASKS FOR THE TRAINER STATING HE HAS CRAMPS (FIRST OCCURRENCE).<br />
WHAT DO YOU DO AS A CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
28) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED BECAUSE OF RAIN AND A RE-WARM UP IS NECESSARY, WHICH<br />
KIND OF BALLS DO YOU USE FOR RE-WARM UP?<br />
29) HOW LONG DOES A PLAYER HAVE TO CHANGE INTO CLOTHING THAT CONFORMS WITH<br />
THE CODE?<br />
30) IN MIXED DOUBLES, WHEN THE NO-AD SCORING SYSTEM IS IN USE, AT DEUCE, WHICH SIDE<br />
SHOULD THE FEMALE PLAYER SERVE TO?<br />
31) IN A MEN’S SATELLITE A PLAYER HAS ALREADY RECEIVED ONE TREATMENT FOR CRAMPS.<br />
IN THE FINAL SET HE SEEMS TO BE CRAMPING AGAIN. AT THE END OF THE GAME IN<br />
PROGRESS HE CALLS FOR THE TRAINER. AS A CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
68
2002<br />
69
2002<br />
2002 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N° 1<br />
2002 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N° 2<br />
2002 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N° 3<br />
2002 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N° 4<br />
2002 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : FINAL TEST<br />
2002 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : SCORECARD TEST<br />
2002 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : POP QUIZ<br />
2002 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N° 1<br />
2002 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N° 2<br />
2002 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : FINAL TEST<br />
70
2002 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE-TEST N° 1<br />
YOU HAVE 20 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST (25 IF REFEREE)<br />
1) WHAT IS THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE NET AND THE SERVICE LINE :<br />
2) IN DOUBLES THE ORDER OF RECEIVING MUST BE DECIDED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE<br />
MATCH AND CANNOT BE CHANGED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
3) IN DOUBLES, IF A PARTNER SERVES OUT OF TURN AND IT IS DISCOVERED BEFORE THE GAME<br />
HAS BEEN COMPLETED, THE ORDER OF SERVICE REMAINS ALTERED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
4) IN DOUBLES THE FIRST SERVE BEING A FAULT THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE DOUBLE POST<br />
AND LANDS IN THE PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT (ACE). WHAT<br />
IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
5) THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE NET AND THEN THE RECEIVER BEFORE HE HITS THE GROUND.<br />
WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
6) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE BASELINE ?<br />
7) WHAT HAPPENS IF, AFTER A CALL ON A CLAY COURT, BOTH LINE UMPIRE AND CHAIR<br />
UMPIRE CANNOT DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF THE MARK.<br />
A) A LET MUST BE CALLED<br />
B) THE ORIGINAL CALL STANDS<br />
C) CALL FOR THE REFEREE<br />
8) WHICH LINES OF THE COURT HAVE A FIXED MEASUREMENT OF 2 INCHES (5 CM) IN THE<br />
RULES OF TENNIS ?<br />
9) IF A PLAYER VOLLEYS THE BALL BEFORE IT HAS PASSED THE NET HE LOSES THE POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
10) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES IF A PLAYER TOUCHES THE PORTION OF THE NET BETWEEN<br />
THE SINGLES STICK AND THE DOUBLES POST HE LOSES THE POINT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
11) AT 2-0 IN THE TIE-BREAK YOU, AS A CHAIR UMPIRE, REALIZE THAT YOU SHOULD HAVE<br />
PLAYED THE ADVANTAGE GAME. YOU STOP MATCH AND INFORM PLAYER THAT 2-0<br />
BECOMES 30 - 0.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
71
12) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES COURT?<br />
13) SINGLES MATCH: 4 BALLS – BALL CHANGE 9/11. FINAL SCORE 6/2 6/7 7/6. NUMBER OF BALLS<br />
USED IN THE MATCH?<br />
________________________________________________________________________________________________<br />
PART 2 – ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS FOR REFEREES ONLY<br />
14) IN MEN’S TENNIS SPECIAL EXEMPT PLACES ARE ALLOWED FOR DOUBLES PLAYERS.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
15) YOU ARE ASSISTANT REFEREE IN A 10,000 $ WOMEN’S EVENT AND YOU ARE ABOUT TO<br />
WRITE THE FINAL LIST OF SEEDS. WHICH RANKING DO YOU TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION?<br />
16) A PLAYER LOSING AT 1ST ROUND OF QUALIFYING DRAW IS NOT ELEGIBLE TO SIGN FOR A<br />
LUCKY LOSER POSITION.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
17) MAY A “WILD CARD” PLAYER BE SEEDED?<br />
18) SINCE 2002 IN A 10,000 $ WOMEN’S TOURNAMENT THERE ARE 8 PLACES FOR QUALIFIERS IN<br />
THE MAIN DRAW. HOW MANY SEEDS, AS A MAXIMUM, THERE WILL BE IN THE QUALIFYING<br />
DRAW?<br />
72
2002 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE-TEST N° 2<br />
YOU HAVE 10 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST.<br />
1) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS THE SERVICE, AFTER HITTING THE GROUND IN THE SERVICE<br />
COURT, MAY HIT THE GROUND A SECOND TIME, BUT ONLY WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF THE<br />
COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
2) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES ALLEY ?<br />
3) FOR THE FIRST TIME IN AN ITF MEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH, PLAYER A’s CAP ACCIDENTALLY<br />
FALLS OFF DURING THE POINT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
4) WHAT IS THE MINIMUM WIDTH OF THE FAR SIDELINE?<br />
5) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES BATHROOM BREAK (NO CHANGE OF ATTIRE) MAY BE TAKEN ONLY<br />
AT THE END OF THE GAME OR ON A CHANGEOVER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
6) IF THE NO-AD SCORING SYSTEM IS USED, THE ANNOUNCEMENT AFTER DEUCE IS:<br />
73
2002 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE - TEST N° 3<br />
YOU HAVE 15 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST<br />
1) A PLAYER SERVES A FIRST SERVICE FAULT. HE STARTS TO SERVE THE SECOND SERVE AND<br />
YOU REALIZE THAT THERE SHOULD BE NEW BALLS IN PLAY. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
2) A PLAYER, RUNNING FOR A BALL, WHILE THE BALL IS STILL IN PLAY, SLIDES WITH HIS<br />
FOOT UNDER THE NET, WITHOUT TOUCHING IT, BECAUSE THE NET IS NOT FULLY<br />
EXTENDED TO THE COURT SURFACE. WHAT DO YOU DO? **<br />
3) DURING AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH ON CLAY, PLAYER X SERVES A 2 ND SERVE TO<br />
PLAYER Y. THIS 2 ND SERVE HITS THE TOP OF THE NET AND LANDS CLOSE TO THE NEAR SIDE<br />
LINE. THE LINE UMPIRE CALLS “FAULT”. THE SERVER ASKS FOR A BALL MARK<br />
INSPECTION AND THE CHAIR UMPIRE GOES DIRECTLY TO THE MARK AND CALLS THE<br />
SERVE GOOD. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION? **<br />
4) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES MATCH (PLAYER X vs. PLAYER Y), PLAYER X HITS A BALL<br />
WHICH HITS THE TOP OF THE NET, DROPS DOWN AND HITS THE PIPE SUPPORT AT THE<br />
BOTTOM OF THE NET IN PLAYER’S Y COURT. PLAYER Y IS UNABLE TO REACH THE BALL.<br />
WHEN IS THE BALL DEAD (OUT OF PLAY)? **<br />
5) IF EIGHT (8) MINUTES ELAPSES BEFORE THE SPORTS MEDECINE TRAINER ARRIVES AND<br />
TREATMENT BEGINS 30 SECONDS LATER (THE MEDICAL TIME OUT BEGINS) AND IS<br />
COMPLETED AFTER ANOTHER TWO (2) MINUTES, IS A REWARM-UP AUTHORIZED? *+<br />
6) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, WHEN THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN EFFECT,<br />
HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP PERIOD?<br />
7) AT CLUB OR RECREATIONAL LEVEL, THE SPACE BEHIND EACH BASELINE SHOULD BE NOT<br />
LESS THAN:<br />
8) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE THROWS HIS RACKET AND HITS THE BALL.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
9) WHEN A WHEELCHAIR PLAYER IS PLAYING A MATCH AGAINST AN ABLE–BODIED PLAYER,<br />
HOW MANY BOUNCES OF THE BALL IS THE ABLE BODIED PLAYER ALLOWED BEFORE<br />
HE/SHE MUST RETURN THE BALL TO CONTINUE THE POINT?<br />
10) DURING A ITF WOMEN’S TOUR EVENT, THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN<br />
EFFECT. DURING THE 10 MINUTE BREAK BETWEEN THE 2 ND AND FINAL SETS, THE PLAYERS<br />
ARE ALLOWED TO:<br />
A) RECEIVE COACHING<br />
B) RECEIVE TREATMENT FROM A PRIMARY HEALTH CARE PROVIDER<br />
C) TAKE A SHOWER<br />
D) ALL OF THE ABOVE<br />
E) NONE OF THE ABOVE<br />
11) IN JUNIOR EVENTS A GIRL IS ENTITLED TO ONE BATHROOM BREAK AND TO ONE CHANGE<br />
OF ATTIRE BREAK DURING A BEST OF THREE SET MATCH.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
74
2002 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE-TEST N° 4<br />
YOU HAVE 10 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST<br />
1) AT AN ITF JUNIOR EVENTS A PLAYER MAY HAVE UNLIMITED LOGOS OF THE<br />
MANUFACTURER ON EACH SLEEVE NOT EXCEEDING 13 CMQ.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
2) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER MAY HAVE UNLIMITED COMMERCIAL LOGOS ON EACH<br />
SLEEVE NOT EXCEEDING 19 CMQ.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
3) IN WOMEN’S ITF TOURNAMENTS A PLAYER HAS ONE TWO SQ INCH MANUFACTURER’S<br />
LOGO ON COMPRESSION SHORTS. HOW MANY TWO SQ INCHES MANUFACTURER’S LOGOS<br />
SHE CAN HAVE ON HER SKIRT?<br />
4) HOW LONG DOES A PLAYER HAVE TO CHANGE INTO CLOTHING THAT CONFORMS WITH<br />
THE CODE?<br />
5) IN PROFESSIONAL WOMEN’S CIRCUIT DOUBLES, TEAM MEMBERS MUST WEAR WITH<br />
SIMILAR ATTIRE/COLUR.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
6) IN PROFESSIONAL MEN’S CIRCUIT DOUBLES, TEAM MEMBERS MUST WEAR SIMILAR<br />
ATTIRE/COLOUR.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
7) IN JUNIOR TENNIS, IN DOUBLES, GIRLS TEAM MEMBERS MUST WEAR SIMILAR ATTIRE/<br />
COLOUR.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
75
2002 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL – FINAL TEST<br />
YOU HAVE 40 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST. 60 MINUTES IF YOU ARE A REFEREE<br />
1) DESCRIVETE DETTAGLIATAMENTE, IN INGLESE, TUTTI GLI ANNUNCI CHE L’ARBITRO DEVE<br />
FARE (E A CHI) NEL MOMENTO IN CUI UN GIOCATORE RICHIEDE DI VEDERE IL<br />
FISIOTERAPISTA E QUESTO DECIDE DI FARE UN MTO.<br />
2) JUNIOR EVENT, BOYS SINGLES: MASSIMO NUMERO DI TOILET BREAK (BEST OF 3 SETS).<br />
3) JUNIOR EVENT:AS A GUIDELINE, HOW MANY MEDICAL TREATMENT? CONSECUTIVE OR NOT?<br />
4) JUNIOR EVENT: WHAT IS THE POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE?<br />
5) IF THE CHAIR UMPIRE MAKES AN OVERRULE AND SUBSEQUENTLY DECIDES TO LOOK FOR<br />
THE MARK BUT CANNOT FIND A MARK, THE ORIGINAL CALL OF THE LINE UMPIRE WILL BE<br />
USED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
6) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED BECAUSE OF RAIN AND A RE-WARM UP IS NECESSARY, WHICH<br />
KIND OF BALLS DO YOU USE FOR RE-WARM UP?<br />
7) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A LINE UMPIRE CALLS A FOOT FAULT RIGHT BEFORE THE SERVER’S<br />
RACKET HITS A SECOND SERVE (DURING THE MOTION). WHAT IS THE UMPIRE CALL?<br />
8) IN DOUBLES, AT 3-0 FINAL SET 15-0 (1 FAULT) YOU REALIZE THAT PARTNERS CHANGED<br />
THE ORDER OF SERVICE ( I.E. PLAYER B IS SERVING AT THE PLACE OF PLAYER A) AND THAT<br />
THE TEAMS ARE NOT AT THEIR CORRECT ENDS OF THE COURT . WHAT DO YOU DO AS A<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
9) IN MEN’S FUTURES, AS A GUIDELINE, HOW MANY TIMES THE 90 SECONDS CHANGEOVER<br />
TREATMENT SHOULD NOT EXCEED?<br />
10) IN A MEN’S FUTURES BEST OF THREE SETS DOUBLES MATCH A PLAYER TAKES A TOILET<br />
BREAK DURING THE WARM UP. AT 5-0 IN THE SECOND SET, HIS PARTNER WANTS TO GO TO<br />
THE TOILET. WHAT DO YOU DO?THEN AT 6 ALL FINAL SET THE SAME PLAYER (THE<br />
PARTNER) ASKS TO GO AGAIN TO THE TOILET, SAYING IT IS AN EMERGENCY. WHAT DO<br />
YOU DO? **<br />
11) DAVIS CUP: BALL CHANGE 7/9 (6) FINAL SCORE IS 7-6 6-7 6-4 3-6 20 – 18. HOW MANY CANS<br />
OF BALLS DID YOU USE PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE 3 BALLS IN EACH CAN?<br />
12) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF THE “SINGLE STICK” ?<br />
13) DURING A WOMEN’S FUTURES EVENT, THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN<br />
EFFECT. A PLAYER RETURNS LATE TO THE COURT. WHAT DO YOU DO AS A CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
14) AT 4 – 3 IN A TIE-BREAK IN A DOUBLES MATCH (A & B vs. C & D), PLAYER B RECEIVES OUT<br />
OF TURN. AS CHAIR UMPIRE YOU REALISE THIS AFTER C HAS SERVED AND WON ONE POINT<br />
(5 – 3). WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
76
15) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE FAILS TO RETURN THE BALL<br />
BEFORE IT HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND TWO TIMES.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
16) IN DOUBLES MATCH A SECOND SERVE HITS THE TOP OF THE NET AND GOES IN THE<br />
DIRECTION OF THE RECEIVER’S PARTNER. TO AVOID BEING HIT, THE RECEIVER’S PARTNER<br />
CATCHES THE BALL. THE BALL HAD NO CHANCE OF GOING INTO THE PROPER COURT. AS<br />
THE CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT IS YOUR RULING? **<br />
17) THE SERVER, DURING HIS DELIVERY OF THE SERVE. IS OBSERVED BY THE CHAIR UMPIRE<br />
TO HAVE MADE A CLEAR AND FLAGRANT FOOTFAULT. THE BASELINE UMPIRE DOES NOT<br />
MAKE THE CALL. WHAT ACTION, IF ANY, SHOULD THE CHAIR UMPIRE TAKE? **<br />
18) A PLAYER PROTESTS A LINE CALL AND THEN THE LINE UMPIRE CHANGES HIS DECISION. AS<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?<br />
19) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED BECAUSE OF RAIN AND A RE-WARM UP IS NECESSARY, WHICH<br />
KIND OF BALLS DO YOU USE FOR RE-WARM UP?<br />
20) A CHAIR UMPIRE LOSES THE SCORE DURING THE COURSE OF A MATCH. WHAT SHOULD<br />
HE/SHE DO?<br />
21) IN A MEN’S SATELLITE A PLAYER HAS ALREADY RECEIVED ONE TREATMENT FOR CRAMPS.<br />
IN THE FINAL SET HE SEEMS TO BE CRAMPING AGAIN. AT THE END OF THE GAME IN<br />
PROGRESS HE CALLS FOR THE TRAINER. AS A CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT DO YOU DO? **<br />
22) IN A DOUBLES MATCH PLAYER A SERVES TO PLAYER C. PLAYER D (PARTNER OF PLAYER C)<br />
SHOUTS “NET” AS PLAYER C RETURNS THE SERVE. PLAYER A VOLLEYS INTO THE NET. AS A<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE YOU DID NOT SEE O HEAR A NET. WHAT DO YOU DO? **<br />
23) IN SINGLES, A PLAYER’S SECOND SERVE TOUCHES THE SINGLE STICK AND LANDS IN THE<br />
PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT<br />
DECISION? **<br />
24) IN MEN’S PROFESSIONAL TENNIS ON SHORTS 2 STANDARD LOGOS OF THE MANUFACTURER<br />
NOT EXCEEDING 19,5 CMQ ARE ALLOWED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
25) IN WOMEN’S PROFESSIONAL TENNIS TAPING OF LOGOS IS ALLOWED, BUT ONLY IN<br />
DOUBLES.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
26) IN MEN’S PROFESSIONAL TENNIS THE POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE IS:<br />
27) IN WOMEN’S TENNIS WRISTBANDS MAY HAVE A LOGO WITH WRITING NOT TO EXCEED 3 SQ<br />
INCHES (19,5 CMQ)<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
28) IN WOMEN’S TENNIS A WTA PATCH NOT EXCEEDING 13 CMQ MAY BE WORN ON EACH<br />
SLEEVE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
77
29) IN WOMEN’S TENNIS AT 5-4 SECOND SET A PLAYER ASKS FOR A TOILET BREAK AND YOU<br />
AND THE REFEREE ALLOW IT. WHEN SHE COMES BACK YOU REALISE THAT SHE HAS ALSO<br />
CHANGED HER ATTIRE. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
30) WHICH COLOUR SHALL BALLS BE IN TENNIS?<br />
31) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE VOLLEYS THE BALL BEFORE IT HAS PASSED THE NET.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
32) A PLAYER STOPS PLAYING SAYING THAT HE HEARD AN “OUT” CALL. YOU REALISE THAT<br />
THE CALL WAS COMING FROM THE CROWD. WHAT DO YOU DO AS A CHAIR UMPIRE.<br />
33) IN THE DECIDING SUPER TIE-BREAK GAME THE PLAYER WHO FIRST WINS TWELVE POINTS<br />
WINS THE SUPER TIE-BREAK PROVIDED HE LEADS WITH A MARGIN OF TWO POINTS<br />
34) A PLAYER (MR. ROSSI) RECEIVES A CODE VIOLATION FOR VERBAL ABUSE. HE ALREADY<br />
RECEIVED A WARNING. WHAT DO YOU ANNOUNCE?<br />
35) YOU PROMPTLY OVVERULE A LINEUMPIRE (FROM “OUT” TO “GOOD”. THE POINT IS<br />
REPLAYED) WHAT DO YOU ANNOUNCE?<br />
_______________________________________________________________________________________________<br />
PART 2: ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS FOR REFEREES ONLY<br />
36) IN A MATCH PLAYED WITHOUT THE CHAIR UMPIRE IF THE REFEREE SEES A PLAYER<br />
COMMITTING CLEAR FOOT FAULTS, WHAT SHOULD HE DO?<br />
37) A THE BEST OF THREE SETS MATCH IS POSTPONED DUE TO RAIN AND RESUMES THE NEXT<br />
DAY. IS A PLAYER ENTITLED TO A TOILET BREAK AGAIN IF HE ALREADY TOOK ONE THE<br />
DAY BEFORE DURING THE WARM UP?<br />
38) IN JUNIOR EVENTS QUALIFYING DRAW SEED N°1 AND SEED N° 2 ARE FROM USA. WHERE DO<br />
YOU PUT THEM IN THE DRAW PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE NO OTHER PLAYERS FROM<br />
UNITED STATES IN THE QUALIFYING COMPETITION?<br />
39) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES ACCUMULATED POINTS SHALL BE USED TO DETERMINE SEEDINGS<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
40) A JUNIOR MATCH IS SUSPENDED FOR 19 MINUTES. HOW LONG IS THE REWARM UP?<br />
41) IN WOMEN’S CIRCUIT REF-TO REF SIGN IN IS POSSIBLE FOR ON-SITE ALTERNATES,<br />
PROVIDED THE PLAYER HAS LOST ON THE DAY OF THE SIGN-IN OR THE DAY BEFORE THE<br />
SIGN-IN.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
42) IN WOMEN’S TENNIS SYSTEM OF MERIT FOR ACCEPTANCES “ON-SITE ALTERNATES AND<br />
RANKED” HAVE PRIORITY TO “ENTERED AND ACCUMULATED POINTS”.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
78
43) IN WOMEN’S FUTURE HOW MUCH TIME HAS A LUCKY LOSER TO BE READY FOR PLAY<br />
AFTER THE ANNOUNCEMENT OF A DEFAULT?<br />
44) WHAT IS, IN MEN’S SATELLITES, THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF MANUFACTURER’S LOGO IN THE<br />
FRONT OF A PLAYER SWEATSHIRT?<br />
45) IN JUNIOR EVENTS A SINGLES MATCH STARTS AT 4.02 PM, IS SUSPENDED AT 4.37 PM, IS<br />
RESUMED AT 5.11 PM AND ENDS AT 6.32 PM. WHAT IS THE MINIMUM REST ALLOWED FOR<br />
THE PLAYER BEFORE HIS DOUBLES MATCH?<br />
46) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES CAN YOU ALLOW A SPECIAL CONSIDERATION FOR A PLAYER OF THE<br />
PREVIOUS WEEK PLAYING DOUBLES?<br />
47) IN JUNIOR EVENTS MAIN DRAW SEED N°1 / N° 2 AND N° 3 ARE FROM ITALY. WHERE DO YOU<br />
PUT THEM IN THE DRAW PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE 3 OTHER ITALIAN PLAYERS NOT<br />
SEEDED IN THE MAIN DRAW? WHERE DO YOU PUT THE OTHER 3 ITALIANS?<br />
79
2002 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - SCORECARD TEST<br />
(Munirsi ovviamente di Scorecard )<br />
(RICORDARSI SEMPRE DI FIRMARE LO SCORECARD !!!)<br />
Please fill in the scorecard, of a match that you are umpiring, with the following details<br />
Remember you are still a National Umpire<br />
SUPERVISOR: GAYLE BRADSHAW<br />
PARIS OPEN<br />
SINGLE MAIN DRAW 2 ND ROUND ON DECEMBER 20 TH 2002 – CENTER COURT<br />
3 SETS TIE-BREAK WITHOUT REST<br />
6 BALLS - BALL CHANGE 7/9<br />
REFEREE: VINCENZO BOTTONE<br />
LINEUMPIRE: 7 + NET<br />
PLAYER A: BORIS BECKER (GER) Won toss and choosed the right side of the chair<br />
PLAYER B: STEFAN EDBERG (SWE) Elected to receive<br />
1 st match of the day at 9.00 AM. No delay<br />
Match starts at 11.09 AM<br />
1 ST GAME:<br />
Fault/Double fault 0-15<br />
15-15<br />
Ace 30-15<br />
40-15<br />
Game<br />
2 nd GAME<br />
0-15<br />
Time violation warning Mr. Becker<br />
Fault 0-30<br />
15-30 Code Violation Ball abuse Warning Mr. Edberg<br />
Fault Ace 30-30<br />
30-40<br />
Game<br />
SETS FINISHES at 10.08 PM Score 75 Edberg<br />
Match finishes at 12.32 PM<br />
Becker defeats Edberg 57 76 (12) 64<br />
80
2002 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - POP QUIZ<br />
IN A MATCH PLAYED ON CLAY WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRE PLAYERS HAVE A DISPUTE<br />
ON A CALL AND DISAGREE ON THE MARK. THE REFEREE CANNOT UNDERSTAND<br />
WHICH WAS THE BALL DIRECTION AND WHICH KIND OF SHOT WAS PLAYED. WHAT<br />
IS THE DECISION?<br />
WHAT WOULD HAVE HAPPENED IF THEY AGREED ON THE MARK BUT DISAGREE ON<br />
THE READING?<br />
81
2002 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL PRE – TEST N° 1<br />
YOU HAVE 15 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST (30 MINUTES IN CASE OF REFEREE)<br />
PART 1: CHAIR UMPIRES AND REFEREES<br />
1) DESCRIVETE DETTAGLIATAMENTE, IN INGLESE, TUTTI GLI ANNUNCI CHE L’ARBITRO DEVE<br />
FARE (E A CHI) NEL MOMENTO IN CUI UN GIOCATORE RICHIEDE DI VEDERE IL<br />
FISIOTERAPISTA E QUESTO DECIDE DI FARE UN MTO.<br />
2) JUNIOR EVENT, BOYS SINGLES: MASSIMO NUMERO DI TOILET BREAK (BEST OF 3 SETS)<br />
3) JUNIOR EVENT:AS A GUIDELINE, HOW MANY MEDICAL TREATMENT?CONSECUTIVE OR NOT?<br />
4) JUNIOR EVENT: WHAT IS THE POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE?<br />
5) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS, MEN’S SINGLES: WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TOILET<br />
BREAKS? HOW LONG THAY CAN BE?<br />
6) IN A CASE OF 14 MINUTES AND 20 SECONDS SUSPENSION HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP<br />
PERIOD.<br />
7) IN DOUBLES THE ORDER OF RECEIVING MUST BE DECIDED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE<br />
MATCH AND CANNOT BE CHANGED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
8) THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE NET AND THEN THE RECEIVER BEFORE HE HITS THE GROUND.<br />
WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
9) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES ALLEY?<br />
10) IN ATP TOUR TOURNAMENTS ONE ATP TOUR LOGO IDENTIFICATION MAY APPEAR ON EACH<br />
SLEEVE IN PLACE EITHER TO THE COMMERCIAL OR THE MANUFACTURER’S LOGO.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
11) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS THE SERVICE, AFTER HITTING THE GROUND IN THE SERVICE<br />
COURT, MAY HIT THE GROUND A SECOND TIME, EVEN OUTSIDE THE BOUNDS OF THE<br />
COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
12) AT AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT EVENT, IS A PLAYER ALLOWED TO HAVE A MANUFACTURER’S<br />
LOGO WRITING ON HER WRISTBAND?<br />
13) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, WHEN THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN EFFECT,<br />
HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP PERIOD?<br />
82
14) AT CLUB OR RECREATIONAL LEVEL, THE SPACE BEHIND EACH SIDELINE SHOULD BE NOT<br />
LESS THAN:<br />
15) WHEN A WHEELCHAIR PLAYER IS PLAYING A MATCH AGAINST AN ABLE –BODIED PLAYER,<br />
HOW MANY BOUNCES OF THE BALL IS THE ABLE BODIED PLAYER ALLOWED BEFORE<br />
HE/SHE MUST RETURN THE BALL TO CONTINUE THE POINT?<br />
16) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF, IN SERVING HIS 2 nd SERVE, HIS RACKET FLIES FROM HIS<br />
HANDS AND TOUCHES NET AFTER THE BALL HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND OUTSIDE THE<br />
PROPER COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
17) IN WOMEN’S FUTURE THE TOTAL MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TOILET BREAK IN DOUBLES IS:<br />
18) IN SINGLES, A PLAYER’S SECOND SERVE TOUCHES THE SINGLE STICK AND LANDS IN THE<br />
PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT<br />
DECISION?<br />
19) IN DOUBLES, AT 3-0 FINAL SET 15-0 (1 FAULT) YOU REALIZE THAT PARTNERS CHANGED THE<br />
ORDER OF SERVICE (I.E. PLAYER B IS SERVING AT THE PLACE OF PLAYER A) AND THAT THE<br />
TEAMS ARE NOT AT THEIR CORRECT ENDS OF THE COURT. WHAT DO YOU DO AS A CHAIR<br />
UMPIRE?<br />
20) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE HITS THE BALL AND THEN THE RACKET FLIES FROM<br />
HIS HAND AND TOUCHES THE NET AFTER THE BALL BOUNCED TWO TIMES IN HIS<br />
OPPONENT’S COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
21) IF THE CHAIR UMPIRE MAKES AN OVERRULE AND SUBSEQUENTLY DECIDES TO LOOK FOR<br />
THE MARK BUT CANNOT FIND A MARK, THE ORIGINAL CALL OF THE LINE UMPIRE WILL BE<br />
USED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
22) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED BECAUSE OF RAIN AND A RE-WARM UP IS NECESSARY, WHICH<br />
KIND OF BALLS DO YOU USE FOR RE-WARM UP?<br />
23) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A LINE UMPIRE CALLS A FOOT FAULT RIGHT BEFORE THE SERVER’S<br />
RACKET HITS A SECOND SERVE (DURING THE MOTION). WHAT IS THE UMPIRE CALL?<br />
24) IF THE NO-AD SCORING SYSTEM IS USED, WHAT IS THE ANNOUNCEMENT AFTER DEUCE?<br />
25) IN DOUBLES, AT 3-0 FINAL SET 15-0 (1 FAULT) YOU REALIZE THAT PARTNERS CHANGED THE<br />
ORDER OF SERVICE (I.E. PLAYER B IS SERVING AT THE PLACE OF PLAYER A) AND THAT THE<br />
TEAMS ARE NOT AT THEIR CORRECT ENDS OF THE COURT. WHAT DO YOU DO AS A CHAIR<br />
UMPIRE?<br />
83
_______________________________________________________________________________________________<br />
SECTION 2 – REFEREES ONLY<br />
26) IN WOMEN’S TENNIS SYSTEM OF MERIT FOR ACCEPTANCES “ON-SITE ALTERNATES AND<br />
RANKED” HAVE PRIORITY TO “ENTERED AND ACCUMULATED POINTS”<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
27) IN WOMEN’S CIRCUIT WILD CARDS NOT SEEDED WHO WITHDRAWS AFTER THE DRAW IS<br />
MADE BUT BEFORE THE QUALI STARTED ARE REPLACED BY?<br />
28) ENTRY DEADLINE FOR DOUBLES IN WOMEN’S CIRCUIT<br />
29) WHAT IS THE WILD CARDS NUMBER IN DOUBLES MAIN DRAW WITH QUALIFYING IN A<br />
25,000$ WOMEN’S EVENT?<br />
30) IN WOMEN’S EVENT, IF A PLAYER WAS INVOLVED IN BOTH SINGLES AND DOUBLES FINAL,<br />
WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM PERIOD OF REST SHE WAS ALLOWED PROVIDED THAT THE<br />
SINGLES FINAL WAS 95 MINUTES LONG?<br />
31) JUNIOR EVENT: DOUBLES MAIN DRAW SIGN-IN DEADLINE IS?<br />
32) JUNIOR EVENT: A GIRL’S MATCH IS INTERRUPTED ON MONDAY AT 5.30 PM AFTER 25<br />
MINUTES OF PLAY AND RESUMES ON TUESDAY AT 6.45 PM AND FINISHES AT 8.35 PM. WHICH<br />
IS THE EARLIEST TIME SHE CAN PLAY ON WEDNESDAY, PROVIDED THAT MATCHES START<br />
AT 8.15 AM?<br />
33) IN JUNIOR EVENT A PLAYER IS ALLOWED A 10 MINUTE BREAK FOR EXTREME WEATHER<br />
CONDITION AND A MEDICAL TIME OUT CONSECUTIVELY.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
34)PRIMA TAPPA DEL SATELLITE MASCHILE: QUALI SONO LE CONDIZIONI PER POTER<br />
OTTENERE UNO SPECIAL EXEMPT?<br />
35) FUTURE MASCHILI, SECONDA TAPPA: QUALE E’ LA PRIMA PRIORITA’ PER L’ENTRY NEL<br />
DOPPIO?<br />
36) SATELLITE MASCHILE: CONDIZIONI PER ESSERE AMMESSI A GIOCARE IL MASTER.<br />
37) IN WOMEN’S CIRCUIT A PLAYER RETIRES DURING HER LAST QUALI MATCH (SCORE: 36 01<br />
RET.).MAIN DRAW IS SCHEDULED TO START THE SAME DAY. CAN SHE SIGN FOR LUCKY<br />
LOSERS AND EVENTUALLY PLAY THAT DAY PROVIDED SHE RECEIVES MEDICAL<br />
CLEARANCE FROM THE TOURNAMENT DOCTOR?<br />
38) JUNIOR EVENT: NUMBER OF WILD CARDS IN A 48 SINGLES MAIN DRAW?<br />
39) SATELLITE MASCHILE, PRIMA TAPPA: UN GIOCATORE NON FA IN TEMPO A FIRMARE<br />
ENTRO LE ORE 19.00. FINO A QUANDO PUO’ FIRMARE “LATE” IN MODO DA NON PERDERE LA<br />
POSSIBILITA’ DI GIOCARE LE TAPPE SUCCESSIVE?<br />
84
40) IN MEN’S TENNIS, WHICH RANKING YOU TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION FOR A SPECIAL<br />
EXEMPT POSITION?<br />
41) IN MEN’S FUTURES IF THE ELEGIBLE LUCKY LOSER IS NOT AVAILABLE TO PLAY THE DAY<br />
HE SIGNED, HE CANNOT BE CONSIDERED ANYMORE IN THAT TOURNAMENT FOR A LUCKY<br />
LOSER POSITION.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
42) IN MEN’S FUTURES, A PLAYER COMES FOR SIGN IN AND HE HAS A NATIONAL RANKING OF<br />
680 FROM HIS COUNTRY. HOW DO YOU CONSIDER HIM FOR ENTRY PURPOSES?<br />
43) IN MEN’S SATELLITE (WEEK 3) ONLY PLAYERS WITH ATP POINTS SHALL BE SEEDED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
44) IN WOMEN’S FUTURE HOW MUCH TIME HAS A LUCKY LOSER TO BE READY FOR PLAY<br />
AFTER THE ANNOUNCEMENT OF A DEFAULT?<br />
45) DOUBLES QUALIFYING ARE COMPULSORY AT SATELLITE CIRCUITS.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
85
2002 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE – TEST N° 2<br />
YOU HAVE 10 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST (15 MINUTES IF YOU ARE A REFEREE)<br />
SECTION 1 – CHAIR UMPIRES AND REFEREE<br />
1) WHAT IS, IN MEN’S SATELLITES, THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF MANUFACTURER’S LOGO IN THE<br />
FRONT OF A PLAYER SWEATSHIRT?<br />
2) IN MEN’S FUTURES, AS A GUIDELINE, HOW MANY TIMES THE 90 SECONDS CHANGEOVER<br />
TREATMENT SHOULD NOT EXCEED?<br />
3) IN A MEN’S FUTURES BEST OF THREE SETS DOUBLES MATCH A PLAYER TAKES A TOILET<br />
BREAK DURING THE WARM UP. AT 5-0 IN THE SECOND SET, HIS PARTNER WANTS TO GO TO<br />
THE TOILET. WHAT DO YOU DO? THEN AT 6 ALL FINAL SET THE SAME PLAYER (THE<br />
PARTNER) ASKS TO GO AGAIN TO THE TOILET, SAYING IT IS AN EMERGENCY. WHAT DO<br />
YOU DO?<br />
4) DAVIS CUP: BALL CHANGE 7/9 (6) FINAL SCORE IS 7-6 6-7 6-4 3-6 20 – 18. HOW MANY<br />
CANS OF BALLS DID YOU USE PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE 3 BALLS IN EACH CAN?<br />
5) IN MEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER MAY HAVE ONE MANUFACTURER’S LOGO ON COMPRESSION<br />
SHORTS NOT EXCEEDING 13 CMQ IN ADDITION TO ONE AUTHORISED LOGO ON SHORTS.<br />
GIVE THE REASON FOR YOUR ANSWER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
6) IN CHALLENGER EVENTS SIDE AND BASE LINE UMPIRES CHAIRS SHOULD NOT BE<br />
ELEVATED ABOVE THE SURFACE COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
7) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF THE “SINGLE STICK” ?<br />
8) AT AN ITF JUNIOR EVENTS A PLAYER MAY HAVE UNLIMITED STANDARD LOGOS OF THE<br />
MANUFACTURER ON EACH SHOE NOT EXCEEDING 13 CMQ.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
9) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER MAY HAVE UNLIMITED STANDARD LOGOS OF THE<br />
MANUFACTURER ON EACH SHOE NOT EXCEEDING 13 CMQ.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
10) DURING A WOMEN’S FUTURES EVENT, THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN<br />
EFFECT. A PLAYER RETURNS LATE TO THE COURT. WHAT DO YOU DO AS A CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
________________________________________________________________________________________________<br />
86
SECTION 2 - REFEREES ONLY<br />
11) IN MEN’S FUTURE WITH A 128 QUALIFYING DRAW WHAT IS THE NUMBER OF WILD CARDS IN<br />
QUALIFYING?<br />
12) IN MEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER, WITHOUT ATP POINTS, COMES FOR SIGN IN AND TELLS YOU<br />
HE’S EXPECTING A FAX FROM HIS FEDERATION WHICH TESTIFIES THAT HE’S RANKED N°<br />
689 IN HIS COUNTRY. THE FAX ARRIVES AT 7.20 PM, AFTER THE SIGN IN DEADLINE BUT<br />
BEFORE YOU MAKE THE DRAW. HOW DO YOU TREAT THE PLAYER?<br />
17) IN JUNIOR EVENTS A SINGLES MATCH STARTS AT 4.02 PM, IS SUSPENDED AT 4.37 PM, IS<br />
RESUMED AT 5.11 PM AND ENDS AT 6.32 PM. WHAT IS THE MINIMUM REST ALLOWED FOR<br />
THE PLAYER BEFORE HIS DOUBLES MATCH?<br />
14) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES CAN YOU ALLOW A SPECIAL CONSIDERATION FOR A PLAYER OF THE<br />
PREVIOUS WEEK PLAYING DOUBLES?<br />
15) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM SINGLES MAIN DRAW SIZE IN A SATELLITE CIRCUIT? (NOT<br />
MASTER)<br />
87
LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - FINAL TEST<br />
YOU HAVE 30 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST (60 MINUTES IF YOU ARE A REFEREE)<br />
SECTION 1 – CHAIR UMPIRES AND REFEREES<br />
1) IN DAVIS CUP ZONAL TIES THE SPACE BEHIND EACH SIDELINE SHOULD BE NO LESS THAN:<br />
2) AT 4 – 3 IN A TIE-BREAK IN A DOUBLES MATCH (A & B vs. C & D), PLAYER B RECEIVES OUT<br />
OF TURN. AS CHAIR UMPIRE YOU REALISE THIS AFTER C HAS SERVED AND WON ONE POINT<br />
(5 – 3). WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
3) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE FAILS TO RETURN THE BALL<br />
BEFORE IT HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND TWO TIMES<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
4) IN DAVIS CUP WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE NATIONAL TEAM SPONSOR TO BE WORN<br />
DURING WARM-UP?<br />
5) IS MANUFACTURER’S LOGO ALLOWED ON WRISTBANDS, IN DAVIS CUP MATCHES?<br />
6) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, DURING THE TEN MINUTES EXTREME WEATHER CONDITIONS<br />
BREAK,A PLAYER CANNOT RECEIVE ADVICE FROM THE SPORTS MEDECINE TRAINER<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
7) IN WOMEN’S ITF TOURNAMENTS A PLAYER HAS ONE TWO SQ INCH MANUFACTURER’S<br />
LOGO ON COMPRESSION SHORTS. HOW MANY TWO SQ INCHES MANUFACTURER’S LOGOS<br />
SHE CAN HAVE ON HER SKIRT?<br />
8) IN DOUBLES MATCH A SECOND SERVE HITS THE TOP OF THE NET AND GOES IN THE<br />
DIRECTION OF THE RECEIVER’S PARTNER. TO AVOID BEING HIT, THE RECEIVER’S<br />
PARTNER CATCHES THE BALL. THE BALL HAD NO CHANCE OF GOING INTO THE PROPER<br />
COURT. AS THE CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
9) IN A TOUR EVENT MATCH WITH THE SCORE BEING 5-4 FIRST SET, THE CHAIR UMPIRE<br />
NOTICES AT THE CHANGEOVER THAT HE ONLY HAS FIVE (5) BALLS IN PLAY. AS THE CHAIR<br />
UMPIRE, WHAT ACTION DO YOU TAKE?<br />
10) THE SERVER, DURING HIS DELIVERY OF THE SERVE. IS OBSERVED BY THE CHAIR UMPIRE<br />
TO HAVE MADE A CLEAR AND FLAGRANT FOOTFAULT. THE BASELINE UMPIRE DOES NOT<br />
MAKE THE CALL. WHAT ACTION, IF ANY, SHOULD THE CHAIR UMPIRE TAKE?<br />
11) A PLAYER PROTESTS A LINE CALL AND THEN THE LINE UMPIRE CHANGES HIS DECISION. AS<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?<br />
12) SINGLES MATCH. BALL CHANGE 9/11 (4) FINAL SCORE 6-2 6-7 7-6. NUMBER OF BALLS USED IN<br />
THE MATCH.<br />
13) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS IF A GARMENT DOES NOT HAVE SLEEVES THE SANEX WTA PATCH<br />
NOT EXCEEDING 13 CMQ MAY BE WORN ON THE FRONT OF GARMENT<br />
88
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
14) IN A DAVIS CUP BEST OF 5 SETS DOUBLES MATCH (A & B vs. C & D) PLAYER A TAKES A<br />
TOILET BREAK DURING THE WARM-UP. AT THE END OF 3 RD SET C & D GO TOGETHER TO<br />
THE TOILET. WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TOILET BREAK WHICH CAN STILL BE<br />
TAKEN DURING THAT MATCH?<br />
15) IN AN ATP CHALLENGER YOU HAVE A CREW OF SIX LINE UMPIRES. FROM WHICH END IS<br />
THE CENTER SERVICE LINE CALLED?<br />
16) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES WHAT IS THE TOTAL MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TOILET BREAK IN<br />
DOUBLES?<br />
17) IN DAVIS CUP THE REFEREE CAN DECIDE IF THE REMOVAL OF A CAPTAIN IS ONLY FOR<br />
THAT MATCH OR FOR THE WHOLE TIE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
18) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED BECAUSE OF RAIN AND A RE-WARM UP IS NECESSARY, WHICH<br />
KIND OF BALLS DO YOU USE FOR RE-WARM UP?<br />
19) A PLAYER IS SUBJECT TO THE POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE FROM THE MOMENT THE FIRST<br />
BALL OF THE FIRST POINT IS STRUCK OR MISSED<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
20) HOW LONG DOES A PLAYER HAVE TO CHANGE INTO CLOTHING THAT CONFORMS WITH<br />
THE CODE?<br />
21) A CHAIR UMPIRE LOSES THE SCORE DURING THE COURSE OF A MATCH. WHAT SHOULD<br />
HE/SHE DO?<br />
26) IN A MATCH PLAYED WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRE A PLAYER CROSSES THE NET TO LOOK AT A<br />
MARK. THIS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CODE VIOLATION<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
27) IN DAVIS CUP WORLD GROUP 1 IN MATCHES WHERE THERE IS A NON NEUTRAL CHAIR<br />
UMPIRE HE IS THE FINAL AUTHORITY ON A QUESTION OF FACT<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
28) IN A MEN’S SATELLITE A PLAYER HAS ALREADY RECEIVED ONE TREATMENT FOR CRAMPS.<br />
IN THE FINAL SET HE SEEMS TO BE CRAMPING AGAIN. AT THE END OF THE GAME IN<br />
PROGRESS HE CALLS FOR THE TRAINER. AS A CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
29) IN A DOUBLES MATCH PLAYER A SERVES TO PLAYER C. PLAYER D (PARTNER OF PLAYER C)<br />
SHOUTS “NET” AS PLAYER C RETURNS THE SERVE. PLAYER A VOLLEYS INTO THE NET. AS A<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE YOU DID NOT SEE O HEAR A NET. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
30) IN SINGLES, A PLAYER’S SECOND SERVE TOUCHES THE SINGLE STICK AND LANDS IN THE<br />
PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT<br />
DECISION?<br />
31) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, THE PLAYER STOPS AND ASKS FOR THE TRAINER. WHAT IS THE<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE ANNOUNCEMENT?<br />
89
32) IN DAVIS CUP VIOLATION HOW IS THE PARTISAN CROWD RULE PENALISED<br />
33) IN A MATCH PLAYED WITHOUT THE CHAIR UMPIRE IF THE REFEREE SEES A PLAYER<br />
COMMITTING CLEAR FOOT FAULTS, WHAT SHOULD HE DO?<br />
34) A THE BEST OF THREE SETS MATCH IS POSTPONED DUE TO RAIN AND RESUMES THE NEXT<br />
DAY. IS A PLAYER ENTITLED TO A TOILET BREAK AGAIN IF HE ALREADY TOOK ONE THE<br />
DAY BEFORE DURING THE WARM UP?<br />
A) NO<br />
B) YES<br />
SECTION 2 – REFEREES ONLY<br />
35) IN MEN’S FUTURES THE SINGLES MD IS SCHEDULED TO BEGIN ON TUESDAY (NO DOUBLES<br />
QUALIFYING). WHEN IS THE DOUBLES SIGN IN DEADLINE?<br />
36) IN JUNIOR EVENTS QUALIFYING DRAW SEED N°1 AND SEED N° 2 ARE FROM USA. WHERE DO<br />
YOU PUT THEM IN THE DRAW PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE NO OTHER PLAYERS FROM<br />
UNITED STATES IN THE QUALIFYING COMPETITION?<br />
37) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES ACCUMULATED POINTS SHALL BE USED TO DETERMINE SEEDINGS.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
38) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER IS ALLOWED TO PLAY SINGLES QUALIFYING OF ONE<br />
TOURNAMENT AND DOUBLES IN ANOTHER TOURNAMENT, PROVIDED THE PLAYER HAS<br />
BEEN ELIMINATED FROM ONE TOURNAMENT PRIOR TO PLAYING IN THE OTHER<br />
TOURNAMENT<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
39) IN WOMEN’S 10.000$ EVENTS TWO PLAYERS ARE TIED FOR A SEEDING POSITION AND THEY<br />
HAVE THE SAME NUMBER OF QUALITY POINTS. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
40) A JUNIOR MATCH IS SUSPENDED FOR 19 MINUTES. HOW LONG IS THE REWARM UP?<br />
37) IN WOMEN’S TENNIS 25,000 $ WHAT IS THE NUMBER OF MAIN DRAW WILD CARDS IF IN THE<br />
MD THERE IS ALSO A JUNIOR EXEMPT?<br />
38) IN WOMEN’S TENNIS 10,000 $ TWO PLAYERS ARE TIED FOR A SEEDING POSITION. WHICH IS<br />
THE 1 ST PRIORITY TO TAKE IN CONSIDERATION IN ORDER TO BREAK THIS TIE?<br />
39) IN WOMEN’S CIRCUIT A PLAYER LOSES HER LAST QUALI MATCH AT 10.39 AM. (LAST QUALI<br />
MATCH OF THE DAY). SINGLES MD STARTS THE SAME DAY AT 12.30 PM. WHAT IS THE<br />
LATEST TIME SHE CAN SIGN FOR A LUCKY LOSER POSITION.<br />
40) IN WOMEN’S CIRCUIT REF-TO REF SIGN IN IS POSSIBLE FOR ON-SITE ALTERNATES,<br />
PROVIDED THE PLAYER HAS LOST ON THE DAY OF THE SIGN-IN OR THE DAY BEFORE THE<br />
SIGN-IN<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
90
41) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF QUALI DRAW AT AN ITF WOMEN’S 10,000 $ EVENT?<br />
42) WHAT IS THE SCORING SYSTEM FOR DOUBLES QUALI AT AN ITF WOMEN’S EVENT?<br />
43) IN A WOMEN’S EVENT THE TOURNAMENT DIRECTOR DECIDES TO HOLD DOUBLES QUALI. AS<br />
A REFEREE, WHAT IS THE LATEST TIME YOU CAN ANNOUNCE TO THE PLAYERS THAT<br />
THERE WILL BE AN OPTIONAL QUALI DRAW?<br />
44) JUNIOR EVENT: SINGLES MAIN DRAW SIGN-IN DEADLINE IS?<br />
45) JUNIOR EVENT: NUMBER OF WILD CARDS IN A 32 DOUBLES MAIN DRAW?<br />
46) MEN’S SATELLITE: MINIMUM NUMBER OF BALLS AND MINIMUM BALL CHANGE.<br />
47) MEN’S SATELLITE: MAY A PLAYER, WHO HAS SIGNED FOR QUALIFYING AND HAS NOT BEEN<br />
ACCEPTED, BE NAMED AS WILD CARD IN MAIN DRAW AFTER THE QUALIFYING HAS<br />
STARTED?<br />
48) TERZA TAPPA DEL SATELLITE: PUO’ UN GIOCATORE ACCETTARE UNA WILD CARD SOLO<br />
PER QUELLA TAPPA, NON AVENDO PARTECIPATO ALLE ALTRE?<br />
49) MEN’S FUTURE: LA FIRMA DELLE QUALI E’ IL VENERDI’ ENTRO LE 19.00. PUO’ UN<br />
GIOCATORE, AVENDO PERSO IN UN ATP CHALLENGER AL GIOVEDI’ MATTINA, CHIEDERE<br />
UNA FIRMA TELEFONICA?<br />
50) SATELLITE MASCHILE, MONTEPREMI TOTALE 50,000 + H: UN GIOCATORE CON RANKING 139<br />
(14 GG PRIMA DELL’ENTRY DEADLINE) PUO’ OTTENERE UNA WILD CARD NEL MAIN DRAW?<br />
51) FUTURE MASCHILI: IL SUPERVISOR PUO’ ACCETTARE ISCRIZIONI TELEFONICHE NEL<br />
DOPPIO?<br />
52) SATELLITE MASCHILE, MASTER: UN GIOCATORE IN UNA COPPIA DI DOPPIO SI RITIRA DAL<br />
TABELLONE PRIMA DI INIZIARE A GIOCARE. COME AVVIENE LA SOSTITUZIONE?<br />
53) QUANTO TEMPO HA UN ALTERNATE PER ESSERE PRONTO A GIOCARE IN UN SATELLITE<br />
MASCHILE, IN CASO DI VACANCY?<br />
54) SATELLITE MASCHILE: HOW DO YOU BREAK TIES ON CIRCUIT POINTS IF 3 PLAYERS ARE<br />
TIED IN SINGLES FOR ENTRY POSITION (3RD TORUNAMENT)?<br />
55) SATELLITE MASCHILE SECONDA TAPPA, GARA DI DOPPIO: DUE COPPIE, ENTRAMBE<br />
FORMATE DA GIOCATORI SOLO CON RANKING DI DOPPIO SONO IN PARITA’ NELL’ENTRY<br />
LIST. QUALE CRITERIO SI TIENE IN CONSIDERAZIONE PER SCEGLIERE UNA DELLE DUE<br />
COPPIE?<br />
56) FUTURE MASCHILI: MAXIMUM SIZE OF SINGLES QUALIFYING DRAW.<br />
57) FUTURE MASCHILI: TABELLONE QUALI SINGOLARE A 48 GIOCATORI. QUAL’E’ IL NUMERO<br />
DELLE WILD CARDS?<br />
58) SATELLITE MASCHILE, 2 TAPPA, TABELLONE DI QUALIFICAZIONI. ORDINE DI PRIORITA’<br />
NELL’ACCETTAZIONE DEI GIOCATORI.<br />
59) SATELLITE MASCHILE: CONDIZIONI PER RICEVERE ATP POINTS.<br />
60) SATELLITE MASCHILE, DOPPIO: 3 TEAMS NELLA TERZA TAPPA HANNO GLI STESSI PUNTI<br />
CIRCUITO. COME SI ROMPE LA PARITA’?<br />
61) SATELLITE MASCHILE: ORARIO DI GIOCO ESPOSTO ALLE ORE 18.00 DEL LUNEDI’, CON IL<br />
MAIN DRAW CHE INIZIA IL MARTEDI’. ALLE 19.00 SI RITIRA LA TESTA DI SERIE N° 2 DEL<br />
SINGOLARE. COME LA SOSTITUISCI?<br />
91
62) COPPA DAVIS: QUANTI GIOCATORI, INCLUSO IL CAPITANO GIOCATORE, SI POSSONO<br />
NOMINARE?<br />
63) IN DAVIS CUP RUSSIA AND BELGIUM ARE SCHEDULED TO PLAY NEXT ROUND. THE LAST<br />
TIME THEY HAVE PLAYED EACH OTHER WAS IN 1967. WHO IS GOING TO PLAY AT HOME?<br />
64) IN DAVIS CUP THE FIRST DAY THE NUMBER ONE OF EACH TEAM SHALL PLAY IN SINGLES<br />
THE FIRST MATCH AGAINST THE NUMBER TWO OF THE OPPOSING NATION<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
65) IN DAVIS CUP, IF A TIE IS HELD INDOORS, THE DOUBLES MATCH MUST START NO LATER<br />
THAN?<br />
66) IN DAVIS CUP ON THE LAST DAY, WITH THE RESULT BEING 2-1, YOU ARE SCHEDULED TO<br />
START MATCHES AT 1.00 PM. AT 11.50 AM THE CAPTAIN OF ONE TEAM COMES TO YOU<br />
ASKING TO CHANGE HIS NOMINATION FOR THE THIRD SINGLES PLAYER. WHAT DO YOU<br />
DO?<br />
67) WHERE DOES THE REFEREE SIT IN A DAVIS CUP MATCH GROUP 1 WHEN THERE IS A<br />
NEUTRAL CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
68) IN DAVIS CUP WHICH IS THE MINIMUM OF HOURS BETWEEN THE START TIME OF PLAY ON<br />
THE SECOND DAY AND THE SCHEDULED START TIME OF PLAY ON THE THIRD OR FINAL<br />
DAY?<br />
69) IN DAVIS CUP THE 2 ND SINGLES IS SUSPENDED ON FRIDAY ON 2-1 FIRST SET AND RESUMES<br />
ON SATURDAY. THE FINAL SCORE IS 6-7 6-4 6-4 7-6 ONE OF THE TWO SINGLES PLAYER HAS<br />
TO PLAY DOUBLES. WHAT DO YOU DO AS A REFEREE?<br />
92
2004<br />
93
2004<br />
2004 ITF LEVEL 1 SCHOOL : PRE TEST N°1<br />
2004 ITF LEVEL 1 SCHOOL : FINAL TEST<br />
2004 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N° 1<br />
2004 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N° 2<br />
2004 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N° 3<br />
2004 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N° 4<br />
2004 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : FINAL TEST<br />
2004 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL : POP QUIZ<br />
94
2004 ITF LEVEL 1 SCHOOL - PRE-TEST N° 1<br />
Avete 15 minuti di tempo per completare questo test. Siete pregati di non scrivere le risposte<br />
sul presente foglio ma di utilizzare l’apposito foglio allegato.<br />
PARTE PRIMA: TEST IN ITALIANO<br />
1) Le dimensioni del campo da <strong>Tennis</strong> di doppio sono:<br />
A) m. 23,77 x m. 8,23<br />
B) m. 24,17 x m. 8,23<br />
C) m. 23,77 x m. 10,97<br />
D) m. 24,17 x m. 10,97<br />
2) In singolare un giocatore batte una seconda palla di servizio. La palla tocca il paletto<br />
da singolare e cade nel giusto rettangolo di servizio. L’Arbitro chiama:<br />
A) Niente. Il gioco continua<br />
B) Let. 1° servizio<br />
C) Punto all’avversario<br />
D) Let. 2° servizio<br />
3) Sul punteggio di 1 – 1, 30 – 0, il giocatore A serve il primo servizio in fallo. A quel<br />
punto l’Arbitro si accorge che in quel gioco avrebbe dovuto servire il giocatore B, suo<br />
avversario. L’Arbitro fa servire B sul punteggio di 0 – 30, secondo servizio.<br />
A) Vero<br />
B) Falso<br />
4) In doppio (A & B contro C & D) il secondo servizio di A tocca la rete e poi tocca C<br />
(compagno del ribattitore), prima di toccare terra dentro le linee del campo avversario.<br />
Come Arbitri la vostra decisione è:<br />
A) Punto ad A<br />
B) 1° servizio<br />
C) Il gioco continua<br />
D) 2° servizio<br />
5) Cambio palle 9/11. Punteggio 6-2 6-6<br />
A) Si procede al cambio palle<br />
B) Si aspetta la fine del 1° gioco del set successivo eventuale e si procede al cambio palle<br />
C) Si aspetta la fine del set<br />
D) Si cambiano le palle durante il tie-break al primo cambio campo utile (ovvero dopo 6 punti)<br />
95
PARTE SECONDA: TEST IN INGLESE<br />
6) A player loses the point if he throws the racquet and hit the ball.<br />
A) False<br />
B) True<br />
7) If a player deliberately hinders his opponent a let should be called.<br />
A) True<br />
B) False<br />
8) At 6-6, 2-0 in the tie-break, the Umpire realizes that he should have played with the<br />
advantage game. He decides to keep on playing the tie-break till the end of the set.<br />
A) False<br />
B) True<br />
9) The order of service in doubles (between the partners of the same team) is decided at<br />
the beginning of the match and cannot be changed for the whole match.<br />
A) True<br />
B) False<br />
10) In doubles (A & B vs. C & D) at 30 – 0 the Umpire realizes that A & B have changed<br />
the order of receiving (between them). The order is immediately corrected.<br />
A) True<br />
B) False<br />
96
2004 ITF LEVEL 1 SCHOOL - FINAL TEST<br />
YOU HAVE 40 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST<br />
1) IN MEN’S TENNIS HOW MANY TIMES PER MATCH CAN A PLAYER CHANGE HIS WET SOCKS<br />
AND HOW LONG DOES HE HAVE FOR EACH CHANGE?<br />
A) AS MANY TIMES AS HE WANTS. EACH TIME 3 MINUTES<br />
B) ONLY ONE TIME. 3 MINUTES<br />
C) ONLY ONE TIME. REASONABLE EXTRA-TIME<br />
D) AS MANY TIMES AS HE WANTS. REASONABLE EXTRA - TIME<br />
2) IN MEN’S TENNIS WHEN RETURNING A FIRST SERVE FAULT THE RECEIVER BREAKS A<br />
STRING. CAN HE FINISH THAT POINT WITH THE BROKEN STRING?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
3) IN UN TORNEO SATELLITE MASCHILE UN GIOCATORE PUO’ AVERE UN MANUFACTURER<br />
LOGO (MAX 3SQ INC) PIU’ UN COMMERCIAL LOGO (MAX 3SQ INC) PER OGNI MANICA.<br />
A) VERO<br />
B) FALSO<br />
4) WHEN THE CHAIR UMPIRE DECIDES TO CALL FOR THE TRAINER HE/SHE SHOULD<br />
ANNOUNCE:<br />
A) “THE TRAINER IS COMING TO EVALUATE”<br />
B) “MR/MS ....... IS NOW RECEIVING A MEDICAL TIME OUT”<br />
C) “ THE TRAINER HAS BEEN CALLED TO THE COURT”<br />
5) IN A CASE OF 15 MINUTES AND 20 SECONDS SUSPENSION HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP<br />
PERIOD.<br />
A) 5 MINUTES<br />
B) 10 MINUTES<br />
C) 3 MINUTES<br />
D) 1 MINUTE<br />
6) THE BALL MARK INSPECTION MUST BE MADE BY THE LINE-UMPIRE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
97
7) THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE NET AND THE SERVICE LINE IS:<br />
A) 5.40 MT.<br />
B) 5.30 MT.<br />
C) 6.40 MT.<br />
D) 6.30 MT.<br />
8) IN UN TORNEO FEMMINILE DA 10,000 $ IL CAPPELLINO DELLE GIOCATRICI NON PUO’<br />
CONTENERE UN COMMERCIAL LOGO.<br />
A) FALSO<br />
B) VERO<br />
9) IL SECONDO SERVIZIO DI UN GIOCATORE VIENE CHIAMATO FUORI DAL GIUDICE DI LINEA.<br />
L’ARBITRO ISPEZIONA IL SEGNO E CORREGGE LA CHIAMATA. IL RIBATTITORE AVREBBE<br />
POTUTO RISPONDERE. LA DECISIONE GIUSTA E’: SECONDO SERVIZIO.<br />
A) FALSO<br />
B) VERO<br />
10) A PLAYER’S 2 ND SERVE HITS THE NET AND THEN LANDS IN THE PROPER COURT.<br />
LINEUMPIRE CALLS OUT BUT CHAIR UMPIRE CORRECTS TO GOOD. THE RECEIVER COULD<br />
PLAY THE BALL. CHAIR UMPIRE AWARDS 1 ST SERVE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
11) THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE NET AND THEN THE RECEIVER BEFORE HE HITS THE<br />
GROUND IN THE CORRECT COURT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) POINT TO SERVER<br />
B) 1ST SERVE<br />
C) 2ND SERVE<br />
D) POINT TO RECEIVER<br />
12) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE CENTRE SERVICE LINE?<br />
A) 5 CM<br />
B) 10 CM<br />
C) FROM 2,5 TO 5 CM<br />
13) DURING A RALLY A PLAYER TOUCHES THE PIPE SUPPORT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT CALL.<br />
A) NO CALL. PLAY CONTINUES<br />
B) LET 1ST SERVE<br />
C) POINT TO THE OPPONENT<br />
98
14) WHAT HAPPENS IF, AFTER A CALL ON A CLAY COURT, BOTH LINE UMPIRE AND CHAIR<br />
UMPIRE CANNOT DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF THE MARK.<br />
A) A LET MUST BE CALLED<br />
B) THE ORIGINAL CALL STANDS<br />
C) CALL FOR THE REFEREE<br />
15) IN MEN’S TENNIS THE BEST OF 5 SETS A PLAYER TAKES A TOILET BREAK AT THE END OF<br />
WARM UP (BEFORE MATCH STARTS). HOW MANY TOILET BREAKS CAN HE TAKE DURING<br />
THE MATCH ?<br />
A) 0<br />
B) 2<br />
C) 1<br />
16) THE MANUFACTURER’S LOGO ON THE SLEEVE OF A SHIRT HAS A MAXIMUM SIZE OF 13<br />
CMQ (2SQ INCH)<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
17) IN MEN’S SATELLITES MEMBERS OF A DOUBLES TEAM SHALL BE DRESSED IN SUBSTANTIAL<br />
IDENTICAL ATTIRE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
18) UN GIOCATORE, (MAI PENALIZZATO DURANTE IL MATCH CON IL CODICE DI CONDOTTA)<br />
RICEVE UN “TIME VIOLATION – WARNING”. DOPO 20 SECONDI NON E’ ANCORA PRONTO PER<br />
GIOCARE. L’ARBITRO ANNUNCIA:<br />
A) TIME VIOLATION – POINT PENALTY MR………………<br />
B) CODE VIOLATION – DELAY OF GAME – WARNING MR……….<br />
C) CODE VIOLATION – DELAY OF GAME – POINT PENALTY MR………<br />
19) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM TOTAL NUMBER OF TOILET BREAKS IN A BEST OF 5 SET MEN’S<br />
DOUBLES MATCH ?<br />
A) TWO<br />
B) FOUR<br />
C) EIGHT<br />
20) FOR THE SECOND TIME IN AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT, PLAYER A’S CAP FALLS OFF DURING<br />
THE POINT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION ?<br />
A) LET<br />
B) LET - CHAIR UMPIRE MUST ADVISE PLAYER A THAT IF THIS RE-OCCURS SHE’LL LOSE THE POINT<br />
C) PLAYER A LOSES THE POINT<br />
99
21) IN UN TORNEO SATELLITE MASCHILE UN GIOCATORE PUO’ AVERE UN LOGO<br />
COMMERCIALE SUL DAVANTI DEI PANTALONCINI:<br />
A) FALSO<br />
B) VERO<br />
22) IN UN MATCH DI UN TORNEO “WHEELCHAIR” IL SERVIZIO DI UN GIOCATORE DEVE FARE IL<br />
PRIMO RIMBALZO DENTRO IL RETTANGOLO DI BATTUTA ED IL SECONDO RIMBALZO<br />
DENTRO LE RIGHE DEL CAMPO.<br />
A) VERO<br />
B) FALSO<br />
23) QUANDO E’ IN VIGORE IL “NO-AD SYSTEM”, IN UN DOPPIO MISTO IL GIOCATORE MASCHIO<br />
SERVE SEMPRE DA DESTRA E LA GIOCATRICE FEMMINA SERVE SEMPRE DA SINISTRA.<br />
A) VERO<br />
B) FALSO<br />
24) IF A PLAYER VOLLEYS THE BALL BEFORE IT HAS PASSED THE NET HE LOSES THE POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
25) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES IF A PLAYER TOUCHES THE PORTION OF THE NET BETWEEN<br />
THE SINGLES STICK AND THE DOUBLES POST HE LOSES THE POINT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
26) CAMBIO PALLE 7/9 (6). SUL PUNTEGGIO DI 7-5 3-3 15-0 PERDI IRRIMEDIABILMENTE UNA<br />
PALLA. LA SOSTITUISCI CON:<br />
A) UNA PALLA NUOVA<br />
B) UNA PALLA USATA CON LA STESSA USURA<br />
27) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE SINGLES COURT ?<br />
A) 10.37 MT.<br />
B) 8.23 MT.<br />
C) 10.87 MT.<br />
D) 10.97 MT.<br />
28) CAMBIO PALLE 11/13. PUNTEGGIO 6-4 4-6 3-1. PIOVE E C’E’ UNA SOSPENSIONE DI 1 ORA.<br />
ALLA RIPRESA CON CHE TIPO DI PALLE FAI IL RISCALDAMENTO?<br />
A) PALLE USATE<br />
B) PALLE NUOVE<br />
100
29) IN UN TORNEO FEMMINILE DA 25,000 $ UNA GIOCATRICE PUO’ AVERE UN MANUFACTURER<br />
LOGO NON ECCEDENTE 2 SQ INC SULLLA PARTE POSTERIORE DELLA GONNA.<br />
A) FALSO<br />
B) VERO<br />
30) SINGLES MATCH: 4 BALLS – BALL CHANGE 9/11. FINAL SCORE 6/2 6/7 7/6. NUMBER OF BALLS<br />
USED IN THE MATCH:<br />
A) 8<br />
B) 12<br />
C) 16<br />
________________________________________________________________________________________________<br />
PART 2 – ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS FOR REFEREES ONLY<br />
31) IN MEN’S TENNIS SPECIAL EXEMPT PLACES ARE NOT ALLOWED FOR DOUBLES PLAYER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
32) YOU ARE ASSISTANT REFEREE IN A 10,000 $ WOMEN’S EVENT AND YOU ARE ABOUT TO<br />
WRITE THE FINAL LIST OF SEEDS. WHICH RANKING DO YOU TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION?<br />
A) THE LAST AVAILABLE RANKING<br />
B) THE RANKING OF THE ENTRY LIST<br />
33) UN GIOCATORE CHE PERDE AL 1° TURNO DELLE QUALIFICAZIONI NON PUO’ FIRMARE LA<br />
LISTA DEI “LUCKY LOSERS”.<br />
A) VERO<br />
B) FALSO<br />
34) UN GIOCATORE “WILD CARD” PUO’ ESSERE TESTA DI SERIE.<br />
A) FALSO<br />
B) VERO<br />
35) UN TABELLONE DI QUALIFICAZIONE DI UN QUALSIASI TORNEO DI TENNIS<br />
PROFESSIONISTICO VIENE COSI’ COMPILATO:<br />
A) A SEZIONI: OGNI SEZIONE CONTIENE IN LINEA DI PRINCIPIO DUE TESTE DI SERIE ED IL N° DI<br />
SEZIONI E’ UGUALE AL N° DI QUALIFICATI<br />
B) IN MODO UGUALE AL MAIN DRAW<br />
C) A SEZIONI: OGNI SEZIONE CONTIENE IN LINEA DI PRINCIPIO UNA TESTA DI SERIE ED IL N° DI<br />
SEZIONI E’ UGUALE AL N° DI QUALIFICATI<br />
D) A SEZIONI: OGNI SEZIONE CONTIENE IN LINEA DI PRINCIPIO DUE TESTE DI SERIE ED IL N° DI<br />
SEZIONI E’ DOPPIO RISPETTO AL N° DI QUALIFICATI<br />
101
2004 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE-TEST N° 1<br />
YOU HAVE 15 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST<br />
1) WHAT IS THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE NET AND THE SERVICE LINE :<br />
2) IN DOUBLES THE ORDER OF RECEIVING MUST BE DECIDED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE<br />
MATCH AND CANNOT BE CHANGED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
3) IN DOUBLES, IF A PARTNER SERVES OUT OF TURN AND IT IS DISCOVERED BEFORE THE GAME<br />
HAS BEEN COMPLETED, THE ORDER OF SERVICE REMAINS ALTERED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
4) IN DOUBLES THE FIRST SERVE BEING A FAULT THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE DOUBLE POST<br />
AND LANDS IN THE PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT (ACE). WHAT IS<br />
THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
5) THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE NET AND THEN THE RECEIVER BEFORE HE HITS THE<br />
GROUND. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
6) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE BASELINE ?<br />
7) WHAT HAPPENS IF, AFTER A CALL ON A CLAY COURT, BOTH LINE UMPIRE AND CHAIR<br />
UMPIRE CANNOT DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF THE MARK.<br />
A) A LET MUST BE CALLED<br />
B) THE ORIGINAL CALL STANDS<br />
C) CAL FOR THE REFEREE<br />
8) WHICH LINES OF THE COURT HAVE A FIXED MEASUREMENT OF 2 INCHES (5 CM) IN THE<br />
RULES OF TENNIS ?<br />
9) IF A PLAYER VOLLEYS THE BALL BEFORE IT HAS PASSED THE NET HE LOSES THE POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
10) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES IF A PLAYER TOUCHES THE PORTION OF THE NET BETWEEN<br />
THE SINGLES STICK AND THE DOUBLES POST HE LOSES THE POINT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
102
11) AT 2 - 0 IN THE TIE-BREAK YOU, AS A CHAIR UMPIRE, REALIZE THAT YOU SHOULD HAVE<br />
PLAYED THE ADVANTAGE GAME. YOU STOP MATCH AND INFORM PLAYER THAT 2 -0 BECOMES<br />
30 - 0.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
12) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES COURT ?<br />
13) SINGLES MATCH: 4 BALLS – BALL CHANGE 9/11. FINAL SCORE 6/2 6/7 7/6. NUMBER OF BALLS<br />
USED IN THE MATCH?<br />
103
2004 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE-TEST N° 2<br />
YOU HAVE 10 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST.<br />
1) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS THE SERVICE, AFTER HITTING THE GROUND IN THE SERVICE<br />
COURT, MAY HIT THE GROUND A SECOND TIME, BUT ONLY WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF THE<br />
COURT<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
2) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES ALLEY ?<br />
3) FOR THE FIRST TIME IN AN ITF MEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH, PLAYER A’s CAP ACCIDENTALLY<br />
FALLS OFF DURING THE POINT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
4) WHAT IS THE MINIMUM WIDTH OF THE FAR SIDELINE?<br />
5) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES BATHROOM BREAK (NO CHANGE OF ATTIRE) MAY BE TAKEN ONLY<br />
AT THE END OF THE GAME OR ON A CHANGEOVER<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
6) IF THE NO-AD SCORING SYSTEM IS USED, THE ANNOUNCEMENT AFTER DEUCE IS:<br />
104
2004 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE–TEST N° 3<br />
YOU HAVE 15 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST<br />
1) A PLAYER SERVES A FIRST SERVICE FAULT. HE STARTS TO SERVE THE SECOND SERVE AND<br />
YOU REALIZE THAT THERE SHOULD BE NEW BALLS IN PLAY. WHAT DO YOU DO? **<br />
2) A PLAYER, RUNNING FOR A BALL, WHILE THE BALL IS STILL IN PLAY, SLIDES WITH HIS<br />
FOOT UNDER THE NET, WITHOUT TOUCHING IT, BECAUSE THE NET IS NOT FULLY<br />
EXTENDED TO THE COURT SURFACE. WHAT DO YOU DO? **<br />
3) DURING AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH ON CLAY, PLAYER X SERVES A 2 ND SERVE TO<br />
PLAYER Y. THIS 2 ND SERVE HITS THE TOP OF THE NET AND LANDS CLOSE TO THE NEAR SIDE<br />
LINE. THE LINE UMPIRE CALLS “FAULT”. THE SERVER ASKS FOR A BALL MARK<br />
INSPECTION AND THE CHAIR UMPIRE GOES DIRECTLY TO THE MARK AND CALLS THE<br />
SERVE GOOD. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION? **<br />
4) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES MATCH (PLAYER X vs. PLAYER Y), PLAYER X HITS A BALL<br />
WHICH HITS THE TOP OF THE NET, DROPS DOWN AND HITS THE PIPE SUPPORT AT THE<br />
BOTTOM OF THE NET IN PLAYER’S Y COURT. PLAYER Y IS UNABLE TO REACH THE BALL.<br />
WHEN IS THE BALL DEAD (OUT OF PLAY)? **<br />
5) IF EIGHT (8) MINUTES ELAPSES BEFORE THE SPORTS MEDECINE TRAINER ARRIVES AND<br />
TREATMENT BEGINS 30 SECONDS LATER (THE MEDICAL TIME OUT BEGINS) AND IS<br />
COMPLETED AFTER ANOTHER TWO (2) MINUTES, IS A REWARM-UP AUTHORIZED? **<br />
6) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, WHEN THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN EFFECT,<br />
HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP PERIOD?<br />
7) AT CLUB OR RECREATIONAL LEVEL, THE SPACE BEHIND EACH BASELINE SHOULD BE NOT<br />
LESS THAN:<br />
8) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE THROWS HIS RACKET AND HITS THE BALL.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
9) WHEN A WHEELCHAIR PLAYER IS PLAYING A MATCH AGAINST AN ABLE–BODIED PLAYER,<br />
HOW MANY BOUNCES OF THE BALL IS THE ABLE BODIED PLAYER ALLOWED BEFORE<br />
HE/SHE MUST RETURN THE BALL TO CONTINUE THE POINT?<br />
10) DURING A ITF WOMEN’S TOUR EVENT, THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN<br />
EFFECT. DURING THE 10 MINUTE BREAK BETWEEN THE 2 ND AND FINAL SETS, THE PLAYERS<br />
ARE ALLOWED TO: **<br />
A) RECEIVE COACHING<br />
B) RECEIVE TREATMENT FROM A PRIMARY HEALTH CARE PROVIDER<br />
C) TAKE A SHOWER<br />
D) ALL OF THE ABOVE<br />
E) NONE OF THE ABOVE<br />
105
2004 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE-TEST N° 4<br />
YOU HAVE 10 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST<br />
1) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER MAY HAVE UNLIMITED COMMERCIAL LOGOS ON EACH<br />
SLEEVE NOT EXCEEDING 19 CMQ.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
2) IN WOMEN’S ITF TOURNAMENTS A PLAYER HAS ONE TWO SQ INCH MANUFACTURER’S LOGO<br />
ON COMPRESSION SHORTS. HOW MANY TWO SQ INCHES MANUFACTURER’S LOGOS SHE CAN<br />
HAVE ON HER SKIRT?<br />
3) HOW LONG DOES A PLAYER HAVE TO CHANGE INTO CLOTHING THAT CONFORMS WITH<br />
THE CODE?<br />
4) IN PROFESSIONAL WOMEN’S CIRCUIT DOUBLES, TEAM MEMBERS MUST WEAR WITH<br />
SIMILAR ATTIRE/COLUR<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
5) IN PROFESSIONAL MEN’S CIRCUIT DOUBLES, TEAM MEMBERS MUST WEAR SIMILAR ATTIRE/<br />
COLOUR.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
6) IN JUNIOR TENNIS, IN DOUBLES, GIRLS TEAM MEMBERS MUST WEAR SIMILAR ATTIRE/<br />
COLOUR.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
106
2004 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - FINAL TEST<br />
YOU HAVE 40 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST<br />
1) DESCRIVETE DETTAGLIATAMENTE, IN INGLESE, TUTTI GLI ANNUNCI CHE L’ARBITRO DEVE<br />
FARE (E A CHI) NEL MOMENTO IN CUI UN GIOCATORE RICHIEDE DI VEDERE IL<br />
FISIOTERAPISTA E QUESTO DECIDE DI FARE UN MTO<br />
2) JUNIOR EVENT: WHAT IS THE POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE?<br />
3) IF THE CHAIR UMPIRE MAKES AN OVERRULE AND SUBSEQUENTLY DECIDES TO LOOK FOR<br />
THE MARK BUT CANNOT FIND A MARK, THE ORIGINAL CALL OF THE LINE UMPIRE WILL BE<br />
USED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
4) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED BECAUSE OF RAIN AND A RE-WARM UP IS NECESSARY, WHICH<br />
KIND OF BALLS DO YOU USE FOR RE-WARM UP?<br />
5) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A LINE UMPIRE CALLS A FOOT FAULT RIGHT BEFORE THE SERVER’S<br />
RACKET HITS A SECOND SERVE (DURING THE MOTION). WHAT IS THE UMPIRE CALL?<br />
6) IN DOUBLES, AT 3-0 FINAL SET 15-0 (1 FAULT) YOU REALIZE THAT PARTNERS CHANGED<br />
THE ORDER OF SERVICE ( I.E. PLAYER B IS SERVING AT THE PLACE OF PLAYER A) AND THAT<br />
THE TEAMS ARE NOT AT THEIR CORRECT ENDS OF THE COURT . WHAT DO YOU DO AS A<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
7) IN MEN’S FUTURES, AS A GUIDELINE, HOW MANY TIMES THE 90 SECONDS CHANGEOVER<br />
TREATMENT SHOULD NOT EXCEED?<br />
8) IN A MEN’S FUTURES BEST OF THREE SETS DOUBLES MATCH A PLAYER TAKES A TOILET<br />
BREAK DURING THE WARM UP. AT 5-0 IN THE SECOND SET, HIS PARTNER WANTS TO GO TO<br />
THE TOILET. WHAT DO YOU DO? THEN AT 6 ALL FINAL SET THE SAME PLAYER (THE<br />
PARTNER) ASKS TO GO AGAIN TO THE TOILET, SAYING IT IS AN EMERGENCY. WHAT DO YOU<br />
DO?<br />
9) DAVIS CUP: BALL CHANGE 7/9 (6) FINAL SCORE IS 7-6 6-7 6-4 3-6 20 – 18. HOW MANY<br />
CANS OF BALLS DID YOU USE PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE 3 BALLS IN EACH CAN?<br />
10) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF THE “SINGLE STICK” ?<br />
11) DURING A WOMEN’S FUTURES EVENT, THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN<br />
EFFECT. A PLAYER RETURNS LATE TO THE COURT. WHAT DO YOU DO AS A CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
12) AT 4 – 3 IN A TIE-BREAK IN A DOUBLES MATCH (A & B vs. C & D), PLAYER B RECEIVES OUT<br />
OF TURN. AS CHAIR UMPIRE YOU REALISE THIS AFTER C HAS SERVED AND WON ONE POINT<br />
(5 – 3). WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
13) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE FAILS TO RETURN THE BALL<br />
BEFORE IT HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND TWO TIMES.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
107
B) TRUE<br />
14) IN DOUBLES MATCH A SECOND SERVE HITS THE TOP OF THE NET AND GOES IN THE<br />
DIRECTION OF THE RECEIVER’S PARTNER. TO AVOID BEING HIT, THE RECEIVER’S PARTNER<br />
CATCHES THE BALL. THE BALL HAD NO CHANCE OF GOING INTO THE PROPER COURT. AS<br />
THE CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT IS YOUR RULING? **<br />
15) THE SERVER, DURING HIS DELIVERY OF THE SERVE. IS OBSERVED BY THE CHAIR UMPIRE<br />
TO HAVE MADE A CLEAR AND FLAGRANT FOOTFAULT. THE BASELINE UMPIRE DOES NOT<br />
MAKE THE CALL. WHAT ACTION, IF ANY, SHOULD THE CHAIR UMPIRE TAKE? **<br />
16) A PLAYER PROTESTS A LINE CALL AND THEN THE LINE UMPIRE CHANGES HIS DECISION. AS<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?<br />
17) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED BECAUSE OF RAIN AND A RE-WARM UP IS NECESSARY, WHICH<br />
KIND OF BALLS DO YOU USE FOR RE-WARM UP?<br />
18) A CHAIR UMPIRE LOSES THE SCORE DURING THE COURSE OF A MATCH. WHAT SHOULD<br />
HE/SHE DO?<br />
19) IN A MEN’S SATELLITE A PLAYER HAS ALREADY RECEIVED ONE TREATMENT FOR CRAMPS.<br />
IN THE FINAL SET HE SEEMS TO BE CRAMPING AGAIN. AT THE END OF THE GAME IN<br />
PROGRESS HE CALLS FOR THE TRAINER. AS A CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT DO YOU DO? **<br />
20) IN A DOUBLES MATCH PLAYER A SERVES TO PLAYER C. PLAYER D (PARTNER OF PLAYER C)<br />
SHOUTS “NET” AS PLAYER C RETURNS THE SERVE. PLAYER A VOLLEYS INTO THE NET. AS A<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE YOU DID NOT SEE O HEAR A NET. WHAT DO YOU DO? **<br />
21) IN SINGLES, A PLAYER’S SECOND SERVE TOUCHES THE SINGLE STICK AND LANDS IN THE<br />
PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT<br />
DECISION?<br />
22) IN MEN’S PROFESSIONAL TENNIS ON SHORTS 2 STANDARD LOGOS OF THE MANUFACTURER<br />
NOT EXCEEDING 19,5 CMQ ARE ALLOWED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
23) IN WOMEN’S PROFESSIONAL TENNIS TAPING OF LOGOS IS ALLOWED, BUT ONLY IN<br />
DOUBLES<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
24) IN MEN’S PROFESSIONAL TENNIS THE POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE IS:<br />
27) IN WOMEN’S TENNIS WRISTBANDS MAY HAVE A LOGO WITH WRITING NOT TO EXCEED 3 SQ<br />
INCHES (19,5 CMQ).<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
26) IN WOMEN’S TENNIS A WTA PATCH NOT EXCEEDING 13 CMQ MAY BE WORN ON EACH<br />
SLEEVE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
108
27) IN WOMEN’S TENNIS AT 5-4 SECOND SET A PLAYER ASKS FOR A TOILET BREAK AND YOU<br />
AND THE REFEREE ALLOW IT. WHEN SHE COMES BACK YOU REALISE THAT SHE HAS ALSO<br />
CHANGED HER ATTIRE. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
28) WHICH COLOUR SHALL BALLS BE IN TENNIS?<br />
29) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE VOLLEYS THE BALL BEFORE IT HAS PASSED THE NET.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
30) A PLAYER STOPS PLAYING SAYING THAT HE HEARD AN “OUT” CALL. YOU REALISE THAT<br />
THE CALL WAS COMING FROM THE CROWD. WHAT DO YOU DO AS A CHAIR UMPIRE.<br />
31) IN THE DECIDING SUPER TIE-BREAK GAME THE PLAYER WHO FIRST WINS TWELVE POINTS<br />
WINS THE SUPER TIE-BREAK PROVIDED HE LEADS WITH A MARGIN OF TWO POINTS.<br />
32) A PLAYER (MR. ROSSI) RECEIVES A CODE VIOLATION FOR VERBAL ABUSE. HE ALREADY<br />
RECEIVED A WARNING. WHAT DO YOU ANNOUNCE?<br />
33) YOU PROMPTLY OVVERULE A LINEUMPIRE (FROM “OUT” TO “GOOD”. THE POINT IS<br />
REPLAYED) WHAT DO YOU ANNOUNCE?<br />
34) IN A MATCH PLAYED WITHOUT THE CHAIR UMPIRE IF THE REFEREE SEES A PLAYER<br />
COMMITTING CLEAR FOOT FAULTS, WHAT SHOULD HE DO?<br />
35) A THE BEST OF THREE SETS MATCH IS POSTPONED DUE TO RAIN AND RESUMES THE NEXT<br />
DAY. IS A PLAYER ENTITLED TO A TOILET BREAK AGAIN IF HE ALREADY TOOK ONE THE<br />
DAY BEFORE DURING THE WARM UP? **<br />
36) IN JUNIOR EVENTS QUALIFYING DRAW SEED N°1 AND SEED N° 2 ARE FROM USA. WHERE DO<br />
YOU PUT THEM IN THE DRAW PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE NO OTHER PLAYERS FROM<br />
UNITED STATES IN THE QUALIFYING COMPETITION?<br />
37) A JUNIOR MATCH IS SUSPENDED FOR 19 MINUTES. HOW LONG IS THE REWARM UP?<br />
38) WHAT IS, IN MEN’S SATELLITES, THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF MANUFACTURER’S LOGO IN THE<br />
FRONT OF A PLAYER SWEATSHIRT?<br />
39) IN JUNIOR EVENTS A SINGLES MATCH STARTS AT 4.02 PM, IS SUSPENDED AT 4.37 PM, IS<br />
RESUMED AT 5.11 PM AND ENDS AT 6.32 PM. WHAT IS THE MINIMUM REST ALLOWED FOR<br />
THE PLAYER BEFORE HIS DOUBLES MATCH?<br />
40) IN JUNIOR EVENTS MAIN DRAW SEED N°1 / N° 2 AND N° 3 ARE FROM ITALY. WHERE DO YOU<br />
PUT THEM IN THE DRAW PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE 3 OTHER ITALIAN PLAYERS NOT<br />
SEEDED IN THE MAIN DRAW? WHERE DO YOU PUT THE OTHER 3 ITALIANS?<br />
41) IN MEN’S TENNIS SPECIAL EXEMPT PLACES ARE ALLOWED FOR DOUBLES PLAYERS.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
42) YOU ARE ASSISTANT REFEREE IN A 10,000 $ WOMEN’S EVENT AND YOU ARE ABOUT TO<br />
WRITE THE FINAL LIST OF SEEDS. WHICH RANKING DO YOU TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION?<br />
43) MAY A “WILD CARD” PLAYER BE SEEDED?<br />
44) SINCE 2002 IN A 10,000 $ WOMEN’S TOURNAMENT THERE ARE 8 PLACES FOR QUALIFIERS IN<br />
THE MAIN DRAW. HOW MANY SEEDS, AS A MAXIMUM, THERE WILL BE IN THE QUALIFYING<br />
DRAW?<br />
109
2004 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - POP QUIZ<br />
IN A MATCH PLAYED ON CLAY WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRE PLAYERS HAVE A DISPUTE<br />
ON A CALL AND DISAGREE ON THE MARK. THE REFEREE CANNOT UNDERSTAND<br />
WHICH WAS THE BALL DIRECTION AND WHICH KIND OF SHOT WAS PLAYED. WHAT<br />
IS THE DECISION?<br />
WHAT WOULD HAVE HAPPENED IF THEY AGREED ON THE MARK BUT DISAGREE ON<br />
THE READING?<br />
110
2005<br />
111
2005<br />
2005 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N°1<br />
2005 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N°2<br />
2005 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : PRE TEST N°3<br />
2005 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : FINAL TEST<br />
112
2005 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE–TEST N° 1<br />
YOU HAVE 20 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST (30 MINUTES IN CASE OF REFEREE)<br />
PART 1: CHAIR UMPIRES AND REFEREES<br />
1) DESCRIVETE DETTAGLIATAMENTE, IN INGLESE, TUTTI GLI ANNUNCI CHE L’ARBITRO DEVE<br />
FARE (E A CHI) NEL MOMENTO IN CUI UN GIOCATORE RICHIEDE DI VEDERE IL<br />
FISIOTERAPISTA (TRAINER) E QUESTO DECIDE DI FARE UN MTO.<br />
2) ITF JUNIOR EVENT: AS A GUIDELINE, HOW MANY MEDICAL TREATMENT? CONSECUTIVE OR<br />
NOT?<br />
6) ITF JUNIOR EVENT: WHAT IS THE POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE?<br />
4) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS, MEN’S SINGLES: WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TOILET<br />
BREAKS? HOW LONG CAN THEY BE?<br />
5) IN A CASE OF 14 MINUTES AND 20 SECONDS SUSPENSION HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP<br />
PERIOD<br />
6) IN DOUBLES THE ORDER OF RECEIVING MUST BE DECIDED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE<br />
MATCH AND CANNOT BE CHANGED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
7) THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE NET AND THEN THE RECEIVER BEFORE HE HITS THE GROUND.<br />
WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
8) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES ALLEY?<br />
11) IN ATP TOUR TOURNAMENTS ONE ATP TOUR LOGO IDENTIFICATION MAY APPEAR ON<br />
EACH SLEEVE IN PLACE EITHER TO THE COMMERCIAL OR THE MANUFACTURER’S LOGO.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
12) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS THE SERVICE, AFTER HITTING THE GROUND IN THE SERVICE<br />
COURT, MAY HIT THE GROUND A SECOND TIME, EVEN OUTSIDE THE BOUNDS OF THE<br />
COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
11) AT AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT EVENT, IS A PLAYER ALLOWED TO HAVE A MANUFACTURER’S<br />
LOGO WRITING ON HER WRISTBAND?<br />
12) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, WHEN THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN EFFECT,<br />
HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP PERIOD?<br />
113
13) AT CLUB OR RECREATIONAL LEVEL, THE SPACE BEHIND EACH SIDELINE SHOULD BE NOT<br />
LESS THAN:<br />
14) WHEN A WHEELCHAIR PLAYER IS PLAYING A MATCH AGAINST AN ABLE –BODIED PLAYER,<br />
HOW MANY BOUNCES OF THE BALL IS THE ABLE BODIED PLAYER ALLOWED BEFORE<br />
HE/SHE MUST RETURN THE BALL TO CONTINUE THE POINT?<br />
15) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF, IN SERVING HIS 2 nd SERVE, HIS RACKET FLIES FROM HIS<br />
HANDS AND TOUCHES NET AFTER THE BALL HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND OUTSIDE THE<br />
PROPER COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
16) IN WOMEN’S FUTURE THE TOTAL MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TOILET BREAK IN DOUBLES IS:<br />
17) IN SINGLES, A PLAYER’S SECOND SERVE TOUCHES THE SINGLE STICK AND LANDS IN THE<br />
PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT<br />
DECISION?<br />
18) IN DOUBLES, AT 3-0 FINAL SET 15-0 (1 FAULT) YOU REALIZE THAT PARTNERS CHANGED<br />
THE ORDER OF SERVICE ( I.E. PLAYER B IS SERVING AT THE PLACE OF PLAYER A) AND<br />
THAT THE TEAMS ARE NOT AT THEIR CORRECT ENDS OF THE COURT . WHAT DO YOU DO AS<br />
A CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
19) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE HITS THE BALL AND THEN THE RACKET FLIES FROM<br />
HIS HAND AND TOUCHES THE NET AFTER THE BALL BOUNCED TWO TIMES IN HIS<br />
OPPONENT’S COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
20) IF THE CHAIR UMPIRE MAKES AN OVERRULE AND SUBSEQUENTLY DECIDES TO LOOK FOR<br />
THE MARK BUT CANNOT FIND A MARK, THE ORIGINAL CALL OF THE LINE UMPIRE WILL BE<br />
USED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
21) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED BECAUSE OF RAIN AND A RE-WARM UP IS NECESSARY, WHICH<br />
KIND OF BALLS DO YOU USE FOR RE-WARM UP?<br />
22) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A LINE UMPIRE CALLS A FOOT FAULT RIGHT BEFORE THE SERVER’S<br />
RACKET HITS A SECOND SERVE (DURING THE MOTION). WHAT IS THE UMPIRE CALL?<br />
23) IF THE NO-AD SCORING SYSTEM IS USED, WHAT IS THE ANNOUNCEMENT AFTER DEUCE?<br />
24) IN DOUBLES, AT 3-0 FINAL SET 15-0 (1 FAULT) YOU REALIZE THAT PARTNERS CHANGED<br />
THE ORDER OF SERVICE ( I.E. PLAYER B IS SERVING AT THE PLACE OF PLAYER A) AND<br />
THAT THE TEAMS ARE NOT AT THEIR CORRECT ENDS OF THE COURT . WHAT DO YOU DO AS<br />
A CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
25) IN MEN’S PROFESSIONAL TENNIS, IF A SLEEVELESS SHIRT IS APPROVED FOR PLAY, THE<br />
COMMERCIAL LOGOS THAT ARE NORMALLY ALLOWED ON A SLEEVE MAY BE PLACED ON<br />
THE FRONT OF THE SHIRT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
114
26) AT AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT EVENT, A QUALIFYING DOUBLES MATCH IS PLAYED USING<br />
SHORT SET. IS A SHORT SET DECIDED WHEN THE SCORE REACHES 4-3?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
27) PLAYER A IS RUNNING TOWARDS A BALL IN PLAY IN A DOUBLES MATCH. JUST BEFORE HE<br />
ATTEMPTS TO RETURN THE BALL, THE CHAIR UMPIRE IS BLOCKED BY HIS PARTNER<br />
(PLAYER B). THE BALL IS RETURNED AND IN PLAY BUT THE OPPONENTS (C & D) STOP PLAY<br />
AND CLAIM A “NOT UP”. THE CHAIR UMPIRE THEN DECIDED TO REPLAY THE POINT AND<br />
THE REFEREE IS CALLED ON COURT BY THE CHAIR UMPIRE AT THE REQUEST OF PLAYER A<br />
& B. WHAT IS THE RIGHT DECISION?<br />
28) IN A GRAND SLAM MEN’S MATCH, ONLY ONE COMMERCIAL LOGO IS ALLOWED ON THE<br />
PLAYERS BAG.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
29) IF A FAR SIDE LINE UMPIRE IS UNSIGHTED, THE CHAIR UMPIRE MUST CALL THE BALL IN<br />
OR OUT HIM/HERSELF, EVEN IF HE/SHE IS VERY UNSURE OF WHERE THE BALL LANDED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
30) A PLAYER’S SHOE BREAKS DURING PLAY. HOW LONG DOES HE HAVE TO GET A<br />
REPLACEMENT?<br />
________________________________________________________________________________________________<br />
SECTION 2 – REFEREES ONLY<br />
31) IN WOMEN’S TENNIS SYSTEM OF MERIT FOR ACCEPTANCES “ON-SITE ALTERNATES AND<br />
RANKED” HAVE PRIORITY TO “ENTERED AND ACCUMULATED POINTS”.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
32) IN WOMEN’S CIRCUIT WILD CARDS NOT SEEDED WHO WITHDRAWS AFTER THE DRAW IS<br />
MADE BUT BEFORE THE QUALI STARTED ARE REPLACED BY?<br />
33) ENTRY DEADLINE FOR DOUBLES IN WOMEN’S CIRCUIT.<br />
34) WHAT IS THE WILD CARDS NUMBER IN DOUBLES MAIN DRAW WITH QUALIFYING IN A<br />
25,000$ WOMEN’S EVENT?<br />
35) TENNIS EUROPE JUNIOR EVENT: DOUBLES MAIN DRAW SIGN-IN DEADLINE IS?<br />
36) PRIMA TAPPA DEL SATELLITE MASCHILE: QUALI SONO LE CONDIZIONI PER POTER<br />
OTTENERE UNO SPECIAL EXEMPT?<br />
37) FUTURE MASCHILI, SECONDA TAPPA: QUALE E’ LA PRIMA PRIORITA’ PER L’ENTRY NEL<br />
DOPPIO?<br />
38) SATELLITE MASCHILE: CONDIZIONI PER ESSERE AMMESSI A GIOCARE IL MASTER.<br />
115
39) IN WOMEN’S CIRCUIT A PLAYER RETIRES DURING HER LAST QUALI MATCH (SCORE: 36 01<br />
RET.). MAIN DRAW IS SCHEDULED TO START THE SAME DAY. CAN SHE SIGN FOR LUCKY<br />
LOSERS AND EVENTUALLY PLAY THAT DAY PROVIDED SHE RECEIVES MEDICAL<br />
CLEARANCE FROM THE TOURNAMENT DOCTOR?<br />
40) SATELLITE MASCHILE, PRIMA TAPPA: UN GIOCATORE NON FA IN TEMPO A FIRMARE ENTRO<br />
LE ORE 19.00. FINO A QUANDO PUO’ FIRMARE “LATE”IN MODO DA NON PERDERE LA<br />
POSSIBILITA’ DI GIOCARE LE TAPPE SUCCESSIVE?<br />
41) IN ITF MEN’S FUTURES, WHICH RANKING YOU TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION FOR A SPECIAL<br />
EXEMPT POSITION?<br />
42) IN MEN’S FUTURES IF THE ELEGIBLE LUCKY LOSER IS NOT AVAILABLE TO PLAY THE DAY<br />
HE SIGNED, HE CANNOT BE CONSIDERED ANYMORE IN THAT TOURNAMENT FOR A LUCKY<br />
LOSER POSITION.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
43) IN MEN’S SATELLITE (WEEK 3) ONLY PLAYERS WITH ATP POINTS SHALL BE SEEDED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
44) DOUBLES QUALIFYING ARE COMPULSORY (MANDATORY) AT SATELLITE CIRCUITS.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
45) THE SUPERVISOR/REFEREE AT AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT EVENT USES NATIONAL<br />
RANKINGS TO SELECT PLAYERS ON-SITE FOR QUALIFYING, USING THE SAME PROCEDURES<br />
AS AT ITF MEN’S CIRCUIT EVENTS.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
116
2005 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL – PRE-TEST N° 2<br />
YOU HAVE 10 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST (15 MINUTES IF YOU ARE A REFEREE)<br />
SECTION 1 – CHAIR UMPIRES AND REFEREE<br />
1. WHAT IS, IN MEN’S SATELLITES, THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF MANUFACTURER’S LOGO IN THE<br />
FRONT OF A PLAYER SWEATSHIRT?<br />
2. IN MEN’S FUTURES, AS A GUIDELINE, HOW MANY TIMES THE 90 SECONDS CHANGEOVER<br />
TREATMENT SHOULD NOT EXCEED?<br />
3. IN A MEN’S FUTURES BEST OF THREE SETS DOUBLES MATCH A PLAYER TAKES A TOILET<br />
BREAK DURING THE WARM UP. AT 5-0 IN THE SECOND SET, HIS PARTNER WANTS TO GO TO<br />
THE TOILET. WHAT DO YOU DO? THEN AT 6 ALL FINAL SET THE SAME PLAYER (THE<br />
PARTNER) ASKS TO GO AGAIN TO THE TOILET, SAYING IT IS AN EMERGENCY. WHAT DO<br />
YOU DO?<br />
4. DAVIS CUP: BALL CHANGE 7/9 (6) FINAL SCORE IS 7-6 6-7 6-4 3-6 20 – 18. HOW MANY<br />
CANS OF BALLS DID YOU USE PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE 3 BALLS IN EACH CAN?<br />
5. WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF THE “SINGLE STICK”?<br />
6. AT AN ITF MEN’S CIRCUIT MAIN DRAW EVENT, THE SUPERVISOR/REFEREE HAS<br />
AUTHORISED A 10 MINUTE WARM-UP FOR THE FIRST MATCHES ON COURT, AS IT HAS BEEN<br />
RAINING AND THE PLAYERS HAVE NOT HAD A CHANCE TO PRACTICE BEFOREHAND. WHAT<br />
IS THE CORRECT PROCEDURE FOR THE BALLS IN THIS SITUATION?<br />
7. DURING A POINT, A LINE UMPIRE MOVES SIGNIFICANTLY OUT OF HER POSITION TO AVOID<br />
GETTING IN THE WAY OF THE PLAYER. HOWEVER, THE LINE UMPIRE ACTUALLY GETS IN<br />
THE WAY OF THE PLAYER WHO IS PREVENTED FROM HITTING THE BALL AS A RESULT.<br />
WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) REPLAY THE POINT<br />
B) POINT STANDS AS PLAYED<br />
8. AT A WTA TOUR EVENT, IS A PLAYER ALLOWED TO CHANGE HER CLOTHES DURING A<br />
TOILET BREAK?<br />
9. IN AN ITF JUNIOR GIRLS MATCH, A PLAYER BREAKS A STRING IN HER LAST RACKET. WHAT<br />
IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) STOP PLAY UNTIL PLAYER CAN OBTAIN ANOTHER RACKET (GIVE “REASONABLE TIME”)<br />
B) ALLOW HER TO CONTINUE WITH BROKEN STRING<br />
C) TELL PLAYER SHE CANNOT CONTINUE WITH BROKEN STRINGS. ASSESS CODE VIOLATION<br />
(DELAY OF GAME) IF NECESSARY<br />
10. DURING A WOMEN’S FUTURES EVENT, THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN<br />
EFFECT. A PLAYER RETURNS LATE TO THE COURT. WHAT DO YOU DO AS A CHAIR UMPIRE?<br />
_______________________________________________________________________________________________<br />
117
SECTION 2 - REFEREES ONLY<br />
11. IN MEN’S SATELLITE WITH A 128 QUALIFYING DRAW WHAT IS THE NUMBER OF WILD CARDS<br />
IN QUALIFYING?<br />
12. WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM SINGLES MAIN DRAW SIZE IN A SATELLITE CIRCUIT? (NOT<br />
MASTER)<br />
118
2005 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE-TEST 3<br />
1. AT A GRAND SLAM, IF A MEDICAL TIME OUT TAKES PLACE OFF COURT, THE 3 MINUTES FOR<br />
TREATMENT STARTS WHEN THE PLAYER LEAVES THE COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
2. WHEN DOES THE CLOCK START FOR DECIDING WHETHER A PLAYER SHOULD BE<br />
DEFAULTED FOR PUNCTUALITY?<br />
A) WHEN THE MATCH IS OFFICIALLY CALLED<br />
B) WHEN THE CHAIR UMPIRE ARRIVES ON COURT<br />
C) WHEN THE FIRST PLAYER ARRIVES ON COURT<br />
D) WHEN BOTH PLAYERS HAVE ARRIVED ON-SITE<br />
3. AT A WTA TOUR EVENT, THE SUPERVISOR/REFEREE CAN DENY A PLAYER PERMISSION TO<br />
LEAVE THE COURT FOR A TOILET BREAK IF HE/SHE BELIEVES IT IS FOR GAMESMANSHIP.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
4. AT A MEN’S SATELLITE QUALIFYING, IT HAS BEEN AGREED THAT THE BALL CHANGE WILL<br />
BE MADE AT THE BEGINNING OF THE FINAL SET. DUIRNG A MATCH, THIS BALL CHANGE IS<br />
FORGOTTEN AND THE ERROR IS DISCOVERED AT 30-15 IN THE 1 ST GAME OF THE FINAL SET.<br />
WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION? **<br />
5. IN A BEST OF 3 SETS MEN’S FUTURES SINGLES MATCH, PLAYER A HAS USED A TOILET<br />
BREAK DURING THE WARM UP. HE LEAVES THE COURT DURING THE 1 ST SET BREAK TO GO<br />
TO THE TOILET AGAIN. HE IS READY TO PLAY AFTER 1 MINUTE AND 45 SECONDS. WHAT IS<br />
THE CORRECT DECISION? **<br />
A) TIME VIOLATION<br />
B) CODE VIOLATION<br />
C) NO ACTION<br />
6. A PLAYER’S SHOE BREAKS DURING PLAY. HOW LONG DOES HE HAVE TO GET A<br />
REPLACEMENT?<br />
7. A PLAYER ASKS FOR AND RECEIVES A MEDICAL TIME OUT. THE TARINER COMPLETES THE<br />
TREATMENT IN 1 ½ MINUTES AND LEAVES THE COURT. IS THE PLAYER ENTITLED TO REST<br />
FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE MEDICAL TIME OUT (3 MINUTES)?<br />
119
8. DURING A RALLY AT AN ITF MEN’S CIRCUIT EVENT (WITH NO BALLKIDS), PLAYER A HITS A<br />
BALL WHICH HITS ANOTHER BALL WHICH WAS LYING IN PLAYER B’s COURT? WHAT IS THE<br />
CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) POINT TO PLAYER A<br />
B) POINT TO PLAYER B<br />
C) PLAY CONTINUES<br />
9. IN AN ATP EVENT, A PLAYER RECEIVES A TIME VIOLATION. AFTER ANOTHER 25 SECONDS,<br />
IF THE PLAYER IS STILL NOT READY TO PLAY, WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
10. A PLAYER RECEIVED A TIME VIOLATION WARNING IN THE FIRST SET. IN THE FINAL SET,<br />
THE SAME PLAYER IS PENALISED FOR GOING OVER THE TIME AFTER A MEDICAL TIME<br />
OUT. THIS WOULD BE PENALISED BY:<br />
A) TIME VIOLATION, WARNING<br />
B) TIME VIOLATION, POINT PENALTY<br />
C) CODE VIOLATION, WARNING<br />
D) CODE VIOLATION, POINT PENALTY<br />
120
2005 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - FINAL TEST<br />
SECTION 1 – CHAIR UMPIRES AND REFEREES<br />
1) IN DAVIS CUP, PLAYERS ARE ALLOWED TO WEAR AN EXTRA LOGO OF THEIR NATIONAL<br />
TEAM SPONSOR ON THE BACK OF THEIR SHIRTS AND WARM UP JACKETS.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
2) IF A BALL KID CATCHES A BALL THAT IS STILL IN PLAY, THE POINT MUST BE REPLAYED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
3) IN DAVIS CUP AND FED CUP, A TEAM CAN BE DEFAULTED FOR PARTISAN CROWD<br />
VIOLATIONS.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
4) IN A DAVIS CUP TIE, A TEAM CAPTAIN IS ALLOWED TO LEAVE HIS CHAIR TO LOOK AT BALL<br />
MARKS WHEN THE CHAIR UMPIRE IS MAKING A BALL MARK INSPECTION.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
5) IF A RECEIVER IS NOT PLAYING TO THE REASONABLE PACE OF THE SERVER, HE COULD BE<br />
SUBJECT TO:<br />
A) CODE VIOLATION<br />
B) TIME VIOLATION<br />
6) IN DAVIS CUP, CAN THE REFEREE IMMEDIATELY REMOVE A TEAM CAPTAIN FOR ONE<br />
VIOLATION OF CAPTAIN’S BEHAVIOUR?<br />
7) IN DAVIS CUP ZONAL TIES THE SPACE BEHIND EACH SIDELINE SHOULD BE NO LESS THAN:<br />
8) AT 4 – 3 IN A TIE-BREAK IN A DOUBLES MATCH (A & B vs. C & D), PLAYER B RECEIVES OUT<br />
OF TURN. AS CHAIR UMPIRE YOU REALISE THIS AFTER C HAS SERVED AND WON ONE POINT<br />
(5 – 3). WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
9) IS MANUFACTURER’S LOGO WITH WRITING ALLOWED ON WRISTBANDS, IN DAVIS CUP<br />
MATCHES?<br />
10) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, DURING THE TEN MINUTES EXTREME WEATHER CONDITIONS<br />
BREAK, A PLAYER CANNOT RECEIVE ADVICE FROM THE SPORTS MEDICINE TRAINER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
121
11) IN DOUBLES MATCH A SECOND SERVE HITS THE TOP OF THE NET AND GOES IN THE<br />
DIRECTION OF THE RECEIVER’S PARTNER. TO AVOID BEING HIT, THE RECEIVER’S<br />
PARTNER CATCHES THE BALL. THE BALL HAD NO CHANCE OF GOING INTO THE PROPER<br />
COURT. AS THE CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
12) IN A TOUR EVENT MATCH, BALL CAHNGE 7/9 (6) WITH THE SCORE BEING 5-4 FIRST SET, THE<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE NOTICES AT THE CHANGEOVER THAT HE ONLY HAS FIVE (5) BALLS IN PLAY.<br />
AS THE CHAIR UMPIRE, WHAT ACTION DO YOU TAKE?<br />
13) THE SERVER, DURING HIS DELIVERY OF THE SERVE. IS OBSERVED BY THE CHAIR UMPIRE<br />
TO HAVE MADE A CLEAR AND FLAGRANT FOOTFAULT. THE BASELINE UMPIRE DOES NOT<br />
MAKE THE CALL. WHAT ACTION, IF ANY, SHOULD THE CHAIR UMPIRE TAKE?<br />
14) A PLAYER PROTESTS A LINE CALL AND THEN THE LINE UMPIRE CHANGES HIS DECISION. AS<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?<br />
15) SINGLES MATCH. BALL CHANGE 9/11 (4) FINAL SCORE 6-2 6-7 7-6. NUMBER OF BALLS USED IN<br />
THE MATCH.<br />
16) IN A DAVIS CUP BEST OF 5 SETS DOUBLES MATCH (A & B vs. C & D) PLAYER A TAKES A<br />
TOILET BREAK DURING THE WARM-UP. AT THE END OF 3 RD SET C & D GO TOGETHER TO<br />
THE TOILET. WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TOILET BREAK WHICH CAN STILL BE<br />
TAKEN DURING THAT MATCH?<br />
17) A PLAYER IS SUBJECT TO THE CODE OF CONDUCT FROM THE MOMENT THE FIRST BALL OF<br />
THE FIRST POINT IS STRUCK OR MISSED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
18) HOW LONG DOES A PLAYER HAVE TO CHANGE INTO CLOTHING THAT CONFORMS WITH<br />
THE CODE?<br />
19) A CHAIR UMPIRE LOSES THE SCORE DURING THE COURSE OF A MATCH. WHAT SHOULD<br />
HE/SHE DO?<br />
20) IN A MEN’S SATELLITE A PLAYER HAS ALREADY RECEIVED ONE TREATMENT FOR CRAMPS.<br />
IN THE FINAL SET HE SEEMS TO BE CRAMPING AGAIN. AT THE END OF THE GAME IN<br />
PROGRESS HE CALLS FOR THE TRAINER. AS A CHAIR UMPIRE WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
21) IN A DOUBLES MATCH PLAYER A SERVES TO PLAYER C. PLAYER D (PARTNER OF PLAYER C)<br />
SHOUTS “NET” AS PLAYER C RETURNS THE SERVE. PLAYER A VOLLEYS INTO THE NET. AS A<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE YOU DID NOT SEE O HEAR A NET. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
22) IN DAVIS CUP HOW IS THE PARTISAN CROWD RULE PENALISED.<br />
23) A THE BEST OF THREE SETS MATCH IS POSTPONED DUE TO RAIN AND RESUMES THE NEXT<br />
DAY. IS A PLAYER ENTITLED TO A TOILET BREAK AGAIN IF HE ALREADY TOOK ONE THE<br />
DAY BEFORE DURING THE WARM UP?<br />
A) NO<br />
B) YES<br />
122
SECTION 2 – REFEREES ONLY<br />
24) IN MEN’S FUTURES THE SINGLES MD IS SCHEDULED TO BEGIN ON TUESDAY (NO DOUBLES<br />
QUALIFYING). WHEN IS THE DOUBLES SIGN IN DEADLINE?<br />
25) IN JUNIOR EVENTS QUALIFYING DRAW SEED N°1 AND SEED N° 2 ARE FROM USA. WHERE DO<br />
YOU PUT THEM IN THE DRAW PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE NO OTHER PLAYERS FROM UNITED<br />
STATES IN THE QUALIFYING COMPETITION?<br />
26) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES ACCUMULATED POINTS SHALL BE USED TO DETERMINE SEEDINGS.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
27) IN WOMEN’S TENNIS 10,000 $ TWO PLAYERS ARE TIED FOR A SEEDING POSITION. WHICH IS<br />
THE 1 ST PRIORITY TO TAKE IN CONSIDERATION IN ORDER TO BREAK THIS TIE?<br />
28) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF QUALI DRAW AT AN ITF WOMEN’S 10,000 $ EVENT?<br />
29) WHAT IS THE SCORING SYSTEM FOR DOUBLES QUALI AT AN ITF WOMEN’S EVENT?<br />
30) ITF JUNIOR EVENT: SINGLES MAIN DRAW SIGN-IN DEADLINE IS?<br />
31) MEN’S SATELLITE: MAY A PLAYER, WHO HAS SIGNED FOR QUALIFYING AND HAS NOT BEEN<br />
ACCEPTED, BE NAMED AS WILD CARD IN MAIN DRAW AFTER THE QUALIFYING HAS<br />
STARTED?<br />
32) TERZA TAPPA DEL SATELLITE: PUO’ UN GIOCATORE ACCETTARE UNA WILD CARD SOLO<br />
PER QUELLA TAPPA, NON AVENDO PARTECIPATO ALLE ALTRE?<br />
33) SATELLITE MASCHILE, MONTEPREMI TOTALE 50,000 + H: UN GIOCATORE CON RANKING 139<br />
(14 GG PRIMA DELL’ENTRY DEADLINE) PUO’ OTTENERE UNA WILD CARD NEL MAIN DRAW?<br />
34) FUTURE MASCHILI: IL SUPERVISOR PUO’ ACCETTARE ISCRIZIONI TELEFONICHE NEL<br />
DOPPIO?<br />
35) SATELLITE MASCHILE, MASTER:UN GIOCATORE IN UNA COPPIA DI DOPPIO SI RITIRA DAL<br />
TABELLONE PRIMA DI INIZIARE A GIOCARE. COME AVVIENE LA SOSTITUZIONE?<br />
36) SATELLITE MASCHILE SECONDA TAPPA, GARA DI DOPPIO: DUE COPPIE, ENTRAMBE<br />
FORMATE DA GIOCATORI SOLO CON RANKING DI DOPPIO SONO IN PARITA’ NELL’ENTRY<br />
LIST. QUALE CRITERIO SI TIENE IN CONSIDERAZIONE PER SCEGLIERE UNA DELLE DUE<br />
COPPIE?<br />
37) FUTURE MASCHILI: TABELLONE QUALI SINGOLARE A 48 GIOCATORI. QUAL’E’ IL NUMERO<br />
DELLE WILD CARDS?<br />
38) SATELLITE MASCHILE: CONDIZIONI PER RICEVERE ATP POINTS.<br />
39) COPPA DAVIS:QUANTI GIOCATORI,INCLUSO IL CAPITANO GIOCATORE, SI POSSONO<br />
NOMINARE?<br />
40) IN DAVIS CUP RUSSIA AND BELGIUM ARE SCHEDULED TO PLAY NEXT ROUND. THE LAST<br />
TIME THEY HAVE PLAYED EACH OTHER WAS IN 1967. WHO IS GOING TO PLAY AT HOME?<br />
41) IN DAVIS CUP THE FIRST DAY THE NUMBER ONE OF EACH TEAM SHALL PLAY IN SINGLES<br />
THE FIRST MATCH AGAINST THE NUMBER TWO OF THE OPPOSING NATION.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
123
42) IN DAVIS CUP, IF A TIE IS HELD INDOORS, THE DOUBLES MATCH MUST START NO LATER<br />
THAN?<br />
43) IN DAVIS CUP WHICH IS THE MINIMUM OF HOURS BETWEEN THE START TIME OF PLAY ON<br />
THE SECOND DAY AND THE SCHEDULED START TIME OF PLAY ON THE THIRD OR FINAL<br />
DAY.<br />
44) IN DAVIS CUP THE 2 ND SINGLES IS SUSPENDED ON FRIDAY ON 2-1 FIRST SET AND RESUMES<br />
ON SATURDAY. THE FINAL SCORE IS 6-7 6-4 6-4 7-6 ONE OF THE TWO SINGLES PLAYER HAS<br />
TO PLAY DOUBLES. WHAT DO YOU DO AS A REFEREE?<br />
124
2006<br />
125
2006<br />
2006 LEVEL 3 PRE – SCHOOL: FINAL TEST 1 *<br />
2006 LEVEL 3 PRE – SCHOOL: FINAL TEST 2 *<br />
126<br />
* Test redatti da Maria Cristina Barbarano
2006 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL – FINAL TEST 1<br />
YOU HAVE 60 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST.<br />
DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAPER. PLEASE USE ANSWER SHEET.<br />
1) IN AN ITF JUNIOR’S GIRLS MATCH, A PLAYER BREAKS A STRING IN HER LAST RACKET. WHAT<br />
IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) STOP PLAY UNTIL PLAYER CAN OBTAIN ANOTHER RACKET (GIVE “REASONABLE TIME”)<br />
B) ALLOW HER TO CONTINUE WITH BROKEN STRING.<br />
C) TELL PLAYER SHE CANNOT CONTINUE WITH BROKEN STRINGS. ASSESS A CODE VIOLATION<br />
(DELAY OF GAME) IF NECESSARY.<br />
2) ITF JUNIOR’S EVENTS: SINGLES QUALIFYING SIGN-IN DEADLINE IS?<br />
3) ITF JUNIOR’S EVENT: DOUBLES SIGN-IN DEADLINE IS?<br />
4) ITF JUNIOR’S EVENT: NUMBER OF WILD CARDS IN DOUBLES MAIN DRAW (24 TEAMS).<br />
5) ITF JUNIOR’S EVENT: NUMBER OF DIRECT ACCEPTANCES IN 48 SINGLES MAIN DRAW.<br />
6) IF THE REFEREE OBSERVES AN OBVIOUS CODE VIOLATION DURING A MATCH WHICH THE<br />
CHAIR UMPIRE DIDN’T OBSERVE, THE REFEREE SHOULD....<br />
7) IN ORDER TO BE ELEGIBLE TO PLAY AS LUCKY LOSER IN A WOMEN’S TOURNAMENT A<br />
PLAYER MUST SIGN-IN WITH THE REFEREE AT LEAST ONE HALF HOUR BEFORE THE<br />
SCHEDULED START OF PLAY EACH DAY.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
8) IN FED CUP THERE CAN BE A NATIONAL TEAM SPONSOR LOGO ON THE BACK OF A SHIRT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
9) IN FED CUP HOW MANY TEAM NOMINATION CAN BE CHANGED? WHAT IS THE DEADLINE FOR<br />
CHANGING A NOMINATION?<br />
10) IN DAVIS CUP A PLAYERS WHO RETIRES FROM SINGLES FOR MEDICAL CONDITION MAY BE<br />
CALLED TO PLAY THE DOUBLES<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
11) IN FED CUP AND DAVIS CUP, A TEAM CAPTAIN MUST GIVE TO THE REFEREE AND THE<br />
OPPOSING CAPTAIN THE NAME OF THE SINGLES PLAYERS NO LATER THAN ONE HOUR<br />
PRIOR TO THE DRAW.<br />
127
12) IN FED CUP AND DAVIS CUP WORLD GROUP TIES, ONLY THE NATIONAL TEAM TRAINER CAN<br />
DECIDE IF A PLAYER SHOULD RECEIVE AN INJURY TIME-OUT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
128
2006 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - FINAL TEST N° 2<br />
YOU HAVE 50 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST. (80 IN CASE OF REFEREE)<br />
DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAPER. PLEASE USE ANSWER SHEET.<br />
1) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF THE CORD OR METAL CABLE?<br />
2) ELECTRONIC REVIEW: A REQUEST FOR AN ELECTRONIC REVIEW SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY<br />
ON A POINT ENDING SHOT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
3) FOR INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIONS THE MINIMUM SPACE BETWEEN THE SIDELINES AND<br />
THE SIDESTOPS SHOULD BE 3.65 mt.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
4) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IF PLAYER A’s FIRST SERVE HITS HIS PARTNER HE HAS TO REPLAY<br />
THE POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
5) A MAXIMUM OF .......... SECONDS SHALL ELAPSE BETWEEN THE FIRST AND SECOND SERVE.<br />
6) DURING A WTA TOUR EVENT THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN EFFECT.<br />
DURING THE TEN MINUTES BREAK BETWEEN THE SECOND AND FINAL SET THE PLAYER ARE<br />
ALLOWED TO.........<br />
7) A TIE-BREAK SECOND SET HAS BEEN PLAYED IN A DOUBLES MATCH. AT THE START OF THE<br />
THIRD SET WHO SHOULD SERVE FIRST?<br />
A) THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE FIRST IN A TIE-BREAK<br />
B) THE PARTNER OF THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE FIRST IN A TIE-BREAK<br />
C) ONE OF THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO RECEIVE FIRST IN A TIE BREAK<br />
D) THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE SECOND IN THE TIE-BREAK<br />
8) AT FED CUP EVENT IF A PLAYER IS WEARING A SLEEVELESS TENNIS DRESS, SHE MAY PLACE<br />
THE TWO COMMERCIAL IDENIFICATIONS ON THE FRONT OF THE DRESS.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
129
9) IN AN ATP TOUR EVENT A PLAYER ASKS FOR EXTRA TIME TO CHANGE HIS WET SHOES AND<br />
SOCKS ON A CHANGEOVER IN THE FIRST SET. IN THE THIRD SET IT HAPPENED AGAIN. IS HE<br />
ALLOWED TO RECEIVE MORE EXTRA TIME?<br />
10) IN MIXED DOUBLES, USING THE “NO-AD” SYSTEM OF SCORING THE PLAYER OF THE SAME<br />
GENDER AS THE SERVER SHALL RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT. THE PLAYERS OF THE<br />
RECEIVING TEAM MAY CHANGE POSITIONS TO RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
11) THE BAND SHALL BE:<br />
12) AS A GUIDE, AT INTERNATIONAL TOURNAMENT,THE RECOMMENDED MINIMUM HEIGHT TO<br />
THE CEILING SHOULD BE:<br />
A) 9 mt<br />
B) 9.14 mt<br />
C) 12 mt<br />
D) 12.80 mt<br />
13) THE CANS WITH NEW BALLS SHOULD BE OPENED JUST BEFORE THE MATCH/BALL CHANGE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
14) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED DUE TO DARKNESS, THE SUSPENSION SHOULD BE MADE AT THE<br />
CHANGEOVER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
15) IN DAVIS CUP PARTISAN CROWD RULE IS SANCTIONED BY……….<br />
16) IN FED-CUP WORLD GROUP THE MINIMUM FOR PLAY UNDER ARTIFICIAL LIGHTING IS…..<br />
21) ELECTRONIC REVIEW: MAY THE CHAIR UMPIRE REFUSE THE ELECTRONIC REVIEW?<br />
EXPLAIN YOUR REASON IN CASE OF “YES” or “NO”.<br />
18) IN FED CUP AND DAVIS CUP EXTRA LOGOS NOT TO EXCEED 3 sq.inch OF THE TEAM SPONSOR<br />
ARE PERMITTED ON EACH SLEEVE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
19) THE MANUFACTURERS IDENTIFICATION ALLOWED ON THE SKIRTS CAN BE ONLY ONE<br />
IDENTIFICATION OF 4 sq.inches.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
130
20) FOR THE SECOND TIME IN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH PLAYER A’s CAP FALLS OFF DURING<br />
THE POINT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) LET<br />
B) CU MUST ADVISE PLAYER A THAT IF THIS RE-OCCURS, SHE WILL LOSE THE POINT<br />
C) PLAYER A LOSES THE POINT<br />
21) SECOND SERVICE, THE RECEIVER IS READY. WHILE THE SERVER IS IN HIS MOTION A BALL<br />
BOY DROPS A BALL AND THE RECEIVER PUTS UP HIS HAND. WHAT IS YOUR DECISION ?<br />
A) LET FIRST SERVE<br />
B) LET SECOND SERVE<br />
C) POINT TO SERVER<br />
22) ACCORDING TO THE RULES OF TENNIS, IS THE NET A PERMANET FIXTURE?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
23) THE BALL CHANGE AT A TOURNAMENT IS 9/11 (4) AND A MATCH TIE-BREAK SHOULD BE<br />
PLAYED IF THE SCORE REACHES ONE SET ALL. THE SCORE IS 7-6 (4) 1-6. WHEN SHOULD THE<br />
BALLS BE CHANGED?<br />
24) DURING A PRE MATCH MEETING, PLAYER A WIN THE TOSS AND ASKS HIS OPPONENT<br />
(PLAYER B) TO CHOOSE. PLAYER B CHOOSES THE LEFT END OF THE COURT. THEN IT RAINS<br />
DURING THE WARM-UP AND THE WARM-UP IS SUSPENDED. WHO SHOULD THE CU ASK FIRST<br />
REGARDING A POSSIBLE CHANGE OF CHOICES WHEN RETURNING TO THE COURT?<br />
25) WHEN USING THE DECIDING MATCH TIE-BREAK TO REPLACE THE FINAL SET, IN DOUBLES<br />
THE ORDER OF SERVING AND RECEIVING WITHIN THE TEAM MAY BE ALTERED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
26) ON A DOUBLES COURT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE NET POST, MEASURED FROM THE<br />
INSIDE OF THE POSTS, IS 42 feet (12.798 cm).<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
27) AT AN ITF PRO CIRCUIT EVENT, A PLAYER ASKS FOR EXTRA TIME TO GO TO THE LOCKER<br />
ROOM AND CHANGE FROM GLASSES TO CONTACT LENSES. THERE IS NO PROBLEM WITH<br />
THE GLASSES, BUT HE WOULD PREFER TO CHANGE TO CONTACT LENSES. WHAT IS THE<br />
CORRECT DECISION?<br />
28) A PLAYER RECEIVE A 3 rd CODE VIOLATION DURING A MATCH (THE 1 st GAME PENALTY).<br />
WHO SHOULD DECIDE IF ANY FUTURE INCIDENTS ARE CODE VIOLATIONS OR NOT?<br />
29) HOW BIG CAN BE A COMMERCIAL IDENTIFICATION ON WOMEN’S SLEVELESS DRESS?<br />
30) WHAT HAPPENED IF THE ELECTRONIC REVIEW IS UNABLE?<br />
131
31) IN DAVIS CUP WORLD GROUP THE TIE-BREAK SYSTEM OPERATES IN ALL SETS.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
32) IN A DOUBLES MATCH, PLAYER A SERVE A FIRST SERVE FAULT AND THEN WALKS TO<br />
SPEAK TO HIS PARTNER PLAYER B, WHO IS STANDING NEAR THE NET. THEY TALK FOR A<br />
FEW SECONDS AND THEN PLAYER A WALKS BACK TO THE BASE LINE TO HIT THE SECOND<br />
SERVE. THIS IS THE FIRST TIME THIS HAS HAPPENED. WHAT SHOUL THE CHAIR UMPIRE DO?<br />
33) AT IN ITF MEN’S EVENT A MATCH IS STOPPED FOR 16 MINUTES. WHAT RE-WARM-UP IS<br />
ALLOWED?<br />
34) IN DAVIS CUP WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE NATIONAL TEAM SPONSOR TO BE WORN<br />
DURING WARM-UP?<br />
35) IN AN ATP CHALLENGER YOU HAVE A CREW OF SIX LINE UMPIRES. FROM WHICH END IS<br />
THE CENTER SERVICE LINE CALLED?<br />
36) HOW LONG DOES A PLAYER HAVE TO CHANGE INTO CLOTHING THAT CONFORMS WITH<br />
THE CODE?<br />
A) 5 min<br />
B) 10 min<br />
C) 15 min<br />
37) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS ANY CONTINUAL DISTRACTION OF REGULAR PLAY SUCH AS<br />
“GRUNTING”, SHALL BE DEALT WITH AS FOLLOWS:<br />
A) LET – LET – LOSS OF POINT<br />
B) LET – LOSS OF POINT<br />
C) CODE VIOLATION<br />
D) LOSS OF POINT<br />
38) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM WIDTH OF THE RACKET’S FRAME?<br />
A) 35,7 cm<br />
B) 33,7 cm<br />
C) 31,7 cm<br />
39) IN DAVIS CUP, IF A TIE IS HELD INDOORS, THE DOUBLES MATCH MUST START NO LATER<br />
THAN?<br />
40) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE FAILS TO RETURN THE BALL<br />
BEFORE IT HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND TWO TIMES.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
132
41) MAY A LINESMAN CHANGE HIS CALL AFTER THE UMPIRE HAS GIVEN THE SCORE ?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
42) THE HEIGHT OF THE NET POST IS 1.07 m.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
43) OFFICIALS MUST MAKE ALL TOURNAMENT RELATED REQUESTS TO THE SUPERVISOR<br />
/REFEREE OR CHIEF UMPIRE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
44) THE MANUFACTURERS IDENTIFICATION ALLOWED ON THE SHORTS ARE 2 IDENTIF. OF 2 sq<br />
inc. OR 1 IDENTIF. OF 8 sq.inch.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
45) IN WOMEN’S TENNIS A WTA PATCH NOT EXCEEDING 13 CMQ MAY BE WORN ON ONE SLEEVE<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
46) IF A SPECTATOR CALLS “OUT” DURING A RALLY AND BOTH PLAYERS STOP PLAYING, WHAT<br />
SHOULD THE CU DO?<br />
47) IN FED CUP MATCH IF THE RESULT HAS BEEN OBTAINED TEAMS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO<br />
STAY AND PLAY FOR ONE FURTHER DAY TO COMPLETE THE TIE UNLESS OTHERWISE<br />
DECIDED BY THE REFEREE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
48) AFTER A FIRST SERVICE FAULT WITH NEW BALLS, THE SERVER INSPECTS THE SECOND<br />
BALL AND BELIEVES THAT IT IS SOFT. THE SERVER THEN TAKES ALL THE BALLS AND<br />
DISCOVERS THAT THEY ALL ARE SOFT. THE SERVER SHOWS YOU THE BALLS AND YOU<br />
AGREE THAT THEY ARE ALL SOFT. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
A) REPLACE AT LEAST 2 BALLS - SECOND SERVE<br />
B) REPLACE AT LEAST 1 BALL - SECOND SERVE<br />
C) REPLACE ALL THE BALLS - FIRST SERVE<br />
49) AFTER FIRST SERVICE FAULT, THE RECEIVER CREATES A LOG DELAY BY JOKING WITH THE<br />
CROWD. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
50) IN FED CUP HOW MANY HOURS OF DAYLIGHT ARE ALLOWED FOR PLAY ON THE FIRST DAY?<br />
________________________________________________________________________________________________<br />
133
ONLY REFEREES<br />
1) IN ALL OF MEN’S AND WOMEN’S EVENTS WHEN PLAYING A 32 SINGLES QUALIFYING DRAW<br />
FOR 8 SLOTS, WHERE DO YOU PUT THE SEEDS?<br />
2) MINIMUM NUMBER OF BALLS AND BALL CHANGE IN MEN’S FUTURES, MD AND QUALI.<br />
3) THE WITHDRAWAL DEADLINE FOR A $25,000 WOMEN’S EVENT IS?<br />
4) IN FED CUP THE INTERVAL BETWEEN SINGLES MATCHES SHALL BE DECIDED BY THE<br />
REFEREE, BUT SUCH INTERVAL SHOULD BE NO LONGER THAT………….MINUTES<br />
A) 30<br />
B) 20<br />
C) 15<br />
5) IN $50,000 WOMEN’S EVENT (32 SINGLES MAIN DRAW), SEEDS 3-4 ARE DRAWN RANDOMLY TO<br />
LINES?<br />
6) THE ENTRY FEE FOR MAIN DRAW IN $15,000 MEN’S FUTURES IS?<br />
7) IN MEN’S FUTURE IF THERE’S AN OPEN SPOT POSITION IN THE QUALI DRAW, BEFORE THE<br />
QUALI STARTED, AND YOU HAVE 5 PLAYERS WITH NATIONAL RANKING (TOP 500) WHICH<br />
DIDN’T GET IN DURING THE SIGN-IN BUT SIGNED THE ALTERNATE LIST, HOW DO YOU<br />
ORDER THEM? MAY YOU CONSIDER THE ORDER OF THE ACCEPTANCE LIST?<br />
8) IN A SINGLES QUALIFYING DRAW (48 PLAYERS) OF A $15,000 MEN’S FUTURES YOU HAVE 13<br />
SEEDS AND 23 PLAYERS. HOW DO YOU MAKE THE DRAW?<br />
9) ONCE A FED CUP OR DAVIS CUP TIE HAS BEEN DECIDED, THE REMAINING MATCHES WILL BE<br />
PLAYED AS THE BEST OF 3 TIE-BREAK SETS IF BOTH CAPTAINS AGREE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
10) AT AN ITF MEN’S EVENT THE SINGLES MAIN DRAW MUST BE MADE NO LATER THAN…..<br />
11) DOES A PLAYER, WHO WITHDREW LATE FROM A WOMEN’S TOURNAMENT, MAY SIGN-IN AS<br />
ON SITE ALTERNATE?<br />
12) REQUIREMENTS TO APPLY FOR A SPECIAL EXEMPT STATUS IN A $10,000 WOMEN’S EVENTS.<br />
13) IN DAVIS CUP, THE REFEREE CAN IMMEDIATELY REMOVE A TEAM CAPTAIN FOR ONE<br />
VIOLATION OF CAPTAIN’S BEHAVIOUR.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
14) WHAT IS THE AGE ELIGIBILITY RULE?<br />
22) IF THERE ARE NOT SUFFICIENT SPECIAL EXEMPT PLACES IN THE MAIN DRAW FOR ALL THE<br />
APLLICANTS, THE PLAYERS SHALL BE SELECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR RANKINGS<br />
ON MONDAY , 7 DAYS BEFORE THE TOURNAMENT WEEK.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
134
23) THE ITF SUPERVISOR MAY SIGN IN A PLAYER FOR THE QUALI IF SUCH PLAYER HAS<br />
COMPETED AND LOST IN AN ITF TOURNAMENT (INCLUDING CHALLENGER AND ATP) ON<br />
THE LAST 2 DAYS PRECEDING THE SIGN IN.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
24) $25,000 WOMEN’S FUTURES: DOUBLES SIGN-IN DEADLINE IS ON TUESDAY. WHICH RANKING<br />
WILL YOU CONSIDER FOR THE ENTRY? AND FOR THE SEEDING?<br />
25) MEN’S FUTURES: HOW MUCH TIME HAS AN ALTERNATE/LUCKY LOSER TO BE READY AFTER<br />
THE ANNOUNCEMENT OF A VACANCY?<br />
A) 15 min<br />
B) 10 min<br />
C) 5 min<br />
19) MINIMUM BALLS AND BALL CHANGE IN QUALI WOMEN’S 50,000$.<br />
20) MEN’S FUTURES: ON THE ENTRY LIST YOU HAVE 2 PLAYERS WITH THE SAME RANKING.<br />
HOW DO YOU BREAK THIS TIE?<br />
21) MAXIMUM NUMBER OF WILD CARDS FOR WOMEN’S PLAYERS.<br />
22) A PLAYER WHO ENTERED AS “MAIN DRAW ONLY” AND WHO WITHDREW BEFORE BEING<br />
ACCEPTED IN MAIN DRAW MAY SIGN IN AS ON SITE ALTERNATE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
23) IN DOUBLES QUALI DRAW (WOMEN’S TOURNAMENT) EACH SECTION SHALL HAVE:<br />
A) 1 SEEDED TEAM<br />
B) 2 SEEDED TEAM<br />
24) WHEN MUST THE WILD CARDS BE NAMED AT AN ITF MEN’S FUTURES?<br />
25) IN FED CUP THE REFEREE SHALL ARRIVE NO LATER THAN MONDAY.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
28) DOUBLES DRAW IN MEN’S FUTURES: IN CASE OF TIES BETWEEN SEEDS, HOW DO YOU<br />
BREAK IT?<br />
29) IN FED CUP AND DAVIS CUP WORLD GROUP TIES, ONLY THE NATIONAL TEAM TRAINER CAN<br />
DECIDE IF A PLAYER SHOULD RECEIVE AN INJURY TIME-OUT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
28) AT AN ITF WOMEN’S EVENT THE DRAW MUST BE OBSERVED BY…………<br />
135
30) $10,000 WOMEN’S EVENT: 2 PLAYERS ARE TIED FOR A SEED POSITION, HOW DO YOU BREAK<br />
THIS TIE?<br />
30) WHAT HAPPENS IF IN A WOMEN’S TOURNAMENT A PLAYER RETIRES DURING HER SINGLES<br />
MATCH AND HER DOUBLES MATCH IS SCHEDULED FOR THE SAME DAY?<br />
31) IN ATP TOUR CHALLENGERS THE TIME FOR QUALIFYING SIGN-IN, ON THE DAY PRECEDING<br />
THE START OF PLAY IS:<br />
A)FROM NOT BEFORE 5.00 PM TO NOT LATER THAN 9.00 PM<br />
B) FROM NOT BEFORE 6.00 PM TO NOT LATER THAN 9.00 PM<br />
C) NOT LATER THAN 7.00 PM<br />
D) FROM NOT BEFORE 7.00 PM TO NOT LATER THAN 9.00 PM<br />
E) NOT LATER THAN 9.00 PM<br />
32) IN WTA TOUR EVENTS THE SIGN-IN DEADLINE FOR QUALIFYING IS:<br />
A) 4.00 P.M. THE DAY PRIOR THE START OF QUALIFYING<br />
B) 6.00 P.M. THE DAY PRIOR THE START OF QUALIFYING<br />
C) 9.00 A.M. THE SAME DAY IN WHICH QUALIFYING START<br />
D) 7.00 P.M. THE DAY PRIOR THE START OF QUALIFYING<br />
136
2007<br />
137
2007<br />
2007 LEVEL 2 PRE – SCHOOL : PRE TEST *<br />
2007 LEVEL 2 PRE – SCHOOL : FINAL TEST<br />
138<br />
* Test redatti da Maria Cristina Barbarano
2007 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - PRE – TEST<br />
YOU HAVE 20 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST. (30 MINUTES IN CASE OF REFEREE)<br />
DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAPER. PLEASE USE ANSWER SHEET.<br />
1) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM WIDTH OF THE STRAP?<br />
2) THE NET POSTS SHALL BE MORE THAN 15 CM SQUARE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
3) IF A BALL KID CATCHES A BALL THAT IS STILL IN PLAY, THE POINT MUST BE REPLAYED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
7) A MEDICAL TIME-OUT IS TAKEN AT 30 – 15 IN THE 1st GAME 2nd SET. THE CHAIR UMPIRE<br />
ANNOUNCES “TIME” AT THE END OF THE TIME OUT. HOW MUCH TIME DOES THE PLAYER<br />
HAVE TO PLAY ?<br />
8) DURING AN ITF MEN’S MATCH ON AN OUTDOOR HARD COURT, IT STARTS TO RAIN<br />
LIGHTLY. THE CU CHECKS THE COURT AND FINDS THAT THE LINES ARE VERY SLIPPERY.<br />
HOWEVER, IT LOOKS LIKE THE RAIN IS CLEARING AND THAT THE COURT COULD BE<br />
PLAYABLE IN A COUPLE OF MINUTES. WHAT SHOULD HE/SHE DO?<br />
A) ANNOUNCE “PLAY IS SUSPENDED” AND ALLOW THE PLAYERS TO LEAVE THE COURT<br />
B) STOP PLAY AND ASK THE PLAYERS TO STAY ON COURT<br />
C) ANNOUNCE “PLAY IS SUSPENDED” AND NOT ALLOW THE PLAYERS TO LEAVE THE COURT<br />
9) ACCORDING TO THE QUESTION ABOVE, IF ONE PLAYER ASK TO GO TO THE TOILET, DOES<br />
IT COUNT AS ONE OF THE TOILET BREAK PERMITTED DURING THE MATCH?<br />
10) IN WHEELCHIAR TENNIS IF THE CONVENTIONAL METHODS FOR THE SERVICE ARE<br />
PHYSICALLY IMPOSSIBLE FOR A QUADRIPLEGIC PLAYER, AN INDIVIDUAL MAY DROP THE<br />
BALL FOR SUCH PLAYER AND THIS METHOD MUST BE USED EACH TIME.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
11) WHEN USING THE DECIDING MATCH TIE BREAK TO REPLACE THE FINAL SET, BEFORE IT<br />
STARTS THERE SHALL BE A 90 SECONDS BREAK.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
9) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES COURT?<br />
139
10) MANUFACTURER’S LOGOS ARE ALLOWED ON THE BACK OF SHORTS IN A MES’S MATCH AT A<br />
GRAND SLAM.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
11) THE SINGLES STICKS SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 1,5 INCH ABOVE THE TOP OF THE NET<br />
CORD.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
12) A SINGLES MATCH IS PLAYED ON A COURT WITH A DOUBLES NET AND SINGLES STICKS PRO-<br />
PERLY IN PLACE. PLAYER A SERVES TO PLAYER B WHOSE RETURN STRIKES THE NET<br />
OUTSIDE THE SINGLES STICK. THE BALL THEN LANDS IN PLAYER A’s COURT AND PLAYER A<br />
IS UNABLE TO RETURN IT. WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
A) PLAY A LET<br />
B) PLAYER A WINS POINT<br />
C) PLAYER B WINS POINT<br />
D) CALL FOR THE REFEREE<br />
13) IN DOUBLES MATCH USING THE “NO - AD” SYSTEM OF SCORING. ARE THE PLAYERS IN THE<br />
RECEIVING TEAM ALLOWED TO CHANGE THEIR ORDER OF RECEIVING FOR THE DECIDING<br />
POINT?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
14) A BALL IS GOING OUT BEYOND THE BASELINE. A BALL BOY STANDING AT THE BACK OF THE<br />
COURT CATCHES THE BALL BEFORE IT BOUNCES.WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
A) HINDRANCE – PLAY A LET<br />
B) POINT STANDS AS PLAYED<br />
15) DURING A RALLY, A BALL LANDS IN A PLAYER A’s COURT AND IS BLOWN BACK OVER THE NET<br />
BY THE WIND. PLAYER A REACHES OVER THE NET AND HITS THE BALL FOR A CLEAR WINNER<br />
AFTER HE HITS THE BALL, HIS RACKET HITS THE RACKET OF HIS OPPONENT (PLAYER B).<br />
WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) REPLAY THE POINT<br />
B) POINT TO PLAYER A<br />
C) POINT TO PLAYER B<br />
16) WHAT IS THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE NET AND THE SERVICE LINE :<br />
17) IN DOUBLES THE ORDER OF RECEIVING MUST BE DECIDED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE<br />
MATCH AND CANNOT BE CHANGED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
140
22) IN DOUBLES, IF A PARTNER SERVES OUT OF TURN AND IT IS DISCOVERED BEFORE THE<br />
GAME HAS BEEN COMPLETED, THE ORDER OF SERVICE REMAINS ALTERED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
23) IN DOUBLES THE FIRST SERVE BEING A FAULT THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE DOUBLE POST<br />
AND LANDS IN THE PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT (ACE).<br />
WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
24) THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE NET AND THEN THE RECEIVER BEFORE HE HITS THE<br />
GROUND. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
141
2007 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL - FINAL TEST<br />
YOU HAVE 60 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST.<br />
DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAPER. PLEASE USE ANSWER SHEET.<br />
1) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF THE CORD OR METAL CABLE?<br />
2) ELECTRONIC REVIEW: A REQUEST FOR AN ELECTRONIC REVIEW SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY<br />
ON A POINT ENDING SHOT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
3) FOR INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIONS THE MINIMUM SPACE BETWEEN THE SIDELINES AND<br />
THE SIDESTOPS SHOULD BE 3.65 mt.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
4) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IF PLAYER A’s FIRST SERVE HITS HIS PARTNER HE HAS TO REPLAY<br />
THE POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
5) A MAXIMUM OF .......... SECONDS SHALL ELAPSE BETWEEN THE FIRST AND SECOND SERVE.<br />
6) DURING A WTA TOUR EVENT THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN EFFECT.<br />
DURING THE TEN MINUTES BREAK BETWEEN THE SECOND AND FINAL SET THE PLAYER ARE<br />
ALLOWED TO.........<br />
7) A TIE-BREAK SECOND SET HAS BEEN PLAYED IN A DOUBLES MATCH. AT THE START OF THE<br />
THIRD SET WHO SHOULD SERVE FIRST?<br />
A) THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE FIRST IN A TIE-BREAK<br />
B) THE PARTNER OF THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE FIRST IN A TIE-BREAK<br />
C) ONE OF THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO RECEIVE FIRST IN A TIE BREAK<br />
D) THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE SECOND IN THE TIE-BREAK<br />
8) IN MIXED DOUBLES, USING THE “NO-AD” SYSTEM OF SCORING THE PLAYER OF THE SAME<br />
GENDER AS THE SERVER SHALL RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT. THE PLAYERS OF THE<br />
RECEIVING TEAM MAY CHANGE POSITIONS TO RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
9) THE BAND SHALL BE:<br />
142
10) THE CANS WITH NEW BALLS SHOULD BE OPENED JUST BEFORE THE MATCH/BALL CHANGE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
11) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED DUE TO DARKNESS, THE SUSPENSION SHOULD BE MADE AT THE<br />
CHANGEOVER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
12) ELECTRONIC REVIEW: MAY THE CHAIR UMPIRE REFUSE THE ELECTRONIC REVIEW?<br />
EXPLAIN YOUR REASON IN CASE OF “YES” or “NO”.<br />
13) THE MANUFACTURERS IDENTIFICATION ALLOWED ON THE SKIRTS CAN BE ONLY ONE<br />
IDENTIFICATION OF 4 sq.inches.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
14) FOR THE SECOND TIME IN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH PLAYER A’s CAP FALLS OFF DURING<br />
THE POINT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) LET<br />
B) CU MUST ADVISE PLAYER A THAT IF THIS RE-OCCURS, SHE WILL LOSE THE POINT<br />
C) PLAYER A LOSES THE POINT<br />
15) SECOND SERVICE, THE RECEIVER IS READY. WHILE THE SERVER IS IN HIS MOTION A BALL<br />
BOY DROPS A BALL AND THE RECEIVER PUTS UP HIS HAND. WHAT IS YOUR DECISION ?<br />
A) LET FIRST SERVE<br />
B) LET SECOND SERVE<br />
C) POINT TO SERVER<br />
16) ACCORDING TO THE RULES OF TENNIS, IS THE NET A PERMANENT FIXTURE?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
17) THE BALL CHANGE AT A TOURNAMENT IS 9/11 (4) AND A MATCH TIE-BREAK SHOULD BE<br />
PLAYED IF THE SCORE REACHES ONE SET ALL. THE SCORE IS 7-6 (4) 1-6. WHEN SHOULD THE<br />
BALLS BE CHANGED?<br />
18) DURING A PRE MATCH MEETING, PLAYER A WIN THE TOSS AND ASKS HIS OPPONENT<br />
(PLAYER B) TO CHOOSE. PLAYER B CHOOSES THE LEFT END OF THE COURT. THEN IT RAINS<br />
DURING THE WARM-UP AND THE WARM-UP IS SUSPENDED. WHO SHOULD THE CU ASK FIRST<br />
REGARDING A POSSIBLE CHANGE OF CHOICES WHEN RETURNING TO THE COURT?<br />
19) WHEN USING THE DECIDING MATCH TIE-BREAK TO REPLACE THE FINAL SET, IN DOUBLES<br />
THE ORDER OF SERVING AND RECEIVING WITHIN THE TEAM MAY BE ALTERED.<br />
143
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
20) ON A DOUBLES COURT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE NET POST, MEASURED FROM THE<br />
INSIDE OF THE POSTS, IS 42 feet (12.798 cm).<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
21) AT AN ITF PRO CIRCUIT EVENT, A PLAYER ASKS FOR EXTRA TIME TO GO TO THE LOCKER<br />
ROOM AND CHANGE FROM GLASSES TO CONTACT LENSES. THERE IS NO PROBLEM WITH<br />
THE GLASSES, BUT HE WOULD PREFER TO CHANGE TO CONTACT LENSES. WHAT IS THE<br />
CORRECT DECISION?<br />
22) A PLAYER RECEIVE A 3 rd CODE VIOLATION DURING A MATCH (THE 1 st GAME PENALTY).<br />
WHO SHOULD DECIDE IF ANY FUTURE INCIDENTS ARE CODE VIOLATIONS OR NOT?<br />
23) HOW BIG CAN BE A COMMERCIAL IDENTIFICATION ON WOMEN’S SLEVELESS DRESS?<br />
24) AT IN ITF MEN’S EVENT A MATCH IS STOPPED FOR 16 MINUTES. WHAT RE-WARM-UP IS<br />
ALLOWED?<br />
41) HOW LONG DOES A PLAYER HAVE TO CHANGE INTO CLOTHING THAT CONFORMS WITH<br />
THE CODE?<br />
A) 5 min<br />
B) 10 min<br />
C) 15 min<br />
42) IN WTA TOURNAMENTS ANY CONTINUAL DISTRACTION OF REGULAR PLAY SUCH AS<br />
“GRUNTING”, SHALL BE DEALT WITH AS FOLLOWS:<br />
A) LET – LET – LOSS OF POINT<br />
B) LET – LOSS OF POINT<br />
C) CODE VIOLATION<br />
D) LOSS OF POINT<br />
27) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM WIDTH OF THE RACKET’S FRAME?<br />
A) 35,7 cm<br />
B) 33,7 cm<br />
C) 31,7 cm<br />
28) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE FAILS TO RETURN THE BALL<br />
BEFORE IT HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND TWO TIMES.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
29) MAY A LINESMAN CHANGE HIS CALL AFTER THE UMPIRE HAS GIVEN THE SCORE ?<br />
144
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
30) THE HEIGHT OF THE NET POST IS 1.07 m.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
31) OFFICIALS MUST MAKE ALL TOURNAMENT RELATED REQUESTS TO THE SUPERVISOR<br />
/REFEREE OR CHIEF UMPIRE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
32) THE MANUFACTURERS IDENTIFICATION ALLOWED ON THE SHORTS ARE 2 IDENTIF. OF 2 sq<br />
inc. OR 1 IDENTIF. OF 8 sq.inch.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
33) IF A SPECTATOR CALLS “OUT” DURING A RALLY AND BOTH PLAYERS STOP PLAYING, WHAT<br />
SHOULD THE CU DO?<br />
34) AFTER A FIRST SERVICE FAULT WITH NEW BALLS, THE SERVER INSPECTS THE SECOND<br />
BALL AND BELIEVES THAT IT IS SOFT. THE SERVER THEN TAKES ALL THE BALLS AND<br />
DISCOVERS THAT THEY ALL ARE SOFT. THE SERVER SHOWS YOU THE BALLS AND YOU<br />
AGREE THAT THEY ARE ALL SOFT. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
A) REPLACE AT LEAST 2 BALLS - SECOND SERVE<br />
B) REPLACE AT LEAST 1 BALL - SECOND SERVE<br />
C) REPLACE ALL THE BALLS - FIRST SERVE<br />
35) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE BASELINE ?<br />
35) WHAT HAPPENS IF, AFTER A CALL ON A CLAY COURT, BOTH LINE UMPIRE AND CHAIR<br />
UMPIRE CANNOT DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF THE MARK<br />
A) A LET MUST BE CALLED<br />
B) THE ORIGINAL CALL STANDS<br />
C) CALL FOR THE REFEREE<br />
36) WHICH LINES OF THE COURT HAVE A FIXED MEASUREMENT OF 2 INCHES (5 CM) IN THE<br />
RULES OF TENNIS ?<br />
38) IF A PLAYER VOLLEYS THE BALL BEFORE IT HAS PASSED THE NET HE LOSES THE POINT<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
39) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES IF A PLAYER TOUCHES THE PORTION OF THE NET BETWEEN<br />
THE SINGLES STICK AND THE DOUBLES POST HE LOSES THE POINT<br />
145
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
40) AT 2–0 IN THE TIE-BREAK YOU, AS A CHAIR UMPIRE, REALIZE THAT YOU SHOULD HAVE<br />
PLAYED THE ADVANTAGE GAME. YOU STOP MATCH AND INFORM PLAYER THAT 2-0<br />
BECOMES 30 - 0.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
41) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES COURT?<br />
42) SINGLES MATCH: 4 BALLS – BALL CHANGE 9/11. FINAL SCORE 6/2 6/7 7/6. NUMBER OF BALLS<br />
USED IN THE MATCH?<br />
43) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS THE SERVICE, AFTER HITTING THE GROUND IN THE SERVICE<br />
COURT, MAY HIT THE GROUND A SECOND TIME, BUT ONLY WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF THE<br />
COURT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
44) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES ALLEY?<br />
45) FOR THE FIRST TIME IN AN ITF MEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH, PLAYER A’s CAP ACCIDENTALLY<br />
FALLS OFF DURING THE POINT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
46) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES BATHROOM BREAK (NO CHANGE OF ATTIRE) MAY BE TAKEN ONLY<br />
AT THE END OF THE GAME OR ON A CHANGEOVER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
47) IF THE NO-AD SCORING SYSTEM IS USED, THE ANNOUNCEMENT AFTER DEUCE IS:<br />
48) A PLAYER SERVES A FIRST SERVICE FAULT. HE STARTS TO SERVE THE SECOND SERVE AND<br />
YOU REALIZE THAT THERE SHOULD BE NEW BALLS IN PLAY. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
49) A PLAYER, RUNNING FOR A BALL, WHILE THE BALL IS STILL IN PLAY, SLIDES WITH HIS<br />
FOOT UNDER THE NET, WITHOUT TOUCHING IT, BECAUSE THE NET IS NOT FULLY<br />
EXTENDED TO THE COURT SURFACE. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
50) DURING AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH ON CLAY, PLAYER X SERVES A 2 ND SERVE TO<br />
PLAYER Y. THIS 2 ND SERVE HITS THE TOP OF THE NET AND LANDS CLOSE TO THE NEAR SIDE<br />
LINE. THE LINE UMPIRE CALLS “FAULT”. THE SERVER ASKS FOR A BALL MARK<br />
INSPECTION AND THE CHAIR UMPIRE GOES DIRECTLY TO THE MARK AND CALLS THE<br />
SERVE GOOD. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
51) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES MATCH (PLAYER X vs. PLAYER Y), PLAYER X HITS A BALL<br />
WHICH HITS THE TOP OF THE NET, DROPS DOWN AND HITS THE PIPE SUPPORT AT THE<br />
BOTTOM OF THE NET IN PLAYER’S Y COURT. PLAYER Y IS UNABLE TO REACH THE BALL.<br />
WHEN IS THE BALL DEAD (OUT OF PLAY)?<br />
52) IF EIGHT (8) MINUTES ELAPSES BEFORE THE SPORTS MEDECINE TRAINER ARRIVES AND<br />
TREATMENT BEGINS 30 SECONDS LATER (THE MEDICAL TIME OUT BEGINS) AND IS<br />
COMPLETED AFTER ANOTHER TWO (2) MINUTES, IS A REWARM-UP AUTHORIZED?<br />
53) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, WHEN THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN EFFECT,<br />
HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP PERIOD?<br />
146
54) AT CLUB OR RECREATIONAL LEVEL, THE SPACE BEHIND EACH BASELINE SHOULD BE NOT<br />
LESS THAN:<br />
55) A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE THROWS HIS RACKET AND HITS THE BALL<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
56) WHEN A WHEELCHAIR PLAYER IS PLAYING A MATCH AGAINST AN ABLE –BODIED PLAYER,<br />
HOW MANY BOUNCES OF THE BALL IS THE ABLE BODIED PLAYER ALLOWED BEFORE<br />
HE/SHE MUST RETURN THE BALL TO CONTINUE THE POINT?<br />
57) DURING A ITF WOMEN’S TOUR EVENT, THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN<br />
EFFECT. DURING THE 10 MINUTE BREAK BETWEEN THE 2 ND AND FINAL SETS, THE PLAYERS<br />
ARE ALLOWED TO:<br />
A) RECEIVE COACHING<br />
B) RECEIVE TREATMENT FROM A PRIMARY HEALTH CARE PROVIDER<br />
C) TAKE A SHOWER<br />
D) ALL OF THE ABOVE<br />
E) NONE OF THE ABOVE<br />
58) IN JUNIOR EVENTS A GIRL IS ENTITLED TO ONE BATHROOM BREAK AND TO ONE CHANGE<br />
OF ATTIRE BREAK DURING A BEST OF THREE SET MATCH.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
59) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER MAY HAVE UNLIMITED COMMERCIAL LOGOS ON EACH<br />
SLEEVE NOT EXCEEDING 19 CMQ.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
60) HOW LONG DOES A PLAYER HAVE TO CHANGE INTO CLOTHING THAT CONFORMS WITH<br />
THE CODE?<br />
147
2009<br />
148
2009 WHITE BADGE SEMINAR : TEST<br />
2009<br />
2009 LEVEL 2 PRE - SCHOOL (JAN ’09) : PRE TEST<br />
2009 LEVEL 2 PRE - SCHOOL (JAN ’09) : FINAL TEST<br />
2009 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : CHAIR UMPIRES PRE - TEST<br />
2009 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : CHAIR UMPIRES FINAL TEST<br />
2009 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : REFEREES PRE - TEST<br />
2009 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : REFEREES FINAL - TEST<br />
2009 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : ESERCIZIO PRE-TEST LISTA TORNEO<br />
2009 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL : ESERCIZIO FINAL LISTA TORNEO<br />
2009 LEVEL 1 SCHOOL : PRE-TEST<br />
2009 LEVEL 2 PRE - SCHOOL (DEC ’09) : PRE TEST<br />
2009 LEVEL 2 PRE - SCHOOL (DEC ’09) : FINAL TEST<br />
149
2009 WHITE BADGE SEMINAR - TEST<br />
YOU HAVE 18 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST.<br />
1) WHEN USING THE DECIDING MATCH TIE BREAK TO REPLACE THE FINAL SET, BEFORE IT<br />
STARTS THERE SHALL BE A 90 SECONDS BREAK.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
2) A SINGLES MATCH IS PLAYED ON A COURT WITH A DOUBLES NET AND SINGLES STICKS PRO-<br />
PERLY IN PLACE. PLAYER A SERVES TO PLAYER B WHOSE RETURN STRIKES THE NET OUTSIDE<br />
THE SINGLES STICK. THE BALL THEN LANDS IN PLAYER A’s COURT AND PLAYER A IS UNABLE<br />
TO RETURN IT. WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
A) PLAY A LET<br />
B) PLAYER A WINS POINT<br />
C) PLAYER B WINS POINT<br />
D) CALL FOR THE REFEREE<br />
3) IN DOUBLES MATCH USING THE “NO-AD” SYSTEM OF SCORING, ARE THE PLAYERS IN THE<br />
RECEIVING TEAM ALLOWED TO CHANGE THEIR ORDER OF RECEIVING FOR THE DECIDING<br />
POINT?<br />
A) NO<br />
B) YES<br />
4) WHAT IS THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE NET AND THE SERVICE LINE :<br />
5) IN DOUBLES THE ORDER OF RECEIVING MUST BE DECIDED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE<br />
MATCH AND CANNOT BE CHANGED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
6) IN DOUBLES, IF A PARTNER SERVES OUT OF TURN AND IT IS DISCOVERED BEFORE THE GAME<br />
HAS BEEN COMPLETED, THE ORDER OF SERVICE REMAINS ALTERED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
7) IF A PLAYER SERVES OUT OF TURN DURING A TIE-BREAK AND THE ERROR IS DISCOVERED<br />
AFTER AN EVEN NUMBER OF POINTS HAVE BEEN PLAYED, THE ORDER OF SERVICE REMAINS<br />
ALTERED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
150
8) THE SCORE IS 6-2 2-6 2-2 0-15. YOU REALIZE YOU SHOULD HAVE PLAYED A MATCH TIE BREAK.<br />
WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
9) WHEN THE NO-AD SYSTEM IS IN EFFECT, IN MIXED DOUBLES THE PLAYERS OF THE<br />
RECEIVING TEAM CAN CHANGE POSITIONS TO RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
10)WHEN USING THE DECIDING MATCH-TIE BREAK TO REPLACE THE FINAL SET THE ORIGINAL<br />
ORDER OF SERVICE IS ALTERED<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
11) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IF PLAYER A’s FIRST SERVE HITS HIS PARTNER HE HAS TO REPLAY<br />
THE POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
12) A TIE-BREAK SECOND SET HAS BEEN PLAYED IN A DOUBLES MATCH. AT THE START OF THE<br />
THIRD SET WHO SHOULD SERVE FIRST?<br />
A) THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE FIRST IN A TIE-BREAK<br />
B) THE PARTNER OF THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE FIRST IN A TIE-BREAK<br />
C) ONE OF THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO RECEIVE FIRST IN A TIE BREAK<br />
D) THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE SECOND IN THE TIE-BREAK<br />
13) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED DUE TO DARKNESS, THE SUSPENSION SHOULD BE MADE AT THE<br />
CHANGEOVER.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
14) THE BALL CHANGE AT A TOURNAMENT IS 9/11 (4) AND A MATCH TIE-BREAK SHOULD BE<br />
PLAYED IF THE SCORE REACHES ONE SET ALL. THE SCORE IS 7-6 (4) 1-6. WHEN SHOULD THE<br />
BALLS BE CHANGED?<br />
15) WHEN USING THE DECIDING MATCH TIE-BREAK TO REPLACE THE FINAL SET, IN DOUBLES<br />
THE ORDER OF SERVING AND RECEIVING WITHIN THE TEAM MAY BE ALTERED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
16) IN A MATCH PLAYED WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRES ON HARD COURT IF THE ASSISTANT<br />
REFEREE SEE A PLAYER WHO MAKES AN INCORRRECT CALL, HE MAY ORDER THE POINT<br />
OT BE REPLAYED<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
17) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE FAILS TO RETURN THE BALL<br />
BEFORE IT HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND TWO TIMES.<br />
151
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
18) IN A MATCH PLAYED WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRES ON CLAY COURT IF THE PLAYERS<br />
DISAGREE ON THE READING OF A MARK THE ORIGINAL CALL STANDS.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
19) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE BASELINE?<br />
20) WHICH LINES OF THE COURT HAVE A FIXED MEASUREMENT OF 2 INCHES (5 CM) IN THE<br />
RULES OF TENNIS?<br />
21) IF A PLAYER VOLLEYS THE BALL BEFORE IT HAS PASSED THE NET HE LOSES THE POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
22) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES IF A PLAYER TOUCHES THE PORTION OF THE NET BETWEEN<br />
THE SINGLES STICK AND THE DOUBLES POST HE LOSES THE POINT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
23) AT 2-0 IN THE TIE-BREAK YOU, AS A CHAIR UMPIRE, REALIZE THAT YOU SHOULD HAVE<br />
PLAYED THE ADVANTAGE GAME. YOU STOP MATCH AND INFORM PLAYER THAT 2 -0<br />
BECOMES 30 - 0.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
24) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS THE SERVICE, AFTER HITTING THE GROUND IN THE SERVICE<br />
COURT, MAY HIT THE GROUND A SECOND TIME, BUT ONLY WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF THE<br />
COURT<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
25) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES ALLEY ?<br />
26) A WILD CARD MAY BE SEEDED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
26) IN U18 JUNIOR EVENTS THE SEEDS IN THE MAIN DRAW ARE POSITIONED IN THE SAME WAY<br />
AS IN THE QUALIFYING DRAW.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
152
2009 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL (JAN ’09) - PRE – TEST<br />
YOU HAVE 20 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST.<br />
DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAPER. PLEASE USE ANSWER SHEET.<br />
1) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM WIDTH OF THE STRAP?<br />
2) THE NET POSTS SHALL BE MORE THAN 15 CM SQUARE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
3) IF A BALL KID CATCHES A BALL THAT IS STILL IN PLAY, THE POINT MUST BE REPLAYED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
4) A MEDICAL TIME-OUT IS TAKEN AT 30 – 15 IN THE 1st GAME 2nd SET. THE CHAIR UMPIRE<br />
ANNOUNCES “TIME” AT THE END OF THE TIME OUT. HOW MUCH TIME DOES THE PLAYER<br />
HAVE TO PLAY ?<br />
5) DURING AN ITF MEN’S MATCH ON AN OUTDOOR HARD COURT, IT STARTS TO RAIN LIGHTLY.<br />
THE CU CHECKS THE COURT AND FINDS THAT THE LINES ARE VERY SLIPPERY. HOWEVER, IT<br />
LOOKS LIKE THE RAIN IS CLEARING AND THAT THE COURT COULD BE PLAYABLE IN A<br />
COUPLE OF MINUTES. WHAT SHOULD HE/SHE DO?<br />
A) ANNOUNCE “PLAY IS SUSPENDED” AND ALLOW THE PLAYERS TO LEAVE THE COURT<br />
B) STOP PLAY AND ASK THE PLAYERS TO STAY ON COURT<br />
C) ANNOUNCE “PLAY IS SUSPENDED” AND NOT ALLOW THE PLAYERS TO LEAVE THE COURT<br />
6) ACCORDING TO THE QUESTION ABOVE, IF ONE PLAYER ASK TO GO TO THE TOILET, DOES IT<br />
COUNT AS ONE OF THE TOILET BREAK PERMITTED DURING THE MATCH?<br />
7) IN WHEELCHIAR TENNIS IF THE CONVENTIONAL METHODS FOR THE SERVICE ARE<br />
PHYSICALLY IMPOSSIBLE FOR A QUADRIPLEGIC PLAYER, AN INDIVIDUAL MAY DROP THE<br />
BALL FOR SUCH PLAYER AND THIS METHOD MUST BE USED EACH TIME.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
8) WHEN USING THE DECIDING MATCH TIE BREAK TO REPLACE THE FINAL SET, BEFORE IT<br />
STARTS THERE SHALL BE A 90 SECONDS BREAK.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
9) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES COURT ?<br />
153
10) MANUFACTURER’S LOGOS ARE ALLOWED ON THE BACK OF SHORTS IN A MES’S MATCH AT A<br />
GRAND SLAM.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
11) THE SINGLES STICKS SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 1,5 INCH ABOVE THE TOP OF THE NET<br />
CORD.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
12) A SINGLES MATCH IS PLAYED ON A COURT WITH A DOUBLES NET AND SINGLES STICKS<br />
PROPERLY IN PLACE. PLAYER A SERVES TO PLAYER B WHOSE RETURN STRIKES THE NET<br />
OUTSIDE THE SINGLES STICK. THE BALL THEN LANDS IN PLAYER A’s COURT AND PLAYER A<br />
IS UNABLE TO RETURN IT. WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
A) PLAY A LET<br />
B) PLAYER A WINS POINT<br />
C) PLAYER B WINS POINT<br />
D) CALL FOR THE REFEREE<br />
13) IN DOUBLES MATCH USING THE “NO-AD” SYSTEM OF SCORING, ARE THE PLAYERS IN THE<br />
RECEIVING TEAM ALLOWED TO CHANGE THEIR ORDER OF RECEIVING FOR THE DECIDING<br />
POINT?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
14) A BALL IS GOING OUT BEYOND THE BASELINE. A BALL BOY STANDING AT THE BACK OF THE<br />
COURT CATCHES THE BALL BEFORE IT BOUNCES.WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
A) HINDRANCE – PLAY A LET<br />
B) POINT STANDS AS PLAYED<br />
15) DURING A RALLY, A BALL LANDS IN A PLAYER A’s COURT AND IS BLOWN BACK OVER THE<br />
NET BY THE WIND. PLAYER A REACHES OVER THE NET AND HITS THE BALL FOR A CLEAR WIN-<br />
NER. AFTER HE HITS THE BALL, HIS RACKET HITS THE RACKET OF HIS OPPONENT (PLAYER B).<br />
WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) REPLAY THE POINT<br />
B) POINT TO PLAYER A<br />
C) POINT TO PLAYER B<br />
16) WHAT IS THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE NET AND THE SERVICE LINE :<br />
17) IN DOUBLES THE ORDER OF RECEIVING MUST BE DECIDED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE<br />
MATCH AND CANNOT BE CHANGED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
154
18) IN DOUBLES, IF A PARTNER SERVES OUT OF TURN AND IT IS DISCOVERED BEFORE THE<br />
GAME HAS BEEN COMPLETED, THE ORDER OF SERVICE REMAINS ALTERED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
19) IN DOUBLES THE FIRST SERVE BEING A FAULT THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE DOUBLE POST<br />
AND LANDS IN THE PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT (ACE). WHAT<br />
IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
20)THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE NET AND THEN THE RECEIVER BEFORE HE HITS THE<br />
GROUND. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
155
2009 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL (JAN ’09) - FINAL TEST<br />
YOU HAVE 40 MINUTES TO COMPLETE THIS TEST.<br />
1) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF THE CORD OR METAL CABLE?<br />
2) ELECTRONIC REVIEW: A REQUEST FOR AN ELECTRONIC REVIEW SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY<br />
ON A POINT ENDING SHOT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
3) FOR INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIONS THE MINIMUM SPACE BETWEEN THE SIDELINES AND<br />
THE SIDESTOPS SHOULD BE 3.65 MT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
4) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IF PLAYER A’s FIRST SERVE HITS HIS PARTNER HE HAS TO REPLAY<br />
THE POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
5) A MAXIMUM OF .......... SECONDS SHALL ELAPSE BETWEEN THE FIRST AND SECOND SERVE.<br />
6) DURING AN ITF WOMEN’S FUTURES THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN<br />
EFFECT. DURING THE TEN MINUTES BREAK BETWEEN THE SECOND AND FINAL SET THE<br />
PLAYER ARE ALLOWED TO GO OUT OF COURT AND TAKE A SHOWER.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
7) A TIE-BREAK SECOND SET HAS BEEN PLAYED IN A DOUBLES MATCH. AT THE START OF THE<br />
THIRD SET WHO SHOULD SERVE FIRST?<br />
A) THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE FIRST IN A TIE-BREAK<br />
B) THE PARTNER OF THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE FIRST IN A TIE-BREAK<br />
C) ONE OF THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO RECEIVE FIRST IN A TIE BREAK<br />
D) THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE SECOND IN THE TIE-BREAK<br />
8) IN MIXED DOUBLES, USING THE “NO-AD” SYSTEM OF SCORING THE PLAYER OF THE SAME<br />
GENDER AS THE SERVER SHALL RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT. THE PLAYERS OF THE<br />
RECEIVING TEAM MAY CHANGE POSITIONS TO RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
156
9) THE CANS WITH NEW BALLS SHOULD BE OPENED JUST BEFORE THE MATCH/BALL CHANGE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
10) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED DUE TO DARKNESS, THE SUSPENSION SHOULD BE MADE AT THE<br />
CHANGEOVER.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
11) THE MANUFACTURERS IDENTIFICATION ALLOWED ON THE SKIRTS CAN BE ONLY ONE<br />
IDENTIFICATION OF 4 sq.inches.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
12) FOR THE SECOND TIME IN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH PLAYER A’s CAP FALLS OFF DURING<br />
THE POINT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) LET<br />
B) CU MUST ADVISE PLAYER A THAT IF THIS RE-OCCURS, SHE WILL LOSE THE POINT<br />
C) PLAYER A LOSES THE POINT<br />
13) THE CHAIR UMPIRE MAY REFUSE A REQUEST FOR ELECTRONIC REVIEW<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
14) FOR INTERNATIONAL COMPETITION THE MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN THE BASELINES<br />
AND THE SIDESTOPS IS 6,40 MT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
15) SECOND SERVICE, THE RECEIVER IS READY. WHILE THE SERVER IS IN HIS MOTION A BALL BOY<br />
DROPS A BALL AND THE RECEIVER PUTS UP HIS HAND. WHAT IS YOUR DECISION ?<br />
A) LET FIRST SERVE<br />
B) LET SECOND SERVE<br />
C) POINT TO SERVER<br />
16) ACCORDING TO THE RULES OF TENNIS, IS THE NET POST A PERMANET FIXTURE?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
17) THE BALL CHANGE AT A TOURNAMENT IS 9/11 (4) AND A MATCH TIE-BREAK SHOULD BE<br />
PLAYED IF THE SCORE REACHES ONE SET ALL. THE SCORE IS 7-6 (4) 1-6. WHEN SHOULD THE<br />
BALLS BE CHANGED?<br />
18) DURING A PRE MATCH MEETING, PLAYER A WIN THE TOSS AND ASKS HIS OPPONENT<br />
(PLAYER B) TO CHOOSE. PLAYER B CHOOSES THE LEFT END OF THE COURT. THEN IT RAINS<br />
157
DURING THE WARM-UP AND THE WARM-UP IS SUSPENDED. WHO SHOULD THE CU ASK FIRST<br />
REGARDING A POSSIBLE CHANGE OF CHOICES WHEN RETURNING TO THE COURT?<br />
19) WHEN USING THE DECIDING MATCH TIE-BREAK TO REPLACE THE FINAL SET, IN DOUBLES<br />
THE ORDER OF SERVING AND RECEIVING WITHIN THE TEAM MAY BE ALTERED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
20) AS A GUIDE THE MINIMUM HEIGHT TO THE CEILING IS 9.04 MT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
21) AT AN ITF PRO CIRCUIT EVENT, A PLAYER ASKS FOR EXTRA TIME TO GO TO THE LOCKER<br />
ROOM AND CHANGE FROM GLASSES TO CONTACT LENSES. THERE IS NO PROBLEM WITH THE<br />
GLASSES, BUT HE WOULD PREFER TO CHANGE TO CONTACT LENSES. WHAT IS THE CORRECT<br />
DECISION?<br />
22) A PLAYER RECEIVE A 3 rd CODE VIOLATION DURING A MATCH (THE 1 st GAME PENALTY). WHO<br />
SHOULD DECIDE IF ANY FUTURE INCIDENTS ARE CODE VIOLATIONS OR NOT?<br />
23) IN MENS’ FUTURES A PLAYER CAN HAVE A COMMERCIAL ID ON EACH SLEEVE, NEITHER OF<br />
THEM EXCEED 3 SQ INCHES.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
24) AT IN ITF MEN’S EVENT A MATCH IS STOPPED FOR 16 MINUTES. HOW MANY MINUTES OF RE-<br />
WARM-UP ARE ALLOWED?<br />
25) HOW LONG DOES A PLAYER HAVE TO CHANGE INTO CLOTHING THAT CONFORMS WITH<br />
THE CODE?<br />
A) 5 min<br />
B) 10 min<br />
C) 15 min<br />
26) IN A MATCH PLAYED WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRES ON HARD COURT IF THE ASSISTANT<br />
REFEREE SEE A PLAYER WHO MAKES AN INCORRRECT CALL, HE MAY ORDER THE POINT OT<br />
BE REPLAYED<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
27) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM WIDTH OF THE RACKET’S FRAME?<br />
A) 35,7 cm<br />
B) 33,7 cm<br />
C) 31,7 cm<br />
28) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE FAILS TO RETURN THE BALL<br />
BEFORE IT HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND TWO TIMES.<br />
158
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
29) MAY A LINESMAN CHANGE HIS CALL AFTER THE UMPIRE HAS GIVEN THE SCORE ?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
30) THE HEIGHT OF THE NET POST IS 1.04 MT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
31) IN A MATCH PLAYED WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRES ON CLAY COURT IF THE PLAYERS<br />
DISAGREE ON THE READING OF A MARK THE ORIGINAL CALL STANDS<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
32) THE COMMERCIAL IDENTIFICATION ALLOWED ON THE SHORTS ARE 2 IDENTIF. OF 2 sq inc.<br />
OR 1 IDENTIF. OF 4 sq.inch.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
33) IF A SPECTATOR CALLS “OUT” DURING A RALLY AND BOTH PLAYERS STOP PLAYING, WHAT<br />
SHOULD THE CU DO?<br />
34) AFTER A FIRST SERVICE FAULT WITH NEW BALLS, THE SERVER INSPECTS THE SECOND<br />
BALL AND BELIEVES THAT IT IS SOFT. THE SERVER THEN TAKES ALL THE BALLS AND<br />
DISCOVERS THAT THEY ALL ARE SOFT. THE SERVER SHOWS YOU THE BALLS AND YOU AGREE<br />
THAT THEY ARE ALL SOFT. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
A) REPLACE AT LEAST 2 BALLS - SECOND SERVE<br />
B) REPLACE AT LEAST 1 BALL - SECOND SERVE<br />
C) REPLACE ALL THE BALLS - FIRST SERVE<br />
35) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE BASELINE ?<br />
36) WHAT HAPPENS IF, AFTER A CALL ON A CLAY COURT, BOTH LINE UMPIRE AND CHAIR<br />
UMPIRE CANNOT DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF THE MARK<br />
A) A LET MUST BE CALLED<br />
B) THE ORIGINAL CALL STANDS<br />
C) CALL FOR THE REFEREE<br />
37) WHICH LINES OF THE COURT HAVE A FIXED MEASUREMENT OF 2 INCHES (5 CM) IN THE<br />
RULES OF TENNIS ?<br />
38) IF A PLAYER VOLLEYS THE BALL BEFORE IT HAS PASSED THE NET HE LOSES THE POINT<br />
159
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
39) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES IF A PLAYER TOUCHES THE PORTION OF THE NET BETWEEN<br />
THE SINGLES STICK AND THE DOUBLES POST HE LOSES THE POINT<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
40) AT 2 - 0 IN THE TIE-BREAK YOU, AS A CHAIR UMPIRE, REALIZE THAT YOU SHOULD HAVE<br />
PLAYED THE ADVANTAGE GAME. YOU STOP MATCH AND INFORM PLAYER THAT 2 -0 BECOMES<br />
30 - 0.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
41) WHAT IS THE LENGTH OF THE DOUBLES COURT ?<br />
42) MEN’S FUTURES DOUBLES MATCH: 4 BALLS – BALL CHANGE 9/11. FINAL SCORE 6/1 6/7 (5)<br />
10/8. NUMBER OF BALLS USED IN THE MATCH?<br />
43) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS THE SERVICE, AFTER HITTING THE GROUND IN THE SERVICE<br />
COURT, MAY HIT THE GROUND A SECOND TIME, BUT ONLY WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF THE<br />
COURT<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
44) WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE DOUBLES ALLEY ?<br />
45) FOR THE FIRST TIME IN AN ITF MEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH, PLAYER A’s CAP ACCIDENTALLY<br />
FALLS OFF DURING THE POINT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
46)IN WOMEN’S FUTURES BATHROOM BREAK (NO CHANGE OF ATTIRE) MAY BE TAKEN ONLY<br />
AT THE END OF THE GAME OR ON A CHANGEOVER<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
47) A WILD CARD MAY BE SEEDED<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
48) A PLAYER SERVES A FIRST SERVICE FAULT. HE STARTS TO SERVE THE SECOND SERVE AND<br />
YOU REALIZE THAT THERE SHOULD BE NEW BALLS IN PLAY. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
49) A PLAYER, RUNNING FOR A BALL, WHILE THE BALL IS STILL IN PLAY, SLIDES WITH HIS<br />
FOOT UNDER THE NET, WITHOUT TOUCHING IT, BECAUSE THE NET IS NOT FULLY<br />
EXTENDED TO THE COURT SURFACE. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
50) DURING AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH ON CLAY, PLAYER X SERVES A 2 ND SERVE TO<br />
PLAYER Y. THIS 2 ND SERVE HITS THE TOP OF THE NET AND LANDS CLOSE TO THE NEAR SIDE<br />
LINE. THE LINE UMPIRE CALLS “FAULT”. THE SERVER ASKS FOR A BALL MARK<br />
160
INSPECTION AND THE CHAIR UMPIRE GOES DIRECTLY TO THE MARK AND CALLS THE<br />
SERVE GOOD. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
51) DURING A RALLY IN SINGLES MATCH (PLAYER X vs. PLAYER Y), PLAYER X HITS A BALL<br />
WHICH HITS THE TOP OF THE NET, DROPS DOWN AND HITS THE PIPE SUPPORT AT THE<br />
BOTTOM OF THE NET IN PLAYER’S Y COURT. PLAYER Y IS UNABLE TO REACH THE BALL.<br />
WHEN IS THE BALL DEAD (OUT OF PLAY)?<br />
52) IN MENS FUTURES A PLAYER MAY HAVE ON HIS BAG TWO COMMERCIAL ID, NEITHER OF<br />
WHICH MAY EXCEED 24 CM Q<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
53) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES, WHEN THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN EFFECT,<br />
HOW LONG IS THE RE-WARM UP PERIOD?<br />
54) AT CLUB OR RECREATIONAL LEVEL, THE SPACE BEHIND EACH BASELINE SHOULD BE NOT<br />
LESS THAN:<br />
55) IN MENS FUTURES, A PLAYER’S HAT MAY HAVE ONE COMMERCIAL LOGO NOT EXCEEDING<br />
13CMQ<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
56) WHEN A WHEELCHAIR PLAYER IS PLAYING A MATCH AGAINST AN ABLE –BODIED PLAYER,<br />
HOW MANY BOUNCES OF THE BALL IS THE ABLE BODIED PLAYER ALLOWED BEFORE<br />
HE/SHE MUST RETURN THE BALL TO CONTINUE THE POINT?<br />
57) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER CAN HAVE THREE MANUFACTURER’S ID ON HER SKIRT<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
58) IN THE MAIN DRAW OF A MEN’S FUTURES EVENT THE SEEDS ARE POSITIONED WITH THE<br />
SAME CRITERIA AS IN THE QUALIFYING DRAW<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
161
2009 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - CHAIR UMPIRES PRE – TEST<br />
1) WHAT IS THE ALTERNATIVE CHANGE OF END SEQUENCE DURING A TIE-BREAK GAME.<br />
2) WHAT HAPPENS IN THE “NO LET RULE”.<br />
3) MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS OF THE FRAME OF THE RACQUET.<br />
4) MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS OF THE HITTING SURFACE OF THE RACQUET.<br />
5) UNDER 10 EVENT: DIMENSIONS OF A “RED COURT”.<br />
6) UNDER 10 EVENT: THE ALTERNATIVE SCORING METHOD OF ONE MATCH TIE-BREAK MAY<br />
BE USED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
7) ADVERTISING IS PERMITTED ON THE NET IF……<br />
8) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE 1 ST SET TIE BREAK THE SCORE IS 3 ALL. AFTER A 1 ST SERVE<br />
FAULT YOU DISCOVER THE A PLAYER IN THE TEAM HAS SERVED OUT OF TURN (THE<br />
PARTNER SHOULD HAVE SERVED). YOU CORRECT THE MISTAKE IMMEDIATELY AND THE<br />
FAULT DOES NOT COUNT<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
9) DAVIS CUP WORLD GROUP: AT 5-4 1 ST SET YOU REALISE YOU SHOULD HAVE CHANGED THE<br />
BALLS TWO GAMES EARLIER. WHEN DO YOU CHANGE THEM?<br />
10) ITF BEACH TENNIS: DIMENSIONS OF A DOUBLES COURT.<br />
11) ITF BEACH TENNIS: HEIGHT OF THE NET.<br />
12) IN BEACH TENNIS IN DOUBLES ARE BOTH PLAYERS ALLOWED TO STAY OUTSIDE THE<br />
COURT?<br />
13) BEACH TENNIS: MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE BASELINE.<br />
14) ITF JUNIOR U18: TAPING OF LOGOS IS ALLOWED IN DOUBLES MATCHES<br />
15) ITF JUNIOR U18: BOYS SINGLES. HOW MANY TOILET BREAK A PLAYER CAN TAKE PER<br />
MATCH?<br />
16) JUNIOR TOUR UNDER 12: T-SHIRT ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR PLAY<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
162
17) JUNIOR TOUR UNDER 14/16: A BOY IN SINGLES IS ALLOWED TO TWO TOILET BREAK PER<br />
MATCH<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
18) ITF SENIOR: IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED FOR 35 MINUTES THE REWARM UP PERIOD IS 10<br />
MINUTES<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
19) ITF SENIOR TOUR. A PLAYER CAN HAVE A COMMERCIAL LOGO ON HIS HAT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
20) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS: IN THE 1ST SERVE A QUAD PLAYER IS HELPED BY AN INDIVIDUAL IN<br />
DROPPING THE BALL. THEY ARE OBLIGED TO USE THE SAME METHOD OF SERVING IN THE<br />
2 ND AND EVENTUAL 3 RD SET ALSO.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
21) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS: THE TIME LIMIT REPAIR FOR A WHEELCHAIR IS:<br />
22) WOMENS’ ITF: CAN A PLAYER TAKE A CHANGE OF ATTIRE BREAK AND A MEDICAL TIME<br />
OUT CONSECUTIVELY ?<br />
23) WOMEN’S ITF 50.000 $. IN A DOUBLES MATCH THE SCORE IS 6-2 6-7 (6) 10-6. NUMBER OF<br />
BALLS USED IN THE MATCH (BALL CHANGE AS SUGGESTED IN THE ITF BOOK).<br />
24) IN A MATCH WITH 6 LINEUMPIRES THE CENTRE SERVICE LINE IS CALLED FROM THE<br />
RECEIVER’S END.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
25) IN MATCHES PLAYED WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRES ON CLAY COURT IF A PLAYER<br />
INCORRECTLY CALLS A BALL “OUT” AND THEN REALISES THAT THE BALL WAS GOOD, THE<br />
PLAYER WHO CALLED “OUT” LOSES THE POINT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
26) IN MATCHES PLAYED WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRES RECEIVERS ARE NOT ALLOWED TO CALL<br />
“FOOTFAULT”.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
163
27) ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUITS: IN CASE OF RAIN A PLAYER CAN WEAR A SWEATSHIRT BUT ONLY<br />
DURING THE WARM-UP.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
28) ITF MEN’S FUTURES: MAXIMUM SIZE OF MANUFACTURER’S LOGO ON SOCKS<br />
29) IN WOMENS’ ITF FUTURES A PLAYER “LATE BECAUSE OF NON TRETABLE CONDITIONS” IS<br />
PENALISED BY:<br />
A) A TIME VIOLATION<br />
B) A CODE VIOLATION<br />
30) IN MEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER MAY CHANGE HIS ATTIRE DURING A TOILET BREAK<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
164
2009 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - CHAIR UMPIRES - FINAL TEST<br />
1) WHEN THE NO-AD SYSTEM IS IN USE, IN MIXED DOUBLES THE PLAYERS OF THE RECEIVING<br />
TEAM ARE ALLOWED TO CHANGE POSITIONS TO RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
2) IN DOUBLES THE ORDER OF RECEIVING MAY BE ALTERED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE<br />
MATCH TIE BREAK.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
3) FED CUP ZONE GROUP II: FINAL SCORE 76 (8) - 67 (9) - 7 5. NUMBER OF BALLS USED IN THE<br />
MATCH.<br />
4) WHEN THE NO-AD SYSTEM IS IN USE, IN MEN’S DOUBLES THE PLAYERS OF THE RECEIVING<br />
TEAM CANNOT CHANGE POSITIONS TO RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
5) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE 2 ND SET TIE-BREAK THE SCORE IS 4 ALL. AFTER A 1 ST SERVE<br />
FAULT YOU DISCOVER THAT A PLAYER IN THE TEAM HAS RECEIVED OUT OF TURN. YOU<br />
CORRECT THE ERROR IMMEDIATELY.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
6) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE FINAL SET AT 2-1 15-0 YOU REALIZE YOU SHOULD HAVE<br />
PLAYED A MATCH TIE-BREAK. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
7) IN DOUBLES, IF BOTH PLAYERS TOUCH THE BALL WHEN RETURNING IT, THE TEAM LOSES<br />
THE POINT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
8) AT RECREATIONAL COMPETITION THE MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM THE SIDELINES TO THE<br />
SIDESTOPS IS:<br />
9) THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF THE NET POSTS ABOVE THE TOP OF THE NET CORD IS:<br />
10) AN UNINTENTIONAL DOUBLE HIT DOES CONSTITUTE AN HINDRANCE.<br />
11) IF “SHORTS SET” ARE USED AT 4-3 YOU WIN A SET<br />
165
12) A MATCH MAY BE SUSPENDED FOR DARKNESS AT 6-3.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
13) ITF BEACH TENNIS: MINIMUM NUMBER OF BALLS FOR EACH MATCH.<br />
14) ITF BEACH TENNIS IS PLAYED WITH NO-AD SYSTEM.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
15) IN ITF BEACH TENNIS IN DOUBLES DURING THE TIE-BREAK TEAMS CHANGE ENDS AFTER<br />
HOW MANY POINTS?<br />
16) IN BEACH TENNIS IF THE SERVICE TOUCHES THE NET AND THEN ONE OF THE RECEIVER<br />
WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
17) FED CUP ZONE GROUP 2: OUTSIDE SPACE AT THE SIDELINES.<br />
18) ITF SENIOR TOUR: MEMBERS OF A WOMEN’S DOUBLES TEAM MUST BE DRESSED<br />
SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE SAME COLOUR.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
19) ITF SENIOR: THERE IS A TEN MINUTE BREAK BETWEEN 2 ND AND 3 RD SET. PLAYERS RETURN<br />
ON COURT 11 MINUTES LATE AFTER THE AGREED TIME TO RESUME THE MACTH . WHAT IS<br />
THE PENALTY?<br />
20) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS: QUAD AND JUNIOR CATEGORIES MAY BE ASSISTED TO SPRAY<br />
WATER OVER THEIR FACE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
21) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS: NUMBER OF TOILET BREAKS IN MEN’S SINGLES.<br />
22) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS: HOW LONG IS THE BREAK FOR EXTREME WEATHER CONDITIONS IN<br />
MENS’ MATCHES?<br />
23) WOMEN’S ITF: A PLAYER’S SINGLES MATCHE LASTED 85 MINUTES. HOW MUCH TIME DOES<br />
SHE HAVE BEFORE HER DOUBLES SCHEDULED ON THE SAME DAY?<br />
24) ATP CHALLENGER: MINIMUM BALL CHANGE AND BALL NUMBER.<br />
25) ATP CHALLENGER: MINIMUM DISTANCE OF THE SIDELINE CHAIR OF THE LINEUMPIRE<br />
FROM THE BASELINE.<br />
26) ATP CHALLENGER: A PLAYER HAS PLAYED HIS INDOOR MATCH IN 69 MINUTES. MINIMUM<br />
REST IN ORDER TO PLAY DOUBLES THE SAME DAY.<br />
27) ATP CHALLENGER A PLAYER IS IN THE PROCESS OF HITTING A VOLLEY INTO THE NET AND<br />
HIS HAT FALLS. HE CAN CLAIM A LET FOR HINDRANCE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
166
28) ATP TOUR: HOW MANY “CHALLENGE” CAN A PLAYER REQUEST DURING A TIE-BREAK.<br />
29) ATP TOUR. IN DOUBLES HOW MANY “CHALLENGE” CAN A TEAM REQUEST DURING THE<br />
FINAL “MATCH TIE BREAK”.<br />
30) ATP CHALLENGER: CAN A PLAYER REQUESTS PERMISSION TO LEAVE THE COURT IN<br />
ORDER TO PUT IN CONTACT LENSES?<br />
31) ATP CHALLENGER: A PLAYER CAN HAVE TWO CONSECUTIVE MEDICAL TIME OUT.<br />
32) ATP CHALLENGER: IS A PLAYER SUBJECT TO THE CODE OF CONDUCT IN THE OFFICIAL<br />
HOTEL?<br />
33) ATP CHALLENGER: IF REQUIRED, WHICH IS THE SIZE OF THE ATP PACTH AND WHERE<br />
SHOULD IT BE PLACED.<br />
34) ATP CHALLENGER:MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE LOGO OF THE MANUFACTURER ON WRISTBAND.<br />
35) ATP CHALLENGER: MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE LOGO OF THE APPAREL MANUFACTURER<br />
WHICH CAN BE PLACED EITHER ON EACH OF THE SLEEVES OR ON THE OUTER SEAMS.<br />
36) ATP CHALLENGER: MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE LOGOS ON SOCKS/SHOES.<br />
37) DAVIS CUP: NUMBER AND MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION’S TEAM<br />
SPONSORS LOGOS ON A PLAYERS’ SLEEVE.<br />
38) DAVIS CUP: HOW MANY COMMERCIAL LOGOS ARE ALLOWED ON SHOES? WHAT IS THE<br />
MAXIMUM SIZE?<br />
39) DAVIS CUP: WHICH ARE THE PENALTIES FOR THE CAPTAIN?<br />
40) DAVIS CUP: HOW MANY MANUFACTURER’S LOGOS ON COMPRESSION SHORTS?<br />
41) DAVIS CUP: A PLAYER HAS TWO BAGS. HOW MANY COMMERCIAL LOGOS CAN HE PUT?<br />
HOW BIG?<br />
42) FED CUP: HOW MANY TOILET BREAKS IN DOUBLES?<br />
43) FED CUP: MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE NATIONAL TEAM SPONSOR’S LOGO ON WARM-UP<br />
CLOTHING?<br />
44) FED CUP: HOW MANY COMMERCIALS CAN A PLAYER HAVE ON HIS HEADBAND? HOW BIG?<br />
45) FED CUP: CONDITIONS TO WEAR THE WAT TOUR PATCH.<br />
46) FED CUP: IF THE TEAM ID RULE DOES NOT APPLY PLAYERS SHOULD NOT BE DRESSED IN<br />
SUBSTANTIAL SAME COLOURS.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
47) WTA TOUR: A PLAYER CAN WEAR CUT-OFFS DURING THE WARM UP.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
48) WTA TOUR: MAXIMUM HEGHT OF THE PIMPLES IN GRASS SHOES.<br />
167
49) WTA TOUR: MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE WTA TOUR SPONSOR PATCH ON THE SLEEVE.<br />
50) WTA TOUR: HOW MANY MANUFACTURER’S LOGOS AND HOW BIG ON FRONT, BACK OR<br />
COLLAR OF THE SHIRT.<br />
51) WTA TOUR: HOW MANY COMMERCIAL LOGOS AND HOW BIG ON SKIRT/SHORTS.<br />
52) WTA TOUR: HOW MANY LOGOS AND HOW BIG ON TRACK SUIT PAINTS.<br />
53) WTA TOUR: HOW MANY LOGOS OF THE MANUFACTURER’S ON STRINGS.<br />
168
2009 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - REFEREES PRE-TEST<br />
1) ITF JUNIOR U 18 TEAM COMPETITIONS: INTERVAL BETWEEN SINGLES AND DOUBLES.<br />
2) ITF JUNIOR U 18 TEAM COMPETITIONS: THE TIE BREAK SYSTEMS OPERATES IN ALL<br />
MATCHES.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
3) ITF U 18 JUNIOR TEAM COMPETITIONS: DEADLINE FOR NOTIFICATIONS OF SINGLES AND<br />
DOUBLES PLAYERS.<br />
4) ITF JUNIOR U18: THE ITF OFFICE CAN MAKE THE SIGN-IN FOR A QUALIFYING PLAYER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
5) ITF UNDER 18: DOUBLES SIGN-IN DEADLINE.<br />
6) ITF UNDER 18: NUMBER OF WILD CARDS IN A 64 MAIN DRAW.<br />
7) ITF UNDER 18: SINGLES QUALIFYING SIGN-IN DEADLINE.<br />
8) IN ITF BEACH TENNIS IN DOUBLES DURING THE TIE-BREAK TEAMS CHANGE ENDS AFTER<br />
HOW MANY POINTS?<br />
9) IN BEACH TENNIS IF THE SERVICE TOUCHES THE NET AND THEN ONE OF THE RECEIVER<br />
WHAT IS YOUR RULING.<br />
10) IN BEACH TENNIS IN DOUBLES ARE BOTH PLAYERS ALLOWED TO STAY OUTSIDE THE<br />
COURT?<br />
11) BEACH TENNIS: MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE BASELINE.<br />
12) WOMENS’ ITF: IN 50.000$ TOURNAMENTS WILD CARDS ARE NAMED BY WEDNESDAY BEFORE<br />
THE TOURNAMENT STARTS.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
13) WOMENS’ ITF: A PLAYER ACCEPTED IN A 10.000 $ TOURNAMENT (QUALIFYING DRAW) MAY<br />
NEVER ACCEPT A WILD CARD IN ANOTHER TOURNAMENT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
169
14) WOMENS’ 50.000 $: A PLAYER WHO HAS ENTERED AS “MAIN DRAW ONLY” AND WHO<br />
WITHDRAWS BEFORE THE ENTRY DEADLINE IS NOT ALLOWED TO SIGN AS “ON-SITE<br />
ALTERNATE”.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
15) WOMENS’ ITF: IF A LUCKY LOSER IS NOT AVAILABLE TO PLAY SHE WILL BE PLACED AT<br />
THE BOTTOM OF THE LUCKY LOSERS PRIORITY LIST FOR THAT DAY CORRESPONDING TO<br />
THE QUALIFYING ROUND IN WHICH SHE LOST.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
16) WOMEN’S ITF: CONDITIONS TO REQUIRE A “SPECIAL EXEMPT” IN A 25.000$.<br />
17) WOMENS’ ITF: WITHDRAWAL DEADLINE.<br />
18) WOMENS’ ITF: AFTER THE FREEZE DEADLINE A PLAYER IN THE QUALIFYING LIST IS NOT<br />
COMMITTED TO PLAY THE EVENT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
19) IN WOMEN’S ITF LUCKY LOSERS ARE SELECTED AS FOLLOWS : RANKED PLAYERS,<br />
INCLUDING SPECIAL RANKINGS ARE RANDOMLY DRAWN, AND THEN THE ORDER OF<br />
UNRANKED PLAYERS IS DRAWN.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
20) MEN’S FUTURES 15.000$ PLAYED ON HARDCOURT: MINIMUM NUMBER OF LINESMEN IN<br />
SEMIFINALS.<br />
21) MEN’S FUTURES: DEFINITON OF A “JUNIOR EXEMPT”.<br />
22) MEN’S FUTURES: IN DOUBLES HOW DO YOU DECIDE THE PRIORITY FOR SEEDING IN CASE<br />
OF TWO TEAMS WHO HAVE THE SAME COMBINED DOUBLES RANKING?<br />
23) MEN’S FUTURES: IN DOUBLES SEED N° 4 GOES ALWAYS ON LINE 5 OR 11 (DEPENDING ON<br />
DRAWING).<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
24) MEN’S FUTURES: A DOUBLES TEAM RETIRES IN 1 ST ROUND DUE TO AN INJURY OF ONE OF<br />
THE PLAYERS: CAN THAT PLAYER PLAY THE QUALIFYING OF THE FOLLOWING WEEK?<br />
25) MEN’S FUTURES: WHEN IS THE FREEZE DEADLINE?<br />
26) MEN’S FUTURES: A PLAYER SINGLES FINAL LASTS 95 MINUTES. HOW MUCH REST DOES HE<br />
HAVE BEFORE PLAYING HIS DOUBLE FINAL (SCHEDULED ON THE SAME DAY)?<br />
170
27) MEN’S FUTURES: HOW DO YOU DECIDE THE ORDER OF LUCKY LOSERS?<br />
28) MEN’S FUTURES: CAN A PLAYER ENTER A TOURNAMENT BY EMAIL?<br />
29) ALL ITF SENIOR TOURNAMENTS MUST ARRANGE FOR A SPORTS MEDECINE TRAINER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
30) ITF SENIOR TOUR: MEMBERS OF A WOMEN’S DOUBLES TEAM MUST BE DRESSED<br />
SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE SAME COLOUR.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
31) ITF SENIORS: MAXIMUM DRAW SIZE AT TOURNAMENTS GRADED 1-5<br />
32) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS: IN THE 1ST SERVE A QUAD PLAYER IS HELPED BY AN INDIVIDUAL IN<br />
DROPPING THE BALL. THEY ARE OBLIGED TO USE THE SAME METHOD OF SERVING IN THE<br />
2 ND AND EVENTUAL 3 RD SET ALSO.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
33) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS: IF A PLAYER ELECTS TO USE A POWER WHEELCHAIR HE MUST<br />
CONTINUE TO DO SO IN ALL ITF EVENTS.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
34) WHEN THE NO-AD SYSTEM IS IN USE, IN MIXED DOUBLES THE PLAYERS OF THE RECEIVING<br />
TEAM ARE ALLOWED TO CHANGE POSITIONS TO RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
35) IN DOUBLES THE ORDER OF RECEIVING MAY BE ALTERED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE<br />
MATCH TIE BREAK<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
36) WHAT IS THE ALTERNATIVE CHANGE OF END SEQUENCE DURING A TIE-BREAK GAME.<br />
37) WHAT HAPPENS IN THE “NO LET RULE”.<br />
38) MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS OF THE FRAME OF THE RACQUET.<br />
39) MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS OF THE HITTING SURFACE OF THE RACQUET.<br />
40) UNDER 10 EVENT: DIMENSIONS OF A “RED COURT”.<br />
171
2009 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL - REFEREES FINAL TEST<br />
1) ITF UNDER 18: POSITIONS OF SEED N° 3 AND N° 4 IN THE MAIN DRAW IN A 64 DRAW.<br />
2) ITF UNDER 18: MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SPECIAL EXEMPT IN A 64 DRAW.<br />
3) ITF UNDER 18: ENTRY DEADLINE.<br />
4) ITF UNDER 18: ON-SITE ALTERNATE ARE SELECTED BASED ON THE COMBINATION OF<br />
THEIR PROFESSIONAL AND JUNIOR RANKING.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
5) ITF BEACH TENNIS: MINIMUM NUMBER OF BALLS FOR EACH MATCH.<br />
6) ITF BEACH TENNIS: DIMENSIONS OF A DOUBLES COURT.<br />
7) ITF BEACH TENNIS: HEIGHT OF THE NET.<br />
8) ITF BEACH TENNIS IS PLAYED WITH NO-AD SYSTEM.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
9) WOMENS’ ITF: MAXIMUM ENTRY FEE FOR A DOUBLES MAIN DRAW PLAYER (PLAYING ONLY<br />
DOUBLES).<br />
10) WOMEN’S ITF: ACCEPTANCE METHODS FOR SINGLES.<br />
11) WOMEN’S ITF: CAN A PLAYER PLAY QUALIFYING IN ONE TOURNAMENT, LOOSE AND THEN<br />
PLAY THE DOUBLES MAIN DRAW IN ANOTHER TOURNAMENT?<br />
12) WOMEN’S ITF: WHAT IS THE PROCEDURE FOR ADMINISTRATIVE ERROS IN THE<br />
ACCEPTANCE LIST?<br />
13) WOMEN’S ITF: IN 50.000$ AN ON-SITE ALTERNATE CAN SIGN-IN OVER THE PHONE?<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
14) WOMEN’S ITF: MAXIMUM SIZE OF QUALIFYING DRAW AT 25.000 $.<br />
15) WOMENS’ ITF: MAXIMUM SIZE OF QUALIFYING DRAW AT 10.000 $.<br />
16) WOMEN’S ITF: IN A 48 QUALIFYING DRAW THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF WILD CARD IS:<br />
17) WOMEN’S ITF: THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF JUNIOR EXEMPT INCLUDED IN A MAIN DRAW IS:<br />
172
18) WOMENS’ ITF: IN A DOUBLES MAIN DRAW WITH QUALIFYING THE NUMBER OF DIRECT<br />
ACCEPTANCES IS:<br />
19) WOMEN’S ITF: HOW DO YOU DECIDE THE TIES FOR SEEDING IN DOUBLES?<br />
20) WOMEN’S ITF: A SEED WITHDRAWS IN QUALIFYING DRAW AFTER THE RELEASE OF THE<br />
ORDER OF PLAY. DO YOU REPLACE IT WITH…….?<br />
21) WHAT DO YOU DO AS A SUPERVISOR IN AN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT IF YOU HAVE A<br />
FLUCTUATION OF 6% IN THE EXCHANGE RATE IMMEDIATELY BEFORE THE TOURNAMENT.<br />
22) WOMEN’S ITF DOUBLES:A TEAM RETIRES IN 2 ND ROUND (ONE PLAYER INJURED), AND BOTH<br />
PLAYERS HAVE BEEN ELIMINATED FROM SINGLES. THE PLAYERS ARE NOT ALLOWED TO<br />
PLAY BEFORE MONDAY OF THE FOLLOWING WEEK .<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
23) WOMEN’S ITF 50.000 $. IN A DOUBLES MATCH THE SCORE IS 6-2 6-7 (6) 10-6. NUMBER OF<br />
BALLS USED IN THE MATCH (BALL CHANGE AS SUGGESTED IN THE ITF BOOK).<br />
24) WOMEN’S ITF: A PLAYER’S SINGLES MATCHE LASTED 85 MINUTES. HOW MUCH TIME DOES<br />
SHE HAVE BEFORE HER DOUBLES SCHEDULED ON THE SAME DAY?<br />
25) WOMENS’ ITF 50.000$. HOW MANY LINEUMPIRES ARE REQUIRED FOR A QUALIFYING MATCH<br />
PLAYED ON CLAY?<br />
26) WOMEN’S ITF 25.000$: HOW MANY LINEUMPIRES ARE REQUIRED ON A 2 ND ROUND MAIN<br />
DRAW MATCH PLAYED ON HARD COURT?<br />
27) WOMEN’S ITF: HOW MANY MINIMUM READINGS PER DAY ARE MADE IN ORDER TO DECIDE<br />
TO APPLY THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITIONS RULE? WHEN DO YOU MAKE THEM?<br />
28) WOMENS’ ITF: CAN A PLAYER TAKE A CHANGE OF ATTIRE BREAK AND A MEDICAL TIME<br />
OUT CONSECUTIVELY?<br />
29) WOMEN’S ITF. WHAT HAPPENS AT THE WITHDRAWAL DEADLINE TO A PLAYER WHO HAS<br />
ENTERED 5 TOURNAMENTS AND IS ACCEPTED IN THE MAIN DRAW OF ONE OF THEM AND IN<br />
A QUALI DRAW IN ANOTHER ONE?<br />
30) WOMEN’S ITF: MAXIMUM NUMBER OF WILD CARDS PER YEAR IN MAIN DRAW FOR A<br />
PLAYER WHO IS NOT SUBJECT TO THE AGE ELEGIBILITY RULE.<br />
31) WHAT IS IN MEN’S FUTURES THE MAXIMUM ENTRY FEE FOR MAIN DRAW?<br />
32) DEFINITION OF A “DIRECT ACCEPTANCE” IN A MEN’S FUTURES.<br />
33) DEFINITON OF A “SPECIAL EXEMPT” PLAYER IN A 15,000$ MEN’S FUTURES.<br />
34) IN MEN’S FUTURES, IF A PLAYER WITHDRAWS AFTER THE FREEZE DEADLINE DUE TO<br />
INJURY, WHERE SHOULD HE SEND HIS MEDICAL CERTIFICATE?<br />
35) WITHDRAWAL DEADLINE IN MEN’S FUTURES.<br />
36) IN MEN’S FUTURES AFTER THE FREEZE DEADLINE PLAYERS ON THE ALTERNATE LIST ARE<br />
COMMITTED TO PLAY THE TOURNAMENT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
173
B) TRUE<br />
37) IN MENS’ FUTURES HOW DO YOU FILL A VACANCY IN MAIN DRAW IF THE VACANCY<br />
HAPPENS BETWEEN THE QUALIFYING SIGN-IN DEADLINE AND THE COMMENCEMENT OF<br />
THE QUALIFYING COMPETITION?<br />
38) IF A PLAYER IN A MEN’S FUTURES IS SIGNED-IN BY THE SUPERVISOR OF THE PREVIOUS<br />
WEEK, WHEN IS THE LATEST TIME THAT HE CAN BE ON-SITE TO PLAY HIS 1 ST ROUND OF<br />
QUALIFYING?<br />
39) A PLAYERS RANKED 102 IN SINGLES 14 DAYS BEFORE THE MONDAY OF THE TOURNAMENT<br />
WEEK CANNOT RECEIVE A WILD CARD IN A MENS’ FUTURES.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
40) IN MENS’ FUTURES QUALIFYING AN ENTERED PLAYER WITHOUT RANKING HAS PRIORITY<br />
IN THE ACCEPTANCE LIST TO AN ON-SITE ALTERNATE WITH A COMPUTER RANKING.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
41) IN MENS’ FUTURES SYSTEMS OF MERIT FOR DOUBLES ACCEPTANCE ONE PLAYER WITH<br />
SINGLES RANKING + ONE PLAYER WITHOUT A RANKING HAVE PRIORITY IN ACCEPTANCE<br />
TO TWO PLAYERS WITH APPROVED DOUBLES RANKINGS.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
42) NUMBER OF WILD CARDS IN A 48 QUALIFYING DRAW IN A MEN’S FUTURES.<br />
43) IN MENS’ FUTURES MAIN DRAW SEED N° 7 MAY BE DRAWN IN WHICH LINES?<br />
44) IN MENS’ FUTURES IF SEED N° 4 WITHDRAWS BEFORE THE RELEASE OF THE ORDER OF<br />
PLAY OF THE 1 ST DAY OF MAIN DRAW IS REPLACED BY…….?<br />
45) IN MEN’S FUTURES 10.000$ WHICH IS THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE QUALIFYING DRAW?<br />
46) IN MEN’S FUTURES IF IN DOUBLES A TEAM IS DEFAULTED BECAUSE ONE OF THE PLAYER<br />
COMMITTS A SERIOUS VERBAL ABUSE ONLY THAT PLAYER LOSE COMPLETELY PRIZE<br />
MONEY , POINTS AND HOSPITALITY, WHILE THE OTHER PLAYER GETS PRIZE MONEY AND<br />
POINTS CORRESPONDING TO THE ROUND THEY LOST.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
47) MENS’ FUTURES: MINIMUM NUMBER OF BALLS DAILY AVAILABLE FOR PRACTICE FOR<br />
EACH PLAYER.<br />
48) MENS’ FUTURES: A WILD CARD WHO WITHDRAWS AFTER THE DRAW IS MADE IS ALWAYS<br />
REPLACED BY A LUCKY LOSER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
174
49) IN MENS’ FUTURES SPECIAL EXEMPTS ARE SELECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR<br />
ENTRY RANKING.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
50) MEN’S FUTURES: ENTRY DEADLINE FOR DOUBLES.<br />
51) MEN’S FUTURES: NUMBER OF WILD CARDS IN DOUBLES.<br />
52) MENS’ FUTURES: AT WHAT TIME YOU MAKE THE SINGLES MAIN DRAW?<br />
53) MEN’S FUTURES: 48 QUALIFYING DRAW. NUMBER OF SEEDS IN THE QUALIFYING DRAW<br />
(PROVIDED THEY ARE ALL RANKED).<br />
54) MEN’S FUTURES: A PLAYER WHO RECEIVES A BYE AND THE LOSES IN THE SECOND ROUND<br />
WILL GET 2 ND ROUND LOSER’S PRIZE MONEY.<br />
55) ITF SENIORS: IN GRADE 1-5 TOURNAMENTS UP TO 3 UNRANKED PLAYERS MAY BE<br />
INCLUDED IN THE SEEDING.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
56) ITF SENIORS: UP HOW MANY DAYS BEFORE CAN YOU MAKE THE DRAW PRIOR TO THE<br />
START OF THE TOURNAMENT?<br />
57) ITF SENIOR: IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED FOR 35 MINUTES THE REWARM UP PERIOD IS 10<br />
MINUTES.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
58) ITF SENIOR: THERE IS A TEN MINUTE BREAK BETWEEN 2 ND AND 3 RD SET. PLAYERS RETURN<br />
ON COURT 11 MINUTES LATE AFTER THE AGREED TIME TO RESUME THE MACTH . WHAT IS<br />
THE PENALTY?<br />
59) ITF SENIOR TOUR. A PLAYER CAN HAVE A COMMERCIAL LOGO ON HIS HAT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
60) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS: QUAD AND JUNIOR CATEGORIES MAY BE ASSISTED TO SPRAY<br />
WATER OVER THEIR FACE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
61) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS: SINGLES MAIN DRAW SIGN-IN DEADLINE.<br />
62) ITF WHEELCHAIR TENNIS TOURNAMENTS: DOUBLES SIGN-IN DEADLINE.<br />
63) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS: NUMBER OF TOILET BREAKS IN MEN’S SINGLES.<br />
64) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS: THE TIME LIMIT REPAIR FOR A WHEELCHAIR IS:<br />
175
65) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS: HOW LONG IS THE BREAK FOR EXTREME WEATHER CONDITIONS IN<br />
MENS’ MATCHES?<br />
66) UNDER 10 EVENT: THE ALTERNATIVE SCORING METHOD OF ONE MATCH TIE-BREAK MAY<br />
BE USED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
67) FED CUP ZONE GROUP II: FINAL SCORE 76 (8) - 67 (9) - 7 5. NUMBER OF BALLS USED IN THE<br />
MATCH.<br />
68) WHEN THE NO-AD SYSTEM IS IN USE, IN MEN’S DOUBLES THE PLAYERS OF THE RECEIVING<br />
TEAM CANNOT CHANGE POSITIONS TO RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
69) ADVERTISING IS PERMITTED ON THE NET IF……<br />
70) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE 1 ST SET TIE BREAK THE SCORE IS 3 ALL. AFTER A 1 ST SERVE<br />
FAULT YOU DISCOVER THE A PLAYER IN THE TEAM HAS SERVED OUT OF TURN (THE<br />
PARTNER SHOULD HAVE SERVED). YOU CORRECT THE MISTAKE IMMEDIATELY AND THE<br />
FAULT DOES NOT COUNT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
71) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE 2 ND SET TIE-BREAK THE SCORE IS 4 ALL. AFTER A 1 ST SERVE<br />
FAULT YOU DISCOVER THAT A PLAYER IN THE TEAM HAS RECEIVED OUT OF TURN. YOU<br />
CORRECT THE ERROR IMMEDIATELY.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
72) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE FINAL SET AT 2-1 15-0 YOU REALIZE YOU SHOULD HAVE<br />
PLAYED A MATCH TIE-BREAK. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
73) UNDER 10 EVENT: THE ALTERNATIVE SCORING METHOD OF ONE MATCH TIE-BREAK MAY<br />
BE USED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
74) FED CUP ZONE GROUP II: FINAL SCORE 76 (8) - 67 (9) - 7 5. NUMBER OF BALLS USED IN THE<br />
MATCH.<br />
75) WHEN THE NO-AD SYSTEM IS IN USE, IN MEN’S DOUBLES THE PLAYERS OF THE RECEIVING<br />
TEAM CANNOT CHANGE POSITIONS TO RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
176
76) ADVERTISING IS PERMITTED ON THE NET IF……<br />
77) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE 1 ST SET TIE BREAK THE SCORE IS 3 ALL. AFTER A 1 ST SERVE<br />
FAULT YOU DISCOVER THE A PLAYER IN THE TEAM HAS SERVED OUT OF TURN (THE<br />
PARTNER SHOULD HAVE SERVED). YOU CORRECT THE MISTAKE IMMEDIATELY AND THE<br />
FAULT DOES NOT COUNT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
78) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE 2 ND SET TIE-BREAK THE SCORE IS 4 ALL. AFTER A 1 ST SERVE<br />
FAULT YOU DISCOVER THAT A PLAYER IN THE TEAM HAS RECEIVED OUT OF TURN. YOU<br />
CORRECT THE ERROR IMMEDIATELY.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
79) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE FINAL SET AT 2-1 15-0 YOU REALIZE YOU SHOULD HAVE<br />
PLAYED A MATCH TIE-BREAK. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
177
2009 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL REFEREES - ESERCIZIO PRE-TEST LISTA TORNEO<br />
E’ VENERDI’ 22 MAGGIO 2009, OVVERO IL GIORNO DEL SIGN-IN DELLE QUALI AL TORNEO DI GRADO<br />
(ITA) WOMEN’S 25.000$ E DI FRONTE A VOI AVETE LA LISTA FINALE DEL TORNEO E IL SIGN-IN<br />
SHEET<br />
LE QUALI SONO A 48 -<br />
FIRMANO PERSONALMENTE PER LE QUALI LE SEGUENTI GIOCATRICI (TRA PARENTESI IL SEED<br />
RANK):<br />
KORZENIAK (244) /FLORIS (268) /ORLOVA (236) /MAMIC (243) /MIRKOVIC (231) /HUCK (246) /BALSAMO<br />
(259) /JURIKOVA (257) /VIRGILI (256) /STARR (265) /HOLLAND (264) / SHAMAYKO (266) /BESSER (376)<br />
/SADIKOVIC (389) /BURNETT (454) /PLISKOVA Karolina (NR) / BIRNEROVA Eva (671) /DI GIUSEPPE (500)<br />
/SIBILLE (499) /KAYSER (501) /VAIDEANU (502) /ZANCHETTA (498) /PLISKOVA Krystina (792) /<br />
REMONDINA (503) /PRISLAN (504) / KHANNA ( 505) /JAKUPOVIC (879) /PALIIVETS (655) / MIKULCIC (700)<br />
/SUSSARELLO (701) /BIRNEROVA Hana (723) /BOZOVIC (799) /FABER (900) /LUFT (901) /GAMBARINI (NR)<br />
/BARBIERI (NR) /SARTORI (NR) /ALESSI (NR) /ORSI (1002) / DI MARCO Francesca (ITA) (IPIN DIM1112463)<br />
(ON-SITE ALTERNATE – 245)<br />
RICEVETE LE SEGUENTI RICHIESTE DI FIRME TELEFONICHE, DI GIOCATRICI IN VIAGGIO VERSO<br />
GRADO MA CHE A CAUSA DI UN RITARDO DEL TRENO ARRIVERANNO DOPO LE 18.00<br />
‐ CHRIS D , SUPERVISOR DEL WTA DI ROMA (ITA) VI CHIEDE LA FIRMA PER MARRERO Marta<br />
(ESP) (SEED RANK 250) CHE HA PERSO IN SINGOLO E DOPPIO MERCOLEDI’ 20 MAGGIO.<br />
‐ VALERIO B, SUPERVISOR DEL 25.000 DI ABBIATEGRASSO (ITA) VI CHIEDE LA FIRMA PER<br />
SQUADRIN Giulia (ITA) (NOT RANKED) CHE HA PERSO IN SINGOLARE E DOPPIO GIOVEDI’ 21<br />
MAGGIO.<br />
‐ ROSEMARY R, SUPERVISOR DEL 25.000 DI AIX EN PROVENCE (FRA) VI CHIEDE LA FIRMA PER<br />
AMATRICE Cristina (ITA) (ON-SITE ALTERNATE – ENTRY AND SEED RANK 333) CHE HA PERSO<br />
IN SINGOLARE E DOPPIO GIOVEDI’ 21 MAGGIO<br />
RICEVETE LE TELEFONATE DALLE SEGUENTI GIOCATRICI PER PRESERVARE L’ELEGIBILITY<br />
‐ VRLJIC Ana (CRO) (SEED RANK 245)<br />
‐ GABBA Giulia (ITA) (SEED RANK 252)<br />
RICEVETE LE SEGUENTI RICHIESTE DI SPECIAL EXEMPT. TUTTE LE RICHIESTE VI PERVENGONO<br />
PRIMA DELLE ORE 18.00 E TUTTE LE GIOCATRICI HANNO VINTO I LORO MATCHES DI QUEL GIORNO<br />
PRIMA DELLE 18.00. NESSUNA DI LORO CHIEDE FIRME PER GIOCARE LE QUALIFICAZIONI<br />
‐ MASSIMO MORELLI, SUPERVISOR DEL 25.000$ DEL CAIRO (EGY), VI CHIEDE LO SPECIAL<br />
EXEMPT PER TINJIC Jasmina (CRO) (SEED RANK 264)<br />
‐ PAUL P, SUPERVISOR DEL 25.000$ DI GYOR (HUN), VI CHIEDE LO SPECIAL EXEMPT PER<br />
KOCHANOVA Monika (SVK) (SEED RANK 264)<br />
‐ WALED A, SUPERVISOR DEL 10.000$ DI S.GIORGIO A CREMANO (ITA) VI CHIEDE LO SPECIAL<br />
EXEMPT PER PALANDACIC Tea (SLO) (SEED RANK 265)<br />
‐ PAUL G, SUPERVISOR DEL 25.000$ DI ALBUFEIRA (POR) VI CHIEDE LO SPECIAL EXEMPT PER<br />
FARFAGNA Marta (ITA) – Not entered (SEED RANK 266)<br />
178
LA FEDERAZIONE NON HA NESSUNA WILD CARD PER LE QUALIFICAZIONI, MENTRE IL DIRETTORE<br />
DEL TORNEO VI COMUNICA DI AVERE SOLO 3 WILD CARD PER IL TABELLONE DELLE QUALI, TUTTE<br />
SENZA RANKING E TUTTE IN REGOLA CON L’IPIN. I NOMI DELLE WILD CARD PER LE QUALI SONO:<br />
‐ MARTICINI VALERIA<br />
‐ VARTONE SARAH<br />
‐ TAUTIERI SELENE<br />
IL DIRETTORE NON VUOLE DARE ALTRE WILD CARD, NEANCHE A GIOCATRICI CHE ARRIVANO IN<br />
RITARDO PER LA FIRMA E VI DA’ QUINDI IL VIA LIBERA PER FARE IL TABELLONE.<br />
ALLE 18.10, PRIMA CHE ABBIATE FATTO IL TABELLONE DELLE QUALI RICEVETE UN FAX DI<br />
CANCELLAZIONE DAL MAIN DRAW DELLA GIOCATRICE VIERIN NATHALIE (ITA) (REASON: MEDICAL<br />
– CERTIFICATE TO FOLLOW – WITHDRAWAL E CERTIFICATO NON PROVENGONO DA UN ALTRO<br />
TORNEO)<br />
ESEGUIRE I SEGUENTI ESERCIZI:<br />
‐ INDICARE QUALI DELLE GIOCATRICI DELLA LISTA DI QUALIFICAZIONE ENTRANO<br />
DIRETTAMENTE NEL MAIN DRAW<br />
‐ INDICARE LE RAGIONI PER LE QUALI NON ACCETTATE EVENTUALI FIRME E/O RICHIESTE DI<br />
SPECIAL EXEMPT E INDICARE QUALE AZIONE INTRAPRENDETE RISPETTO A QUESTE<br />
GIOCATRICI CHE NON ACCETTATE<br />
‐ INDICARE QUAL’E’ L’ULTIMA GIOCATRICE AD ENTRARE DIRETTAMENTE NELLE QUALI<br />
‐ COMPILARE LA LISTA DELLE TESTE DI SERIE DEL TABELLONE DELLE QUALI<br />
‐ POSIZIONARE LE TESTE DI SERIE NEL TABELLONE DELLE QUALI, ACCOPPIANDOLE<br />
LIBERAMENTE NELLE SEZIONI<br />
‐ POSIZIONARE TUTTI I BYES NEL TABELLONE DELLE QUALI<br />
‐ INDICARE QUALI GIOCATRICI VENGONO SEGNALATE ALL’ITF PER ESSERE MULTATE E PER<br />
QUALE RAGIONE<br />
179
$25,000 GRADO, ITA<br />
Main Draw<br />
1 WOERLE Kathrin 18 Feb 1984 GER 146 1<br />
2 SCHRUFF Julia 16 Aug 1982 GER 157 1<br />
3 CRAVERO Jorgelina 23 Jan 1982 ARG 158 1<br />
4 ZAHLAVOVA Sandra 10 Oct 1985 CZE 159 1<br />
5 SCHAEFER Anne 01 Mar 1987 GER 167 1<br />
6 CABEZA-CANDELA Estrella 20 Feb 1987 ESP 170 1<br />
7 PALKINA Ksenia 13 Dec 1989 KGZ 182 1<br />
8 $ SOLER-ESPINOSA Silvia 19 Nov 1987 ESP 189 1<br />
9 MARTIC Petra 19 Jan 1991 CRO 190 1<br />
10 FERGUSON Sophie 19 Mar 1986 AUS 195 1<br />
11 PIEDADE Frederica 05 Jun 1982 POR 203 2<br />
12 CASTANO Catalina 07 Jul 1979 COL 206 1<br />
13 VIERIN Nathalie 15 Oct 1982 ITA 220 1<br />
14 KAPROS Aniko 11 Nov 1983 HUN 228 1<br />
15 CHAKHNASHVILI Margalita 09 Dec 1982 GEO 232 1<br />
16 ROBSON Laura 21 Jan 1994 GBR 488 Junior Exempt 1<br />
Main Draw Wild Cards<br />
1 BERTOIA Alessia 06 May 1989 ITA<br />
2 CIGUI Paola 27 Apr 1989 ITA<br />
3 DI SARRA Federica 16 May 1990 ITA<br />
4 $ MORONI Alice 21 Feb 1991 ITA<br />
48 Qualifying<br />
1 KORZENIAK Anna 16 Jun 1988 POL 233 1<br />
2 VRLJIC Ana 01 Aug 1984 CRO 236 1<br />
3 $ MARRERO Marta 16 Jan 1983 ESP 238 S 1<br />
4 $ FLORIS Anna 15 May 1982 ITA 241 1<br />
5 ORLOVA Natalia 25 Mar 1989 RUS 248 1<br />
6 UNGUR Liana-Gabriela 02 Jan 1985 ROU 252 1<br />
7 $ MAMIC Sanda 22 Mar 1985 CRO 257 1<br />
8 GABBA Giulia 20 Feb 1987 ITA 274 1<br />
9 $ COMPOSTIZO-DE ANDRES Eloisa-Maria 08 Aug 1988 ESP 279 1<br />
10 MIRKOVIC Marija 23 Feb 1990 AUS 313 1<br />
11 HUCK Violette 18 Mar 1988 FRA 346 1<br />
12 $ BALSAMO Elisa 12 Aug 1983 ITA 351 1<br />
13 JURIKOVA Lenka 11 Aug 1990 SVK 364 1<br />
14 VIRGILI Alexia 03 Nov 1986 ITA 399 1<br />
15 STARR Emelyn 11 Nov 1989 AUS 429 1<br />
16 HOLLAND Isabella 02 Jan 1992 AUS 445 1<br />
WCM $ MORONI Alice 21 Feb 1991 ITA 454 1<br />
17 SHAMAYKO Marina 03 Aug 1987 RUS 466 1<br />
18 TINJIC Jasmina 27 Feb 1991 CRO 468 1<br />
WCM CIGUI Paola 27 Apr 1989 ITA 471 1<br />
19 $ BESSER Astrid 01 Sep 1989 ITA 478 3<br />
20 KOCHANOVA Monika 16 Feb 1989 SVK 492 1<br />
21 $ SADIKOVIC Amra 06 May 1989 SUI 523 2<br />
WCM DI SARRA Federica 16 May 1990 ITA 532 1<br />
22 $ VERESOVA Patricia 31 May 1989 SVK 534 3<br />
23 BURNETT Nastassja 20 Feb 1992 ITA 540 1<br />
24 PLISKOVA Karolina 21 Mar 1992 CZE 574 1<br />
25 $ BIRNEROVA Eva 14 Aug 1984 CZE 671 1<br />
26 ORLIK Anna 05 Mar 1993 BLR 757 1<br />
27 DI GIUSEPPE Martina 10 Feb 1991 ITA 762 1<br />
28 SIBILLE Constance 09 Nov 1990 FRA 767 1<br />
29 $ KAYSER Syna 05 May 1990 GER 770 1<br />
30 VAIDEANU Andreea-Roxana 28 Jun 1990 ITA 783 1<br />
31 ZANCHETTA Erika 06 Feb 1989 ITA 790<br />
32 PLISKOVA Kristyna 21 Mar 1992 CZE 792 1<br />
33 REMONDINA Anna-Giulia 01 Jun 1989 ITA 836 1<br />
34 PRISLAN Anja 11 Dec 1985 SLO 841 1<br />
35 $ KHANNA Iris 21 Apr 1988 AUT 846= 1<br />
36 JAKUPOVIC Dalila 24 Mar 1991 SLO 902= 4<br />
WCM BERTOIA Alessia 06 May 1989 ITA 966= 1<br />
37 PALIIVETS Katarena 30 Jan 1992 CAN 1022 1<br />
38 $ MIKULCIC Ema 27 Apr 1992 CRO 1085= 1<br />
39 SUSSARELLO Giulia 29 May 1992 ITA 66 1<br />
180
40 $ GOLDFELD Ester 04 Jul 1993 USA 122 1<br />
41 BIRNEROVA Hana 27 Jun 1989 CZE 24 1<br />
Qualifying Wild Cards<br />
1 ORLINI CAMPOS Paula 15 Jan 1992 ARG<br />
2 PASINI Giulia 22 Feb 1992 ITA<br />
3 SANDANO Sonia 28 Feb 1988 ITA 456<br />
Alternates<br />
1 BOZOVIC Dragana 06 Jul 1991 SLO 11 1<br />
2 FABER Tea 27 Jun 1989 CRO 16 1<br />
3 $ LUFT Natalie 09 Feb 1985 GER 77S 1<br />
4 BESTIJANIC Tadja 21 Mar 1991 SLO 17 1<br />
5 PALANDACIC Tea 07 Jan 1992 SLO 23<br />
6 $ MAGAGNOLI Arianna 19 Aug 1989 ITA 72 2<br />
WCQ SANDANO Sonia 28 Feb 1988 ITA 74 2<br />
7 $ GAMBARINI Laura 04 Dec 1990 ITA 83 1<br />
8 BARBIERI Gioia 09 Jul 1991 ITA 94 1<br />
9 SARTORI Carlotta 16 May 1991 ITA 98 1<br />
10 $ FRANCHINI Valentina 24 Jun 1986 ITA 107 1<br />
11 ALESSI Rebecca 23 Feb 1989 ITA 108 1<br />
12 PILLOT Carolina 28 Mar 1992 ITA 109 1<br />
13 $ MUSSI Susanna 23 Sep 1987 ITA 124 2<br />
14 $ BRUZZONE Giulia 12 Mar 1991 ITA 140 1<br />
15 ORSI Carolina 04 Jul 1991 ITA 141 1<br />
16 $ SABATINI Benedetta 11 Oct 1989 ITA 142 1<br />
17 $ BERTOIA Elena 07 Sep 1993 ITA 149 1<br />
18 ORLANDO Carlotta 16 Sep 1993 ITA 154 1<br />
19 MORODER Greys 18 Oct 1992 ITA 156 1<br />
20 MORONI Micaela 03 Oct 1987 ITA 164 1<br />
21 MAZZALI Francesca 29 Apr 1991 ITA 165 3<br />
22 $ BIGI Indra 22 Jul 1992 ITA 166 1<br />
23 $ BASCHIROTTO Ester 03 Dec 1989 ITA 168 1<br />
24 PARMIGIANI Martina 16 Jun 1994 ITA 190 1<br />
WCQ PASINI Giulia 22 Feb 1992 ITA 193 1<br />
25 $ DUEZ Sandra 14 Feb 1973 ITA 208 1<br />
26 SECCO Sara 16 Aug 1989 ITA 228 1<br />
27 MENDO Chiara 17 May 1993 ITA 242 1<br />
28 CANTELE Monica 25 Oct 1990 ITA 249 1<br />
29 $ MAROTTA Cristiana 27 Mar 1988 ITA 258 1<br />
30 SQUADRIN Giulia 08 Oct 1992 ITA 262 1<br />
31 SUSSARELLO Sara 16 Jul 1994 ITA 267 1<br />
32 MORATELLI Angelica 17 Aug 1994 ITA 288 1<br />
33 SCIMONE Stephanie 05 May 1990 ITA 312 1<br />
34 RUBINI Stefania 05 Dec 1992 ITA 336 1<br />
35 LEYRIA-MORENO Daniela 25 Feb 1988 ARG<br />
36 PEROVIC Milijana 14 Sep 1988 SRB 1<br />
WCQ ORLINI CAMPOS Paula 15 Jan 1992 ARG 1<br />
37 $ WHITEHEAD Brie 07 May 1989 USA 2<br />
38 $ GHADRI Jara 27 Feb 1989 GER 2<br />
39 LAZZARINI Virginia 20 Nov 1991 ITA 1<br />
181
2009 LEVEL 3 PRE-SCHOOL REFEREES - ESERCIZIO FINAL TEST LISTA TORNEI<br />
E’ venerdì 17 Luglio 2009 e siete al sign-in delle quali del Futures Italy F20 a Modena, che prevede le quali a 32.<br />
Firmano i seguenti giocatori (tra parentesi il seed rank)<br />
RACHIDI 923<br />
BRAMANTI 922<br />
HALACHEV 924<br />
ROLA 930<br />
DELLA TOMMASINA 921<br />
ZMAK 1000<br />
BURZIO 987<br />
MARCHEGIANI 925<br />
RUBINO 901<br />
SATTANINO 931<br />
COLELLA 941<br />
VILARDO 911<br />
BENINCA 903<br />
RODRIGUEZ 913<br />
ROVETTA 902<br />
GHEDIN 999<br />
STUCCHI 998<br />
TULLIANI 1001<br />
BLAZEK 1002<br />
NALDI 1004<br />
KORELC 1003 BLUE FLAG ON TP (600$ MIN PAYMENT)<br />
MAIGA<br />
MARCORA<br />
ZAKOVSEK<br />
VIERIN<br />
CREMONINI<br />
BORTOLOTTI<br />
BORGO<br />
MUGELLI<br />
BEGA<br />
MOLINA<br />
BETTINI<br />
PALLI<br />
MICOLANI<br />
ZITO<br />
PICCO<br />
STIFANI<br />
REMEDI<br />
PATRACCHINI<br />
SUBISSI<br />
CAMPUS<br />
GRAZI<br />
Infine si presentano a chiedere di poter firmare due giocatori non iscritti<br />
182
FINTI GIANCARLO (ON-SITE ALTERNATE ATP RANK 152)<br />
NAPOLSITANO GIUSEPPE (ON SITE ALTERNATE ATP RANK 99)<br />
IL DIRETTORE DEL TORNEO HA 4 WILD CARDS, TUTTE IN REGOLE CON L’IPIN E TUTTE SENZA<br />
RANKING<br />
FRANA PIERPIERO<br />
DE LOS DIOS CARLOS HERBERTO<br />
PEZZA GUIDALBERTO<br />
RANDELLI ROBERTINHO<br />
ALLE 17.50 CHIAMA SIMONI MARCO PER PRESERVARE L’ELEGIBILITY<br />
ALLE 17.55 SI RITIRA DAL MAIN DRAW BELLA MARCO<br />
ALLE 17.58 CHIAMA GIANNESSI ALESSANDRO PER PRESERVARE L’ELIGIBILITY<br />
ALLE ORE 18.00 IL GIOCATORE KORELC NON VI HA DATO I 600 DOLLARI<br />
ALLE 18.13, PRIMA CHE ABBIATE FATTO IL TABELLONE, SI RITIRA DAL MAIN DRAW LOJDA DUSAN<br />
ALLE 21.30 MENTRE SIETE A CENA CON TUTTI GLI ARBITRI, AVETE GIA’ FATTO TABELLONI ED<br />
ORARIO DEL GIORNO DOPO (ORA DI INIZIO 8.30 AM) ED AVETE GIA’ MESSO VIA IL COMPUTER LA<br />
SEGRETARIA DEL CIRCOLO VI PORTA UN FAX DI CANCELLAZIONE DAL MAIN DRAW DI VAGNOZZI<br />
SIMONE (ITA). IL GIOCATORE FRANCESCO DOLDI, SEDUTO AL TAVOLO DIETRO DI VOI, ASCOLTA<br />
QUESTA CONVERSAZIONE E VI DICE CHE SICURAMENTE SI RITIRERA’ DAL MAIN DRAW ANCHE<br />
BURZI ENRICO, CON IL QUALE HA PARLATO AL TELEFONO 5 MINUTI PRIMA<br />
ESEGUIRE I SEGUENTI ESERCIZI<br />
COMPILARE LA LISTA DELLE QUALI IN ORDINE DI SEED RANK<br />
DIRE PER QUALI GIOCATORI NON ACCETTATE EVENTUALI FIRME E LE MOTIVAZIONI<br />
DIRE QUALI GIOCATORI SONO IN MULTA E LE MOTIVAZIONI<br />
COMPILARE IL TABELLONE OROGINALE DELLE QUALI TENENDO PRESENTE CHE L’ACCOPPIAMENTO<br />
DELLE TESTE DI SERIE NELLE SEZIONI E’ IL SEGUENTE 1-9 2-11 3-13 4-15 5-10 6-12 7-14 – 8-16<br />
COMPILARE IL TABELLONE DELLE QUALI REVISED TENENDO PRESENTE CHE TUTTI GLI<br />
ALTERNATES SONO RIMASTI AL CIRCOLO A CENA E QUINDI VOGLIONO SAPERE COSA SUCCEDE<br />
L’INDOMANI MATTINA<br />
183
ITALY F20 FUTURES – MODENA<br />
Main Draw<br />
1 DESEIN Niels 09 Jun 1987 BEL 225 1<br />
2 MERTENS Yannick 25 Jun 1987 BEL 294 1<br />
3 VAGNOZZI Simone 30 May 1983 ITA 343 2<br />
4 HORMAZABAL Guillermo 19 Feb 1985 CHI 345 1<br />
5 LOJDA Dusan 08 Mar 1988 CZE 358 1<br />
6 BURZI Enrico 14 Jan 1981 ITA 366 1<br />
7 ALDI Francesco 17 Sep 1981 ITA 406 1<br />
8 TODERO Nicolas 15 Apr 1979 ARG 441 1<br />
9 KUZNETSOV Andrey 22 Feb 1991 RUS 557 1<br />
10 RADITSCHNIGG Max 06 May 1983 AUT 559 1<br />
11 ROCHETTE Laurent 05 Feb 1988 FRA 573 1<br />
12 IANNI Stefano 31 Jan 1981 ITA 598 1<br />
13 VAN DER MEER Nick 18 Jan 1985 NED 600 1<br />
14 FATTAR Anas 12 May 1987 MAR 628 1<br />
15 VOLANTE Matteo 29 Apr 1984 ITA 637 1<br />
16 COMPORTO Antonio 14 Jun 1989 ITA 655 1<br />
17 FRANTZEN Romano 18 Apr 1982 NED 668 1<br />
18 BELLA Marco 03 Apr 1988 ITA 833 2<br />
32 Qualifying<br />
1 LEONARDI Filippo 22 Dec 1987 ITA 856 1<br />
2 SIMONI Marco 14 Mar 1986 ITA 917 2<br />
3 RACHIDI Younes 13 Sep 1986 MAR 934 1<br />
4 RAFFAELLI Federico 30 Jan 1984 ITA 1142 1<br />
5 $ BRAMANTI Davide 27 Feb 1979 ITA 1155= 1<br />
6 HALACHEV Dinko 22 Oct 1984 BUL 1218 1<br />
7 ROLA Blaz 05 Oct 1990 SLO 1224 1<br />
8 $ DELLA TOMMASINA Davide 07 Apr 1990 ITA 1236= 1<br />
9 GIANNESSI Alessandro 30 May 1990 ITA 1336= 1<br />
10 ZMAK Deni 27 May 1989 CRO 1338= 1<br />
11 BURZIO Remigio 20 Jul 1986 ITA 1413= 1<br />
12 MARCHEGIANI Jacopo 29 Mar 1986 ITA 1431= 1<br />
13 $$ PIROZZI Giacomo 01 Apr 1986 ITA 1453= 1<br />
14 RUBINO Vittorio 17 Jan 1985 ITA 1453= 1<br />
15 $ SATTANINO Marco 18 Mar 1986 ITA 1453= 1<br />
16 COLELLA Alessandro 10 Feb 1992 ITA 1675= 1<br />
17 VILARDO Francesco 28 Dec 1989 ITA 1675= 1<br />
18 $ BENINCA Paolo 26 Oct 1986 ITA 1759= 1<br />
19 RODRIGUEZ Cristian 24 Jun 1990 COL 1784= 1<br />
20 $ ROVETTA Luca 30 Sep 1986 ITA 1816= 1<br />
21 GHEDIN Nicola 26 Sep 1988 ITA 1889= 1<br />
22 STUCCHI Andrea 23 Mar 1991 ITA 1896= 1<br />
23 CENTENARI Alexander 14 Oct 1989 USA 287 1<br />
24 DULDAEV Daniyar 27 Oct 1992 KGZ 1 1<br />
25 TULLIANI Ethan 27 Feb 1991 AUS 310 1<br />
Alternates<br />
1 BLAZEK Vojtech 23 Mar 1985 CZE 64 1<br />
2 GERBAUD-FARRAS Pau 21 Jan 1984 AND 3 1<br />
3 $ NALDI Paolo 01 Mar 1984 ITA 82 1<br />
4 KORELC Domen 19 Mar 1990 SLO 25 4<br />
5 MAIGA Riccardo 09 Jul 1989 SUI 26 1<br />
6 MARCORA Roberto 30 Aug 1989 ITA 142 1<br />
7 ZAKOVSEK Mark 19 Aug 1989 SLO 50 2<br />
8 VIERIN Matthieu 07 Jul 1991 ITA 170 1<br />
9 CREMONINI Lorenzo 28 Jun 1985 ITA 176 1<br />
10 BORTOLOTTI Marco 21 Jan 1991 ITA 188 1<br />
11 BORGO Francesco 14 Jul 1985 ITA 191 1<br />
12 MUGELLI Niccolo 31 Jul 1988 ITA 197 1<br />
13 BEGA Alessandro 11 Jan 1991 ITA 199 1<br />
184
14 $ PRICONE Corrado 12 Jun 1988 ITA 202 1<br />
15 MOLINA Emanuele 10 Jul 1991 ITA 210 1<br />
16 BETTINI Filippo 12 Oct 1986 ITA 217 1<br />
17 $ MELCHIORRE Davide 19 Feb 1991 ITA 224 1<br />
18 PALLI Alessandro 08 Oct 1986 ITA 234 1<br />
19 MICOLANI Giammarco 12 Sep 1992 ITA 241 1<br />
20 $ ZITO Ettore 14 May 1991 ITA 247 1<br />
21 PICCO Francesco 01 Jan 1991 ITA 253 1<br />
22 CHECCAGLINI Tommaso 04 Mar 1991 ITA 255 1<br />
23 STIFANI Stefano 10 Apr 1989 ITA 263 1<br />
24 SARRA Alessandro 07 Dec 1986 ITA 305 1<br />
25 REMEDI Nicola 27 Jul 1988 ITA 312 2<br />
26 $ BALDI Matteo 01 Mar 1984 ITA 314 1<br />
27 DI FALCO Laerte 24 Dec 1986 ITA 319 1<br />
28 DEGLI'INCERTI-TOCCI Corrado 04 Jun 1988 ITA 327 1<br />
29 LOCATELLI Jacopo 08 Mar 1991 ITA 348 1<br />
30 OTTOLINI Federico 27 Jun 1989 ITA 363 1<br />
31 BOTTAI Giovanni 01 Mar 1991 ITA 365 1<br />
32 PATRACCHINI Andrea 04 Jun 1992 ITA 377 1<br />
33 STANCATI Marco 26 Sep 1989 ITA 379 3<br />
34 $ ERRICO Mattia 22 Mar 1988 ITA 383 1<br />
35 $ GARZELLI Francesco 05 Apr 1991 ITA 385 1<br />
36 $ SIRINGO Eros 21 May 1991 ITA 387 1<br />
37 $ ABBONDANZIERI Alessio 08 Apr 1989 ITA 398 1<br />
38 $ POMPEO Luca 08 Apr 1989 ITA 401 1<br />
39 SUBISSI Claudio 23 Jan 1990 ITA 449 2<br />
40 CHIURULLI Daniele 01 Aug 1991 ITA 458 1<br />
41 GIACALONE Omar 11 Jan 1992 ITA 461 1<br />
42 $ SCAGNELLI Alberto 26 Jun 1991 ITA 462 1<br />
43 LAMPIONI Eros 20 Mar 1991 ITA 468 1<br />
44 CAMPUS Mattla 15 Feb 1992 ITA 489 1<br />
45 GRAZI Giacome 26 Nov 1988 ITA 495 2<br />
46 $ FRIGNANI Alex 14 May 1980 ITA 1<br />
47 $ BECUZZI Enrico 23 Mar 1973 ITA 1<br />
48 BONZI Riccardo 03 Nov 1988 ITA 1<br />
49 TOMANIC Filip 01 Sep 1992 SRB 1<br />
50 SANGES Marco 23 May 1992 ITA 1<br />
51 $ CATTANEO Daniele 10 Sep 1989 ITA 1<br />
52 $ GALOVIC Viktor 19 Sep 1990 ITA 1<br />
53 $ PERIC Karlo 15 Nov 1988 CRO 4<br />
54 STEFAN Stefan Nicolò 05 Mar 1992 ITA 1<br />
55 VESCOVO Piero 27 Sep 1993 ITA 1<br />
56 $ SUNKOVSKY Jiri 26 Mar 1991 CZE 1<br />
57 PACIFICO Edoardo 22 Feb 1991 ITA 1<br />
58 GUNTRI Andrea 17 Oct 1976 ITA 1<br />
59 CRISTELLO Dennis 19 May 1987 ITA 1<br />
60 $ MILNER Alexei 20 Jun 1989 ISR 1<br />
61 CONTINI Amerigo 03 May 1993 ITA 1<br />
62 MINGUEZ Laurent 05 Jul 1989 USA 4<br />
63 MARCHIORI Gianluca 17 Jan 1991 ITA 1<br />
64 MANSOUR Ibrahim 19 Feb 1980 SYR 1<br />
65 POTTI Luca 10 Dec 1989 ITA 1<br />
66 CAMURRI Andrea 25 Mar 1993 ITA 1<br />
67 ALBONETTI Kevin 18 Feb 1993 ITA 1<br />
68 LAGO Tommaso 09 Apr 1992 ITA 1<br />
69 IOTTI Roberto 17 Sep 1986 ITA 1<br />
70 REYES Marc 14 Jul 1989 ITA 1<br />
71 MARRONE Gaetano 23 Apr 1986 ITA 3<br />
72 $ NATALI Yari 08 Apr 1987 ITA 1<br />
73 TODARO Simone 30 Jun 1989 ITA 1<br />
74 KERN Robin 03 Oct 1993 GER 1<br />
75 $ STIGLICH Riccardo 03 Sep 1990 ITA 1<br />
76 SFORZA Lorenzo 14 Jan 1988 ITA 1<br />
77 VIRGILI Adelchi 10 Mar 1990 ITA 1<br />
78 LORENZON Alessandro 04 Mar 1986 ITA 1<br />
79 $ MARTEL Stephane 10 Nov 1972 FRA 1<br />
80 JORQUERA Manuel 12 Jun 1978 ITA 1<br />
81 $ FASSIO-SAMUELSSON Fredrik 07 Mar 1974 SWE 1<br />
82 KALINAUSKAS Oskaras 26 May 1993 LTU 2<br />
185
1) The size of the “Centre mark” is 5cm x 10cm<br />
a) False<br />
b) True<br />
2009 LEVEL 1 SCHOOL PRE-TEST<br />
2) A ball-change shall not take place at the beginning of a tie-break<br />
a) True<br />
b) False<br />
3) If a ball gets broken during play the point shall be replayed<br />
a) False<br />
b) True<br />
4) Le misure del campo da tennis di doppio sono:<br />
a) 23,77 mt x 8,23 mt<br />
b) 10,97 mt. X 23,77 mt<br />
c) 23,77 mt x 10,37 mt<br />
5) Il vincitore del sorteggio durante il pre-match meeting quante scelte ha:<br />
a) 4<br />
b) 2<br />
c) 3<br />
6) If a player hits the ball before it has passed the net he loses the point<br />
a) True<br />
b) False<br />
7) Tie-beak. The score is 3-3, 1 st service fault. You realize that the server has served from the wrong half<br />
of the court. You correct the mistake immediately and the fault does not count<br />
a) False<br />
b) True<br />
8) 1° Set. Punteggio 4-3 15-15. Ti accorgi che i giocatori sono nel lato sbagliato del campo. Come Arbitro<br />
cosa fai?<br />
a) Correggi alla fine del gioco<br />
186
) Correggi immediatamente<br />
9) Punteggio 6-4 0-3 15-30. Ti accorgi che sta servendo il giocatore A, mentre avrebbe dovuto servire il<br />
giocatore B. Come Arbitro cosa fai?<br />
a) Correggi immediatamente<br />
b) Correggi alla fine del gioco<br />
10) 1st set. Score 6-6 (3-3 in the tie-break). You realize that player B is serving at the place of player B. As<br />
a chair umpire what do you do?<br />
a) The order of service remains altered<br />
b) You correct immediately<br />
11) Doubles match . At 6-6 in the tie-break you realize that there is an error in the receiving team. As a<br />
chair umpire what do you do?<br />
a) You correct the error immediately<br />
b) The order remains altered<br />
12) In doubles , when you use the match tie-break to replace the final set, before the start of the match tiebreak<br />
there shall be a 120 seconds set break<br />
a) False<br />
b) True<br />
13) When the “No-Ad” system is in use in doubles the players of the receiving team cannot change positions<br />
to receive the deciding point<br />
a) False<br />
b) True<br />
14) If play is suspended for darkness it should be done at the end of a set or after an even number of games<br />
a) False<br />
b) True<br />
15) In international competitions what is the distance between the baseline and the backstops<br />
a) 6,40 mt<br />
b) 6,35 mt<br />
c) 6,45 mt<br />
16) Does the racket have a minimum and a maximum size?<br />
a) No<br />
b) Yes<br />
17) In doubles if a player touches the net with his racket during play that team loses the point<br />
a) True<br />
187
) False<br />
18) Ball change 9/11 (4). At 5-5 you realize you forgot to change the balls. When do you change them?<br />
a) At 6-5<br />
b) At the end of the set<br />
c) After 11 games<br />
19) What is the size of the doubles alley?<br />
a) 1,37 mt<br />
b) 1,27 mt<br />
c) 1,47 mt<br />
20) As a guideline, the recommended minimum height to the ceiling is<br />
a) 9,14 mt<br />
b) 12 mt<br />
c) 9,44 mt<br />
188
2009 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL (DEC 09) - PRE - TEST<br />
1) WHEN THE NO-AD SYSTEM IS IN USE, IN MIXED DOUBLES THE PLAYERS OF THE RECEIVING<br />
TEAM ARE ALLOWED TO CHANGE POSITIONS TO RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
2) IN DOUBLES THE ORDER OF RECEIVING MAY BE ALTERED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE<br />
MATCH TIE BREAK.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
3) WHEN THE NO-AD SYSTEM IS IN USE, IN MEN’S DOUBLES THE PLAYERS OF THE RECEIVING<br />
TEAM CANNOT CHANGE POSITIONS TO RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
4) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE 2 ND SET TIE-BREAK THE SCORE IS 4 ALL. AFTER A 1 ST SERVE<br />
FAULT YOU DISCOVER THAT A PLAYER IN THE TEAM HAS RECEIVED OUT OF TURN. YOU<br />
CORRECT THE ERROR IMMEDIATELY.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
5) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE FINAL SET AT 2-1 15-0 YOU REALIZE YOU SHOULD HAVE<br />
PLAYED A MATCH TIE-BREAK. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
6) IN DOUBLES, IF BOTH PLAYERS TOUCH THE BALL WHEN RETURNING IT, THE TEAM LOSES<br />
THE POINT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
7) AT RECREATIONAL COMPETITION THE MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM THE SIDELINES TO THE<br />
SIDESTOPS IS:<br />
8) THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF THE NET POSTS ABOVE THE TOP OF THE NET CORD IS:<br />
9) AN UNINTENTIONAL DOUBLE HIT DOES CONSTITUTE AN HINDRANCE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
189
10) IF “SHORTS SET” ARE USED AT 4-3 YOU WIN A SET.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
11) A MATCH MAY BE SUSPENDED FOR DARKNESS AT 6-3.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
12) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM WIDTH OF THE STRAP?<br />
13) WHEN USING THE DECIDING MATCH TIE BREAK TO REPLACE THE FINAL SET, BEFORE IT<br />
STARTS THERE SHALL BE A 90 SECONDS BREAK.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
14) WHAT IS THE LENGTH OF THE SINGLES COURT?<br />
15) A SINGLES MATCH PLAYED ON A COURT WITH A DOUBLES NET AND SINGLES STICKS<br />
PROPERLY IN PLACE. PLAYER A SERVES TO PLAYER B WHOSE RETURN STRIKES THE NET<br />
OUTSIDE THE SINGLES STICK. THE BALL THEN LANDS IN PLAYER A’s COURT AND PLAYER A<br />
IS UNABLE TO RETURN IT. WHAT IS YOUR RULING?<br />
A) PLAY A LET<br />
B) PLAYER A WINS POINT<br />
C) PLAYER B WINS POINT<br />
D) CALL FOR THE REFEREE<br />
16) DURING A RALLY, A BALL LANDS IN A PLAYER A’s COURT AND IS BLOWN BACK OVER THE<br />
NET BY THE WIND. PLAYER A REACHES OVER THE NET AND HITS THE BALL FOR A CLEAR<br />
WINNER. AFTER HE HITS THE BALL, HIS RACKET HITS THE RACKET OF HIS OPPONENT<br />
(PLAYER B).WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) REPLAY THE POINT<br />
B) POINT TO PLAYER A<br />
C) POINT TO PLAYER B<br />
17) WHAT IS THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE NET AND THE SERVICE LINE:<br />
18) IN DOUBLES THE ORDER OF SERVICE MUST BE DECIDED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE MATCH<br />
AND CANNOT BE CHANGED.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
19) IN DOUBLES THE FIRST SERVE BEING A FAULT THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE DOUBLE POST<br />
AND LANDS IN THE PROPER COURT. THE RECEIVER IS NOT ABLE TO RETURN IT (ACE).<br />
WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION ?<br />
190
20) THE 2ND SERVE TOUCHES THE NET AND THEN THE RECEIVER BEFORE HE HITS THE<br />
GROUND. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
21) WHEN USING THE DECIDING MATCH-TIE BREAK TO REPLACE THE FINAL SET THE<br />
ORIGINAL ORDER OF SERVICE IS ALTERED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
191
2009 LEVEL 2 PRE-SCHOOL (DEC. 09) - FINAL TEST<br />
1) WHAT IS THE ALTERNATIVE CHANGE OF END SEQUENCE DURING A TIE-BREAK GAME.<br />
2) WHAT HAPPENS IN THE “NO LET RULE”.<br />
3) MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS OF THE FRAME OF THE RACQUET.<br />
4) MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS OF THE HITTING SURFACE OF THE RACQUET.<br />
5) ADVERTISING IS PERMITTED ON THE NET IF……<br />
6) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE 1 ST SET TIE BREAK THE SCORE IS 3 ALL. AFTER A 1 ST SERVE<br />
FAULT YOU DISCOVER THE A PLAYER IN THE TEAM HAS SERVED OUT OF TURN (THE<br />
PARTNER SHOULD HAVE SERVED). YOU CORRECT THE MISTAKE IMMEDIATELY AND THE<br />
FAULT DOES NOT COUNT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
7) BALL CHANGE 9/11 (4) : AT 5-4 1 ST SET YOU REALISE YOU SHOULD HAVE CHANGED THE<br />
BALLS TWO GAMES EARLIER. WHEN DO YOU CHANGE THEM?<br />
8) ITF JUNIOR U18: TAPING OF LOGOS IS ALLOWED IN DOUBLES MATCHES.<br />
9) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS: IN THE 1ST SERVE A QUAD PLAYER IS HELPED BY AN INDIVIDUAL IN<br />
DROPPING THE BALL. THEY ARE OBLIGED TO USE THE SAME METHOD OF SERVING IN THE<br />
2 ND AND EVENTUAL 3 RD SET ALSO.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
10) WHEELCHAIR TENNIS: THE TIME LIMIT REPAIR FOR A WHEELCHAIR IS:<br />
11) WOMENS’ ITF: CAN A PLAYER TAKE A CHANGE OF ATTIRE BREAK AND A MEDICAL TIME<br />
OUT CONSECUTIVELY?<br />
12) WOMEN’S ITF 50.000 $. IN A DOUBLES MATCH THE SCORE IS 6-2 6-7 (6) 10-6. NUMBER OF<br />
BALLS USED IN THE MATCH (BALL CHANGE AS SUGGESTED IN THE ITF BOOK).<br />
13) IN A MATCH WITH 6 LINEUMPIRES THE CENTRE SERVICE LINE IS CALLED FROM THE<br />
RECEIVER’S END.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
14) IN MATCHES PLAYED WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRES ON CLAY COURT IF A PLAYER<br />
INCORRECTLY CALLS A BALL “OUT” AND THEN REALISES THAT THE BALL WAS GOOD, THE<br />
PLAYER WHO CALLED “OUT” LOSES THE POINT.<br />
192
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
15) IN MATCHES PLAYED WITHOUT CHAIR UMPIRES RECEIVERS ARE NOT ALLOWED TO CALL<br />
“FOOTFAULT”.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
16) ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUITS: IN CASE OF RAIN A PLAYER CAN WEAR A SWEATSHIRT BUT ONLY<br />
DURING THE WARM-UP.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
17) ITF MEN’S FUTURES: MAXIMUM SIZE OF MANUFACTURER’S LOGO ON SOCKS.<br />
18) IN WOMENS’ ITF FUTURES A PLAYER “LATE BECAUSE OF NON TRETABLE CONDITIONS” IS<br />
PENALISED BY.<br />
A) A TIME VIOLATION<br />
B) A CODE VIOLATION<br />
19) IN MEN’S FUTURES A PLAYER MAY CHANGE HIS ATTIRE DURING A TOILET BREAK.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
20) WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF THE CORD OR METAL CABLE?<br />
21) ELECTRONIC REVIEW: A REQUEST FOR AN ELECTRONIC REVIEW SHALL BE ALLOWED<br />
ONLY ON A POINT ENDING SHOT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
22) FOR INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIONS THE MINIMUM SPACE BETWEEN THE SIDELINES AND<br />
THE SIDESTOPS SHOULD BE 3.65 MT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
23) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IF PLAYER A’s FIRST SERVE HITS HIS PARTNER HE HAS TO REPLAY<br />
THE POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
24) A MAXIMUM OF .......... SECONDS SHALL ELAPSE BETWEEN THE FIRST AND SECOND SERVE.<br />
25) DURING AN ITF WOMEN’S FUTURES THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS IN<br />
EFFECT. DURING THE TEN MINUTES BREAK BETWEEN THE SECOND AND FINAL SET THE<br />
PLAYER ARE ALLOWED TO GO OUT OF COURT AND TAKE A SHOWER.<br />
193
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
26) A TIE-BREAK SECOND SET HAS BEEN PLAYED IN A DOUBLES MATCH. AT THE START OF THE<br />
THIRD SET WHO SHOULD SERVE FIRST?<br />
A) THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE FIRST IN A TIE-BREAK<br />
B) THE PARTNER OF THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE FIRST IN A TIE-BREAK<br />
C) ONE OF THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO RECEIVE FIRST IN A TIE BREAK<br />
D) THE PLAYER WHOSE TURN IT WAS TO SERVE SECOND IN THE TIE-BREAK<br />
27) IN MIXED DOUBLES, USING THE “NO-AD” SYSTEM OF SCORING THE PLAYER OF THE SAME<br />
GENDER AS THE SERVER SHALL RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT. THE PLAYERS OF THE<br />
RECEIVING TEAM MAY CHANGE POSITIONS TO RECEIVE THE DECIDING POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
28) THE CANS WITH NEW BALLS SHOULD BE OPENED JUST BEFORE THE MATCH/BALL CHANGE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
29) IF A MATCH IS SUSPENDED DUE TO DARKNESS, THE SUSPENSION SHOULD BE MADE AT THE<br />
CHANGEOVER.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
30) THE MANUFACTURERS IDENTIFICATION ALLOWED ON THE SKIRTS CAN BE ONLY ONE<br />
IDENTIFICATION OF 4 sq.inches.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
31) FOR THE SECOND TIME IN ITF WOMEN’S CIRCUIT MATCH PLAYER A’s CAP FALLS OFF DURING<br />
THE POINT. WHAT IS THE CORRECT DECISION?<br />
A) LET<br />
B) CU MUST ADVISE PLAYER A THAT IF THIS RE-OCCURS, SHE WILL LOSE THE POINT<br />
C) PLAYER A LOSES THE POINT<br />
32) THE CHAIR UMPIRE MAY REFUSE A REQUEST FOR ELECTRONIC REVIEW.<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
33) AS A GUIDE THE MINIMUM HEIGHT TO THE CEILING IS 9.04 MT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
194
B) FALSE<br />
34) AT AN ITF PRO CIRCUIT EVENT, A PLAYER ASKS FOR EXTRA TIME TO GO TO THE LOCKER<br />
ROOM AND CHANGE FROM GLASSES TO CONTACT LENSES. THERE IS NO PROBLEM WITH<br />
THE GLASSES, BUT HE WOULD PREFER TO CHANGE TO CONTACT LENSES. WHAT IS THE<br />
CORRECT DECISION?<br />
35) IN WHEELCHAIR TENNIS A PLAYER LOSES THE POINT IF HE FAILS TO RETURN THE BALL<br />
BEFORE IT HAS TOUCHED THE GROUND TWO TIMES.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
36) MAY A LINESMAN CHANGE HIS CALL AFTER THE UMPIRE HAS GIVEN THE SCORE?<br />
A) YES<br />
B) NO<br />
37) THE HEIGHT OF THE NET POST IS 1.04 MT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
38) THE POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE IS:<br />
39) IN MEN’S TENNIS IN EACH SLEEVE A PLAYER MAY HAVE ONE COMMERCIAL OT EXCEEDING<br />
4 SQ INCH<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
40) HOW MANY MANUFACTURER IN WOMEN’S TENNIS ARE ALLOWED ON THE FRONT, BACK<br />
AND COLLAR OF A SHIRT’ HOW BIG?<br />
41) MAXIMUM SIZE OF A COMMERCIAL LOGO ON A TENNIS BAG.<br />
42) MAY A PLAYER USE A MOBILE PHONE DURING MATCH?<br />
195
2010…<br />
196
APPENDICE 1: ESERCIZI SULLE LISTE E TESTS PER REFEREES MAI<br />
PROPOSTI ALLE PRE-SCUOLE<br />
TESTS VARI<br />
1) ITF JUNIOR U18: IN 2010 A GIRL BORN ON DEC 31 ST 1997 WILL NOT BE ABLE TO COMPETE<br />
IN A ITF U18 EVENT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
2) ITF UNDER 18: ON-SITE ALTERNATES ARE ACCEPTED ACCORDING TO THE ENTRY<br />
RANKING.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
3) ITF UNDER 18: FOR DOUBLES ACCEPTANCE PURPOSE A PLAYER RANKED 599 IN ATP IS<br />
CONSIDERED A “RANKED PLAYER”.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
4) ITF UNDER 18: SPECIAL EXEMPTS MAY BE REQUIRED ONLY FROM PLAYERS BELONGING<br />
TO THE QUALIFYING ACCEPTANCE LIST.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
5) WOMENS’ ITF: IN 50.000$. MAXIMUM ENTRY FEE FOR A MAIN DRAW DOUBLES ONLY<br />
PLAYER (PLAYING ONLY DOUBLES).<br />
6) WOMENS’ ITF: IF A PLAYER WITHDRAWS WITH A MEDICAL FOR THE 1 ST TIME IN A YEAR<br />
AFTER THE QUALIFYINFG SIGN-IN DEADLINE SHE WILL NOT BE FINED.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
7) WOMENS’ 10.000 $: A PLAYER WHO HAS SIGNED IN FOR THE QUALIFYING EVENT IS<br />
COMMITTED TO THAT TOURNAMENT UNLESS RELEASED BY THE ITF SUPERVISOR<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
8) WOMENS’ ITF: PLAYERS IN THE ALTERNATE LIST CANNOT CALL TO PRESERVE THEIR<br />
ELEGIBILITY.<br />
197
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
9) WOMEN’S ITF: CONDITIONS TO REQUIRE A “SPECIAL EXEMPT” IN A 75.000$.<br />
10) WOMENS’ ITF: ONLY THE FIRST SIX PLAYERS IN THE QUALIFYING LIST MAY CALL TO<br />
PRESERVE THEIR ELEGIBILITY.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
11) WOMENS’ ITF: AFTER THE FREEZE DEADLINE A PLAYER IN THE ALTERNATE LIST IS NOT<br />
COMMITTED TO PLAY THE EVENT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
12) IN WOMEN’S ITF LUCKY LOSERS ARE SELECTED AS FOLLOWS : RANKED PLAYERS,<br />
EXCLUDING SPECIAL RANKINGS AND ACCUMULATED POINTS ARE RANDOMLY DRAWN,<br />
AND THEN THE ORDER OF UNRANKED PLAYERS IS DRAWN<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
13) WOMEN’S FUTURES 100.000$ PLAYED ON HARDCOURT: MINIMUM NUMBER OF LINESMEN<br />
IN EVERY MAIN DRAW MATCH.<br />
14) MEN’S FUTURES 15.000$: A CHAIR UMPIRE IS REQUIRED FOR THE FINAL ROUND OF<br />
QUALIFYING MATCHES.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
15) WOMEN’S FUTURES 25,000$: WITH A 64 QUALIFYING DRAW EVERY MATCH IN<br />
QUALIFYING MUST HAVE A CHAIR UMPIRE.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
16) MEN’S FUTURES: IF A DOUBLES TEAM RETIRES AFTER THE 1 ST ROUND THEY WILL<br />
RECEIVE POINTS FROM THE PREVIOUS ROUND REACHED BUT PRIZE MONEY FROM THE<br />
ORUND IN WHICH THEY WILL RETIRE.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
17) MEN’S FUTURES: A DOUBLES TEAM RETIRES IN 1 ST ROUND DUE TO AN INJURY OF ONE<br />
OF THE PLAYERS: CAN THE NON INJURED PLAYER PLAY THE QUALIFYING OF THE<br />
FOLLOWING WEEK?<br />
A) NO<br />
198
B) YES<br />
18) MEN’S FUTURES: NUMBER OF WILD CARDS IN A 48 SINGLES MAIN DRAW.<br />
A) 6<br />
B) 8<br />
C) 7<br />
19) MEN’S FUTURES 10,000 $ + H: THE TOURNAMENT DIRECTOR MAY OFFER ONE WC TO A<br />
PLAYER RANKED 100 (RANKING 14 DAYS PRIOR TO THE MONDAY OF THE TOURNAMENT<br />
WEEK).<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
20) MEN’S FUTURES: IF A PLAYER SIGNS IN THROUGH ANOTHER SUPERVISOR, THAT PLAYER<br />
MUST BE ABLE TO BE ON-SITE AND PLAY HIS FIRST ROUND MATCH BY THE END OF THE<br />
FIRST DAY OF QUALIFYING.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
21) WOMENS’ FUTURES 75,000$. MINIMUM REQUIREMENT FOR PRACTICE BALLS.<br />
22) WHEN THE NO-AD SYSTEM IS IN USE, IN MIXED DOUBLES THE PLAYERS OF THE<br />
RECEIVING TEAM ARE ALLOWED TO CHANGE POSITIONS TO RECEIVE THE DECIDING<br />
POINT.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
23) IN DOUBLES THE ORDER OF RECEIVING MAY NOT BE ALTERED AT THE BEGINNING OF<br />
THE MATCH TIE BREAK.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
24) IF A RECEIVER VOLLEYS THE 1 ST SERVE BEFORE IT BOUNCES, HE LOSES THE POINT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
25) HOW MANY CHOICES HAS THE WINNER OF THE TOSS IN THE PRE-MATCH MEETING.<br />
A) 4<br />
B) 2<br />
199
C) 3<br />
26) ITF UNDER 18: NUMBER OF SEEDS IN A 128 MAIN DRAW.<br />
A) 16<br />
B) 32<br />
27) ITF UNDER 18: MAXIMUM NUMBER OF WILD CARDS IN A 48 SINGLES MAIN DRAW.<br />
28) ITF UNDER 18: NUMBER OF QUALIFIERS IN A 48 SINGLES MAIN DRAW.<br />
A) 6<br />
B) 8<br />
29) ITF UNDER 18: GIRLS SHOULD BE DRESSED SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE SAME COLOUR.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
30) IF “SHORTS SET” ARE USED AT 4-3 YOU WIN A SET.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
31) WOMEN’S ITF: PLEASE LIST IN ORDER THE ACCEPTANCE METHODS FOR DOUBLES.<br />
32) WOMEN’S ITF: CAN A PLAYER PLAY QUALIFYING IN ONE TOURNAMENT, LOOSE AND<br />
THEN PLAY THE DOUBLES MAIN DRAW IN ANOTHER TOURNAMENT?<br />
33) WOMEN’S ITF: NUMBER OF WILD CARDS IN A DOUBLES QUALIFYING DRAW.<br />
34) WOMEN’S ITF: IN 50.000$ AN ON-SITE ALTERNATE CANNOT SIGN-IN OVER THE PHONE<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
35) WOMEN’S ITF: MAXIMUM SIZE OF QUALIFYING DRAW AT 50.000 $.<br />
36) WOMENS’ ITF: MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DIRECT ACCEPTANCES IN A 75,000<br />
$ WHICH IS PART OF THE JUNIOR EXEMPT PROGRAMME.<br />
37) WOMEN’S ITF: IN A 32 QUALIFYING DRAW THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF WILD CARD IS:<br />
38) WOMEN’S ITF: ACCUMULATED POINTS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR SEEDING PURPOSES IN<br />
THE MAIN DRAW BUT MAY BE USED FOR SEEDING IN THE QUALIFYING DRAW<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
39) WOMENS’ ITF: IN A DOUBLES MAIN DRAW WITHOUT QUALIFYING THE NUMBER OF<br />
DIRECT ACCEPTANCES IS:<br />
40) AT RECREATIONAL COMPETITION THE MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM THE SIDELINES TO<br />
THE SIDESTOPS IS:<br />
200
41) MEN’S ITF: IN THE MAIN DRAW A SEED WITHDRAWS ON THE 1 ST DAY OF MAIN DRAW<br />
BEFORE THE RELEASE OF THE ORDER OF PLAY FOR THE SECOND DAY. DO YOU REPLACE<br />
IT WITH :<br />
A) THE NEXT ELEGIBLE PLAYER TO BE SEEDED<br />
B) A LUCKY LOSER<br />
C) A WILD CARD<br />
D) THE SON OF THE TOURNAMENT DIRECTOR<br />
42) WHAT DO YOU DO AS A SUPERVISOR IN AN ITF MEN’S CIRCUIT IF YOU HAVE A<br />
FLUCTUATION OF 4% IN THE EXCHANGE RATE IMMEDIATELY BEFORE THE<br />
TOURNAMENT?<br />
43) FED CUP ZONE GROUP 2: OUTSIDE SPACE AT THE SIDELINES.<br />
44) WOMEN’S ITF 10.000 $. IN A DOUBLES MATCH THE FINAL SCORE IS 6-7 (6) 7-6 (6) 10-6.<br />
NUMBER OF BALLS USED IN THE MATCH (BALL CHANGE AS THE MINIMUM SUGGESTED<br />
IN THE ITF BOOK)<br />
45) MEN’S ITF: A PLAYER’S SINGLES MATCH LASTED 95 MINUTES. HOW MUCH TIME DOES HE<br />
HAVE BEFORE HIS DOUBLES SCHEDULED ON THE SAME DAY?<br />
46) WOMENS’ ITF 100.000$. HOW MANY LINEUMPIRES ARE REQUIRED AS A MINIMUM FOR A<br />
SEMIFINAL MATCH PLAYED ON HARD COURT?<br />
47) WOMEN’S ITF 25.000$: HOW MANY CERTIFIED CHAIR UMPIRES ARE REQUIRED AS A<br />
MINIMUM IN ORDER TO RUN THE TOURNAMENT?<br />
48) WOMEN’S ITF: IF THE EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION RULE IS PUT INTO EFFECT, THE<br />
MATCHES ALREADY IN PROGRESS WILL CONTINUE WITHOUT INTERRUPTION.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
49) WOMENS’ ITF: WHAT DO YOU DO AS AN ITF SUPERVISOR IF YOU HAVE A FLUCTUATION<br />
OF 11% IN THE EXCHANGE RATE BEFORE THE TOURNAMENT STARTS?<br />
50) WOMEN’S ITF: TREATMENT FOR MUSCLE CRAMPING IS LIMITED TO TWO FULL<br />
CHANGEOVER/SET BREAKS<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
51) MEN’S ITF: IF A PLAYER VOMITS ON COURT IN A CORNER PLAY MAY RESUME EVEN IF<br />
THE VOMIT HAS NOT BEAN CLEANED.<br />
52) MENS’ FUTURES: IF A PLAYER IS PLAYING HIS LAST QUALIFYING MATCH AT THE TIME<br />
OF THE DOUBLES SIGN-IN DEADLINE YOU CAN EXTEND THE DEADLINE ITSELF JUST FOR<br />
THAT PLAYER<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
201
53) IN WOMEN’S FUTURES AN “ALTERNATE” PLAYER IS A NON ENTERED PLAYER<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
54) DEFINITON OF A “SPECIAL EXEMPT” PLAYER IN A 10,000$ WOMEN’S FUTURES.<br />
55) IN MEN’S FUTURES, HEAT ILLNESS IS CONSIDERED AS ONE TRETABLE MEDICAL<br />
CONDITION<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
56) FED CUP WORLD GROUP ONE: MINIMUM SPACE BEHIND THE BASELINE.<br />
57) IN MEN’S FUTURES AFTER THE FREEZE DEADLINE PLAYERS ON THE ALTERNATE LIST<br />
ARE NOT COMMITTED TO PLAY THE TOURNAMENT.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
58) IN MENS’ FUTURES HOW DO YOU FILL A VACANCY IN MAIN DRAW IF THE VACANCY<br />
HAPPENS BETWEEN THE FREEZE DEADLINE AND THE QUALIFYING SIGN –IN DEADLINE?<br />
59) A PLAYER RANKED 151 IN SINGLES 14 DAYS BEFORE THE MONDAY OF THE<br />
TOURNAMENT WEEK MAY NOT BE A WILD CARD IN A MEN’S FUTURES OF PRIZE MONEY<br />
OF 10.000 $ + H.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
60) A PLAYERS RANKED 102 IN SINGLES 14 DAYS BEFORE THE MONDAY OF THE<br />
TOURNAMENT WEEK CANNOT ENTER IN A MENS’ FUTURES.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
61) IN MENS’ FUTURES QUALIFYING AN ENTERED PLAYER WITHOUT RANKING HAS NOT<br />
PRIORITY IN THE ACCEPTANCE LIST TO AN ON-SITE ALTERNATE WITH A COMPUTER<br />
RANKING.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
62) IN MENS’ FUTURES SYSTEMS OF MERIT FOR DOUBLES ACCEPTANCE ONE PLAYER WITH<br />
SINGLES RANKING + ONE PLAYER WITHOUT A RANKING DO NOT HAVE PRIORITY IN<br />
ACCEPTANCE TO TWO PLAYERS WITH APPROVED DOUBLES RANKINGS.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
63) IN DAVIS CUP GROUP ONE IN THE 1 ST DAY THE NUMBER ONE PLAYER OF TEAM A PLAYS<br />
THE 1 ST SINGLES AGAINST THE NUMBER 2 PLAYER OF TEAM B.<br />
202
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
64) FED CUP WORLD GROUP ONE: MAXIMUM INTERVAL BETWEEN THE TWO SINGLES<br />
MATCHES.<br />
65) DAVIS CUP GROUP ONE: THE THIRD SINGLES FINISHES AT 3.37 PM. WHEN IS THE<br />
MAXIMUM TIME FOR THE CAPTAIN TO CHANGE THE 4 TH SINGLES PLAYER?<br />
66) FED CUP WORLD GROUP ONE: WHEN DOES THE DRAW TAKES PLACE?<br />
67) IN MEN’S FUTURES IF IN DOUBLES A TEAM IS DEFAULTED BECAUSE ONE OF THE PLAYER<br />
COMMITTS A BALL ABUSE ONLY THAT PLAYER LOSE COMPLETELY PRIZE MONEY ,<br />
POINTS AND HOSPITALITY, WHILE THE OTHER PLAYER GETS PRIZE MONEY AND POINTS<br />
FROM THE PREVIOUS ROUND.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
68) DAVIS CUP WORLD GROUP: IT IS MONDAY AND THE DRAW IS SUPPOSED TO BE ON<br />
THURSDAY AT 11.00 AM. HOW MANY NOMINATIONS MAY BE CHANGED? WHEN, AS<br />
MAXIMUM?<br />
69) MENS’ FUTURES: A WILD CARD WHO WITHDRAWS AFTER THE DRAW IS MADE IS NOT<br />
ALWAYS REPLACED BY A LUCKY LOSER.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
70) IN WOMENS’ FUTURES SPECIAL EXEMPTS ARE SELECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR<br />
ENTRY RANKING.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
71) MEN’S FUTURES: WITHDRAWAL DEADLINE IN SINGLES:<br />
72) WOMEN’S FUTURES: ENTRY DEADLINE IN SINGLES:<br />
73) ATP CHALLENGER: MINIMUM DISTANCE OF THE SIDELINE CHAIR OF THE LINEUMPIRE<br />
FROM THE BASELINE.<br />
74) ATP CHALLENGER: A PLAYER HAS PLAYED HIS INDOOR MATCH IN 69 MINUTES.<br />
MINIMUM REST IN ORDER TO PLAY DOUBLES THE SAME DAY.<br />
75) DAVIS CUP: HOW MANY COMMERCIAL LOGOS ARE ALLOWED ON SHOES? WHAT IS THE<br />
MAXIMUM SIZE?<br />
76) ATP CHALLENGER: MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE LOGO OF THE APPAREL MANUFACTURER<br />
WHICH CAN BE PLACED EITHER ON EACH OF THE SLEEVES OR ON THE OUTER SEAMS.<br />
77) ATP CHALLENGER: MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE LOGO OF THE MANUFACTURER ON<br />
WRISTBAND.<br />
78) DAVIS CUP: NUMBER AND MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION’S TEAM<br />
SPONSORS LOGOS ON A PLAYERS’ SLEEVE.<br />
203
79) DAVIS CUP: WHICH ARE THE PENALTIES FOR THE CAPTAIN?<br />
80) FED CUP: HOW MANY TOILET BREAKS IN DOUBLES?<br />
81) FED CUP: HOW MANY COMMERCIALS CAN A PLAYER HAVE ON HIS HEADBAND? HOW<br />
BIG?<br />
82) FED CUP: IF THE TEAM ID RULE DOES NOT APPLY PLAYERS SHOULD NOT BE DRESSED IN<br />
SUBSTANTIAL SAME COLOURS.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
83) WTA TOUR: HOW MANY COMMERCIAL LOGOS AND HOW BIG ON SKIRT/SHORTS.<br />
84) WTA TOUR: HOW MANY MANUFACTURER’S LOGOS AND HOW BIG ON FRONT, BACK OR<br />
COLLAR OF THE SHIRT.<br />
85) WTA TOUR: MAXIMUM SIZE OF THE WTA TOUR SPONSOR PATCH ON THE SLEEVE.<br />
86) WTA TOUR: A PLAYER CAN WEAR CUT-OFFS DURING THE WARM UP.<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
87) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE 1 ST SET TIE BREAK THE SCORE IS 4-3. AFTER A 1 ST SERVE<br />
FAULT YOU DISCOVER THE A PLAYER IN THE TEAM HAS SERVED OUT OF TURN (THE<br />
PARTNER SHOULD HAVE SERVED). YOU CORRECT THE MISTAKE IMMEDIATELY AND THE<br />
FAULT DOES NOT COUNT<br />
A) FALSE<br />
B) TRUE<br />
88) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE 2 ND SET TIE-BREAK THE SCORE IS 4-3. AFTER A 1 ST SERVE<br />
FAULT YOU DISCOVER THAT A PLAYER IN THE TEAM HAS RECEIVED OUT OF TURN.<br />
YOU CORRECT THE ERROR IMMEDIATELY.<br />
A) TRUE<br />
B) FALSE<br />
89) IN A DOUBLES MATCH IN THE FINAL SET AT 3-2 15-0 1 FAULT YOU REALIZE YOU<br />
SHOULD HAVE PLAYED A MATCH TIE-BREAK. WHAT DO YOU DO?<br />
204
PRE-TEST LISTA TORNEO TEMPO: 1 ORA<br />
E’ VENERDI’ 3 APRILE 2009, OVVERO IL GIORNO DEL SIGN-IN DELLE QUALI AL TORNEO DI VERCELLI<br />
(ITA) MEN’S 15.000$ E DI FRONTE A VOI AVETE LA LISTA FINALE DEL TORNEO. LE QUALIFICAZIONI<br />
COMINCIANO ALLE ORE 11.00 DI SABATO 4 APRILE 2009 (PRIMO TURNO) E FINISCONO DOMENICA 5<br />
APRILE 2009 (SECONDO TURNO)<br />
LE QUALI SONO A 32 -<br />
FIRMANO PERSONALMENTE PER LE QUALI I SEGUENTI GIOCATORI (TRA PARENTESI IL SEED RANK):<br />
GRILLI (612) – GUENAT (611) – GIRAUDO (599) – PASTOR (613) – BELLA (610) – CHRAMOSTA (605) –<br />
FANUCCI (598) – FALGHERI (603) – VUKOVIC (606) – ZITKO (609) – FRANSEN (595) – PORTALURI (614) –<br />
SATTANINO (1312) – GIANNESSI (615) – RODRIGUEZ (1471) – TRAVAGLIA (1470) – BENINCA (604) –<br />
REYNET (607) – STUCCHI (1906) – PAPASIDERO (NR) – PALAHAVAN (NR) – VIERIN (608) – WOLF (NR) –<br />
BORGO (NR) – BALDI (NR) – POMPEO (NR) – ROSSI (NR) – ONGARI (NR) - ORTRUGHI (ON SITE<br />
ALTERNATE – RANK 596) – FAFASVIA (ON SITE ALTERNATE – NR) – GUSTAILVINHO (ON SITE<br />
ALTERNATE – RANK 1908)<br />
PRIMA DELLE ORE 18.00 RICEVETE LE SEGUENTI RICHIESTE DI FIRME TELEFONICHE, DI GIOCATORI<br />
IN VIAGGIO VERSO VERCELLI MA CHE A CAUSA DI UN INCIDENTE IN AUTOSTRADA ARRIVERANNO<br />
DOPO LE 18.00<br />
‐ CHRIS D, SUPERVISOR DEL ATP TOUR DI ROMA (ITA) VI CHIEDE LA FIRMA PER PIZZI<br />
NICHOLAS (ARG) (SEED RANK 600) CHE HA PERSO IN SINGOLO MERCOLEDI’ 1 APRILE E<br />
DOPPIO GIOVEDI’ 2 APRILE. QUESTO GIOCATORE POTRA’ ARRIVARE ON-SITE SABATO 4<br />
APRILE VERSO MEZZOGIORNO,<br />
‐ VALERY B, SUPERVISOR DEL 15.000 DI COLOGNO MONZESE (ITA) VI CHIEDE LA FIRMA PER<br />
CARLI LUCA (ITA) (NOT RANKED) CHE HA PERSO IN SINGOLARE E DOPPIO GIOVEDI’ 2<br />
APRILE.<br />
‐ MASSIMO MORELLI, SUPERVISOR DEL 15.000 DI RENNES (FRA) VI CHIEDE LA FIRMA PER<br />
GRIMAL-FERRER JOAN-MARC (ESP) (NR) CHE HA PERSO IN SINGOLARE E DOPPIO MARTEDI’<br />
31 MARZO<br />
PRIMA DELLE ORE 18.00 RICEVETE LE TELEFONATE DAI SEGUENTI GIOCATORI PER PRESERVARE<br />
L’ELEGIBILITY<br />
‐ TRUNGELLITI MARCO (ARG) (SEED RANK 601)<br />
‐ SESSAGESIMI DYLAN (SUI) (SEED RANK 594)<br />
RICEVETE LE SEGUENTI RICHIESTE DI SPECIAL EXEMPT. TUTTE LE RICHIESTE VI PERVENGONO<br />
PRIMA DELLE ORE 18.00 E TUTTI I GIOCATORI HANNO VINTO I LORO MATCHES DI QUEL GIORNO<br />
PRIMA DELLE 18.00. NESSUNO DI LORO CHIEDE FIRME PER GIOCARE LE QUALIFICAZIONI<br />
‐ ALD J, SUPERVISOR DEL 10.000$ DI COIMBRA (POR), VI CHIEDE LO SPECIAL EXEMPT PER<br />
CAZES-CARRERES THOMAS (FRA) (SEED RANK 717)<br />
‐ VICTORIA D, SUPERVISOR DEL 15.000$ DI BUCHAREST (ROM), VI CHIEDE LO SPECIAL EXEMPT<br />
PER VAZQUEZ-VALENZUELA JUAN (ARG) (SEED RANK 717)<br />
‐ WALT M, SUPERVISOR DEL ATP CHALLENGER DI TRIPOLI (LIB) VI CHIEDE LO SPECIAL<br />
EXEMPT PER GRAISSE ARNAUD (BEL) (SEED RANK 717)<br />
205
LA FEDERAZIONE HA UNA SOLA WILD CARD PER LE QUALIFICAZIONI (MEDINA RAFAEL – SEED<br />
RANK 500), E QUINDI IL DIRETTORE DEL TORNEO VI COMUNICA LE ALTRE 5 WILD CARD PER IL<br />
TABELLONE DELLE QUALI, TUTTI IN REGOLA CON L’IPIN. I NOMI DELLE WILD CARD PER LE QUALI<br />
SONO:<br />
‐ TORTELLO ROSARIO (SEED RANK 602)<br />
‐ DI SAVOIA SAVOIARDO (NR)<br />
‐ TROMBA ALBERTO (NR)<br />
‐ SBAUDO PEPPINO (NR)<br />
‐ SENATORE UMBERTO (NR)<br />
ALLE 18.10, PRIMA CHE ABBIATE FATTO IL TABELLONE DELLE QUALI RICEVETE UN FAX DI<br />
CANCELLAZIONE DAL MAIN DRAW DEL GIOCATORE MARRAI MATTEO (ITA) (REASON: MEDICAL –<br />
CERTIFICATE TO FOLLOW – WITHDRAWAL E CERTIFICATO NON PROVENGONO DA UN ALTRO<br />
TORNEO) E UN ALTRO FAX DI CANCELLAZIONE DEL GIOCATORE VANNI LUCA (ITA) (REASON: NOT<br />
GIVEN- WITHDRAWAL PROVIENE DA CASA DEL GIOCATORE)<br />
ESEGUIRE I SEGUENTI ESERCIZI:<br />
‐ INDICARE QUALI GIOCATORI DELLA LISTA DI QUALIFICAZIONE ENTRANO DIRETTAMENTE<br />
NEL MAIN DRAW<br />
‐ INDICARE LE RAGIONI PER LE QUALI NON ACCETTATE EVENTUALI FIRME E/O RICHIESTE DI<br />
SPECIAL EXEMPT E INDICARE QUALE AZIONE INTRAPRENDETE RISPETTO A QUESTI<br />
GIOCATORI CHE NON ACCETTATE<br />
‐ INDICARE QUAL’E’ L’ULTIMO GIOCATORE AD ENTRARE DIRETTAMENTE NELLE QUALI<br />
‐ COMPILARE L’ENTRY LIST DELLE QUALI IN ORDINE DI SEEDING<br />
‐ POSIZIONARE LE TESTE DI SERIE NEL TABELLONE DELLE QUALI, ACCOPPIANDOLE<br />
LIBERAMENTE NELLE SEZIONI<br />
‐ POSIZIONARE EVENTUALI BYES NEL TABELLONE DELLE QUALI<br />
‐ INDICARE QUALI GIOCATORI VENGONO SEGNALATI ALL’ITF PER ESSERE MULTATI E PER<br />
QUALE RAGIONE<br />
206
Main Draw<br />
1 ALVAREZ Diego 06 Mar 1980 ARG 283 1<br />
2 CERVENAK Pavol 01 Jul 1987 SVK 284 1<br />
3 ARANGUREN Juan-Martin 07 Oct 1983 ARG 287 1<br />
4 MARRAI Matteo 17 Nov 1986 ITA 294 1<br />
5 IONITA Victor 11 May 1983 ROU 301 1<br />
6 GOMES Eric 08 Oct 1984 BRA 309 1<br />
7 CHECA-CALVO Jose 02 Apr 1985 ESP 313 1<br />
8 AVELLAN Carlos 31 May 1982 ECU 316 1<br />
9 OLASO Guillermo 25 Mar 1988 ESP 334 1<br />
10 VANNI Luca 04 Jun 1985 ITA 350 1<br />
11 COELHO Andrew 02 Oct 1987 AUS 365 1<br />
12 FABBRI Alejandro 27 Oct 1982 ARG 366 1<br />
13 MIGANI Leandro 02 Mar 1985 ARG 370 1<br />
14 TRUJILLO-SOLER Gabriel 30 Sep 1979 ESP 376 1<br />
15 CHVOJKA Erik 26 Oct 1986 CAN 395 1<br />
16 DIAZ-VENTURA David 24 Jan 1986 ESP 398 1<br />
17 VILLAGRAN Cristian 20 Jan 1982 ARG 401 1<br />
18 MILLMAN John 14 Jun 1989 AUS 449 1<br />
32 Qualifying<br />
1 GRILLI Rodrigo-Antonio 20 Nov 1979 BRA 507 1<br />
2 $ LOPEZ Daniel-Alejandro 03 Jul 1989 ITA 575 1<br />
3 TRUNGELLITI Marco 31 Jan 1990 ARG 610 1<br />
4 GUENAT Mathieu 06 Mar 1986 SUI 611 1<br />
5 $ GIRAUDO Alberto 27 Jun 1983 ITA 695 1<br />
6 CAZES-CARRERE Thomas 05 May 1984 FRA 717 1<br />
7 $ PASTOR Nicolas 12 Mar 1991 ARG 782 1<br />
8 BELLA Marco 03 Apr 1988 ITA 810 1<br />
9 SESSAGESIMI Dylan 27 Jul 1989 SUI 883 1<br />
10 CHRAMOSTA Ladislav 10 Apr 1981 CZE 919 1<br />
11 FANUCCI Pietro 21 Jul 1988 ITA 964 1<br />
12 $ FALGHERI Andrea 09 Sep 1985 ITA 1002 2<br />
13 VUKOVIC Ivan 02 Nov 1984 CRO 1036 2<br />
14 $ ZITKO Radim 08 Dec 1978 CZE 1058 1<br />
15 FRANSEN Stephan 08 Aug 1988 NED 1067 1<br />
16 VAZQUEZ-VALENZUELA Juan 16 Apr 1991 ARG 1103 1<br />
17 $ PORTALURI Giorgio 12 Sep 1990 ITA 1257 1<br />
18 SATTANINO Marco 18 Mar 1986 ITA 1268= 1<br />
19 GIANNESSI Alessandro 30 May 1990 ITA 1442= 1<br />
20 $ RODRIGUEZ Cristian 24 Jun 1990 COL 1471= 1<br />
21 TRAVAGLIA Stefano 28 Dec 1991 ITA 1550= 1<br />
22 PIZZI Nicolas 30 May 1989 ARG 1734= 1<br />
23 BENINCA Paolo 26 Oct 1986 ITA 1850= 1<br />
24 REYNET Florian 14 Apr 1986 FRA 1906= 2<br />
25 GRAISSE Arnaud 21 May 1990 BEL 56 1<br />
26 $ GRIMAL-FERRER Joan-Marc 13 Nov 1990 ESP 162<br />
Alternates<br />
1 STUCCHI Andrea 23 Mar 1991 ITA 124 1<br />
2 $ PAPASIDERO Lorenzo 12 May 1990 ITA 159 1<br />
3 PALHAVAN Vinicius 18 Jan 1990 BRA 195 1<br />
4 VIERIN Matthieu 07 Jul 1991 ITA 170 1<br />
5 $ WOLF Matthias 02 Jun 1989 ITA 171 1<br />
6 $ GALUPPO Giovanni 28 May 1988 ITA 189 2<br />
7 BORGO Francesco 14 Jul 1985 ITA 191 1<br />
8 $ PIPPI Luca 02 Dec 1991 ITA 259 2<br />
9 BALDI Matteo 01 Mar 1984 ITA 314 1<br />
10 OTTOLINI Federico 27 Jun 1989 ITA 363 1<br />
11 POMPEO Luca 08 Apr 1989 ITA 401 1<br />
12 $ ROBERT Quentin 24 Aug 1994 REU 1<br />
13 KERN Robin 03 Oct 1993 GER 1<br />
14 PEHAR Patrik 12 Jun 1992 CRO 2<br />
15 ROSSI Marco 19 Dec 1989 ITA 1<br />
16 ONGARI Andrea 13 Jun 1989 ITA 1<br />
17 NATALI Yari 08 Apr 1987 ITA 1<br />
18 TODARO Simone 30 Jun 1989 ITA 1<br />
19 PALTRINIERI Davide 13 Apr 1993 ITA 1<br />
207
20 CARLI Luca 13 Aug 1990 ITA 1<br />
21 DEE Robert 18 Jan 1987 GBR 3<br />
22 $ STRUNNIKOV Artem 08 Feb 1989 RUS 2<br />
23 ARCIULI Francesco 15 Dec 1991 ITA 2<br />
24 $ BECUZZI Enrico 23 Mar 1973 ITA 1<br />
25 HARRISON Sam 30 May 1992 GBR 2<br />
26 GROSCHE Benedik 15 Oct 1984 GER 3<br />
27 CAPELLO Ettore 20 Apr 1990 ITA 1<br />
28 FRIGNANI Alex 14 May 1980 ITA<br />
208
FINAL TEST LISTA TORNEO TEMPO: 1 ORA<br />
E’ SABATO 10 OTTOBRE 2009, OVVERO IL GIORNO DEL SIGN-IN DELLE QUALI AL TORNEO DI<br />
SETTIMO SAN PIETRO (ITA) WOMEN’S 10.000$ E DI FRONTE A VOI AVETE LA LISTA FINALE DEL<br />
TORNEO.<br />
LE QUALI SONO A 32 -<br />
FIRMANO PERSONALMENTE PER LE QUALI LE SEGUENTI GIOCATRICI (TRA PARENTESI IL SEED<br />
RANK):<br />
BARBIERI (960) – TRESKUNOVA (960) – BONTE (NR) – DANIELS (NR) – SALA JUSTE (NR) – ALESSI (961) –<br />
BERNARDI (959) – BERTOIA (NR – YELLOW FLAG ON TP: MINIMUM PAYMENT 750 $) – CARROZZO (NR)<br />
– SAVORETTI (962) – MORONI (NR) – MAZZALI (934 – YELLOW FLAG ON TP – MINIMUM PAYMENT 550<br />
$) – PASINI (NR) – MAZZOLENI (1019) – SCIMONE (NR) – MASTELLONE (NR – BLE FLAG ON TP: 450 $<br />
FINE) – GUIDETTI (960) – SPAZZACAMPAGNA (949) – SERRA (NR) – GELNINI (ON-SITE ALTERNATE -NR)<br />
– MUTTERLINI (ON-SITE ALTERNATE 948) – HONZIKKER (ON-SITE ALTERNATE - NR) –<br />
MASANTADECHE’ (ON-SITE ALTERNATE - 951) – PRESTIGIATRICE (ON-SITE ALTERNATE - 950) –<br />
PULVERTINI (ON-SITE ALTERNATE - NR) – STADTLER (ON-SITE ALTERNATE – RANK 1234) – MUFLONA<br />
(ON-SITE ALTERNATE - NR) – QUASIMODA (ON-SITE ALTERNATE 1054) – RACCHIONA (ON-SITE<br />
ALTERNATE – NR)<br />
PRIMA DELLE ORE 18.00 RICEVETE LE SEGUENTI RICHIESTE DI FIRME TELEFONICHE, DI GIOCATRICI<br />
IN VIAGGIO VERSO IL TORNEO MA CHE A CAUSA DI UN RITARDO DELL’AUTOBUS DI LINEA DOVUTO<br />
AD UN CORTEO DI DISOCCUPATI CHE BLOCCANO IL TRAFFICO ARRIVERANNO DOPO LE 18.00<br />
‐ LARA C, SUPERVISOR DEL WTA TOUR DI ROMA (ITA) VI CHIEDE LA FIRMA PER MECCHI<br />
COSTANZA (ITA) (SEED RANK 999) CHE HA PERSO IN SINGOLO MERCOLEDI’ 7 OTTOBRE E<br />
DOPPIO GIOVEDI’ 8 OTTOBRE.<br />
‐ GRAZIA O, SUPERVISOR DEL 10.000 DI MONTENERO DI BISACCIA (ITA) VI CHIEDE LA FIRMA<br />
PER SCIAKY LUDOVICA (ITA) (NOT RANKED) CHE HA PERSO IN SINGOLARE E DOPPIO<br />
GIOVEDI’ 8 OTTOBRE<br />
RICEVETE LE SEGUENTI RICHIESTE DI SPECIAL EXEMPT. TUTTE LE RICHIESTE VI PERVENGONO<br />
PRIMA DELLE ORE 18.00 E TUTTE LE GIOCATRICI HANNO VINTO I LORO MATCHES DI QUEL GIORNO<br />
PRIMA DELLE 18.00. NESSUNA DI LORO CHIEDE FIRME PER GIOCARE LE QUALIFICAZIONI<br />
‐ MIRANDA L, SUPERVISOR DEL 10.000$ DI REJKIAVIK (ISL), VI CHIEDE LO SPECIAL EXEMPT<br />
PER STRUZZOLINO SIMONA (ITA) (SEED RANK 998)<br />
LA FEDERAZIONE NON HA WILD CARD PER LE QUALIFICAZIONI, E IL DIRETTORE DEL TORNEO NE<br />
HA SOLAMENTE 3 PER IL TABELLONE DELLE QUALI, TUTTI IN REGOLA CON L’IPIN. I NOMI DELLE<br />
WILD CARD PER LE QUALI SONO:<br />
‐ BERTUCCIA MILLY (SEED RANK 997)<br />
‐ DI RIVOMBRODOSA ELSA (NR)<br />
‐ NAOMO LETIZIA (NR)<br />
ALLE 17.53 CHIAMA BAUMGARTEN SABRINA (GER) PER PRESERVARE L’ELEGILIBILITY<br />
ALLE 17.54 LA GIOCATRICE BERTOIA VI PAGA 750 $<br />
ALLE 17.55 SI RITIRA DAL MAIN DRAW CAREGARO MARTINA (ITA): CERTIFICATO DA TORNEO<br />
PRECEDENTE<br />
209
ALLE 17.58 CHIAMA MUSSI SUSANNA (ITA) PER PRESERVARE L’ELEGIBILITY<br />
ALLE 18.00 LA GIOCATRICE MAZZALI NON VI HA DATO I 550 $, MA VI PROPONE DI DETRARRE DAL<br />
PRIZE MONEY DEL TURNO IN CUI PERDERA’ 51 $ IN MODO DA SCENDERE SOTTO I 500 $ DI MULTA<br />
ALLE 18.14, PRIMA CHE ABBIATE FATTO IL TABELLONE DELLE QUALI, SI RITIRA DAL MAIN DRAW<br />
ZANCHETTA ERIKA: CERTIFICATO DA TORNEO PRECEDENTE<br />
L’INDOMANI MATTINA, 10 MINUTI PRIMA CHE INIZINO LE QUALIFICAZIONI, SI RITIRA DAL MAIN<br />
DRAW BALSAMO ELISA (ITA): CERTIFICATO MEDICO DA CASA SUA<br />
INFINE, DURANTE IL PRIMO MATCH DI QUALIFICAZIONI, SI RITIRA DAL MAIN DRAW SULPIZIO<br />
VALENTINA (ITA): CERTIFICATO MEDICO DA CASA SUA<br />
ESEGUIRE I SEGUENTI ESERCIZI:<br />
‐ INDICARE QUALI GIOCATRICI DELLA LISTA DI QUALIFICAZIONE ENTRANO DIRETTAMENTE<br />
NEL MAIN DRAW<br />
‐ COMPILARE L’ENTRY LIST DELLE QUALI IN ORDINE DI SEEDING<br />
‐ POSIZIONARE LE TESTE DI SERIE NEL TABELLONE DELLE QUALI, ACCOPPIANDOLE<br />
LIBERAMENTE NELLE SEZIONI<br />
‐ POSIZIONARE EVENTUALI BYES NEL TABELLONE DELLE QUALI<br />
‐ COMPILARE IL TABELLONE DELLE QUALIFICAZIONI REVISED<br />
‐ INDICARE QUALI GIOCATRICI VENGONO SEGNALATI ALL’ITF PER ESSERE MULTATE E PER<br />
QUALE RAGIONE<br />
210
Main Draw<br />
1 DI SARRA Federica 16 May 1990 ITA 324 3<br />
2 GATTO-MONTICONE Giulia 18 Nov 1987 ITA 355 3<br />
3 MORONI Alice 21 Feb 1991 ITA 377 1<br />
4 REMONDINA Anna-Giulia 01 Jun 1989 ITA 415 2<br />
5 CHIEPPA Stefania 05 Apr 1983 ITA 447 1<br />
6 SULPIZIO Valentina 18 Aug 1984 ITA 451 1<br />
7 $ BALSAMO Elisa 12 Aug 1983 ITA 457 3<br />
8 DI GIUSEPPE Martina 10 Feb 1991 ITA 484 3<br />
9 QUERCIA Federica 16 Mar 1985 ITA 512 2<br />
10 VAIDEANU Andreea-Roxana 28 Jun 1990 ITA 601 1<br />
11 ZANCHETTA Erika 06 Feb 1989 ITA 629 2<br />
12 DAVATO Benedetta 12 Oct 1988 ITA 701 1<br />
13 $ GASPARRI Giulia 31 Oct 1991 ITA 750 1<br />
14 CAREGARO Martina 19 May 1992 ITA 808 1<br />
15 CHIREA Patricia 08 Oct 1991 ROU 924= 1<br />
16 PILLOT Carolina 28 Mar 1992 ITA 947 1<br />
Main Draw Wild Cards<br />
1 CUCCA Marcella 07 Mar 1993 ITA<br />
2 ECCEL Sara 04 Jul 1994 ITA<br />
3 MENDO Chiara 17 May 1993 ITA<br />
4 SALIS Elisa 14 Feb 1987 ITA<br />
32 Qualifying<br />
1 BARBIERI Gioia 09 Jul 1991 ITA 960=<br />
WCM SALIS Elisa 14 Feb 1987 ITA 1123=<br />
2 TRESKUNOVA Aleksandra 27 Oct 1992 RUS 184 1<br />
3 BONTE Alessandra 14 Nov 1992 USA 154 1<br />
4 DANIELS Carolin 10 Jun 1992 GER 36 2<br />
5 BAUMGARTEN Sabrina 20 Dec 1991 GER 69 1<br />
6 GORDIENKO Angelina 27 Dec 1990 RUS 194 1<br />
7 $ SALA-JUSTE Alejandra 10 Jan 1992 ESP 128 1<br />
8 ALESSI Rebecca 23 Feb 1989 ITA 108 1<br />
9 BERNARDI Francesca 13 Dec 1992 ITA 117 1<br />
10 $ MUSSI Susanna 23 Sep 1987 ITA 124 1<br />
11 $ BERTOIA Elena 07 Sep 1993 ITA 149 1<br />
12 CARROZZO Alessia 08 Apr 1992 ITA 160 1<br />
13 SAVORETTI Alice 17 Jun 1992 ITA 161 1<br />
14 MORONI Micaela 03 Oct 1987 ITA 164 1<br />
15 $ MAZZALI Francesca 29 Apr 1991 ITA 165 1<br />
16 MECCHI Costanza 20 Mar 1992 ITA 172 1<br />
17 PASINI Giulia 22 Feb 1992 ITA 193 1<br />
18 MAZZOLENI Martina 22 Mar 1992 ITA 246 1<br />
WCM CUCCA Marcella 07 Mar 1993 ITA 278 1<br />
19 SCIMONE Stephanie 05 May 1990 ITA 312 1<br />
20 $ MASTELLONE Giulia 12 Mar 1994 ITA 381 1<br />
21 GUIDETTI Giulia 10 Jun 1994 ITA 385 1<br />
22 SPAZZACAMPAGNA Federica 11 Jun 1994 ITA 1<br />
23 STRUZZOLINO Simona 13 Jan 1989 ITA 1<br />
24 SCIAKY Ludovica 06 Jul 1993 ITA<br />
Alternates<br />
1 SERRA Marina 29 Oct 1993 ITA 1<br />
211
APPENDICE 2: APPUNTI DA UNA VERA SCUOLA !!!<br />
212
Level 3 School – Hamburg, 28 th Feb/3 rd March 2006<br />
(per gentile concessione di Giuseppe Edoardo Solarino)<br />
Teachers: Mike Morrissey, Stefan Fransson, Gayle Bradshaw, Fabrice Chouquet<br />
Introduction of this school<br />
Selections based on: Evaluations<br />
Work Record<br />
Input from National Association<br />
ATP/WTA Recommendations/Comments<br />
Who are you? Introduce yourself<br />
Name<br />
Where you’re from<br />
Experience<br />
Level 2 School<br />
Life Outside tennis (if any!!)<br />
Joint Certification Program<br />
Badge recognized by all tours<br />
End of year recertification meeting<br />
One evaluation form<br />
Cooperate on Rules Changes<br />
Cooperate on Assignments of officials<br />
Joint “Code for Officials”<br />
Level 3 School<br />
Focus on ADVANCED officiating<br />
No gifts – Hard work<br />
But still a little fun<br />
Bronze badge is important but doesn’t guarantee assignments<br />
School Rules<br />
Be ON TIME!<br />
Feel free to ask questions<br />
No long stories<br />
No smoking<br />
How do I pass?<br />
Testing is COMPREHENSIVE<br />
Preschool test. Class contribution, Pop quiz, Final exam, oral exam.<br />
All exams new to school<br />
213
Day 1<br />
85% to pass<br />
We have badges for everyone<br />
Pre- Test, Rules, Procedures & Code of Conduct<br />
Day 2<br />
Chair Umpiring Davis Cup and Fed Cup. Code for Officials<br />
Day 3<br />
Evaluation Review & Questions – Final Exam!!<br />
Day 1 – morning<br />
La scuola inizia con un’introduzione personale fatta da ognuno di noi.<br />
Successivamente ci viene sottoposto un simpatico Pre-test composto da 25 domande a<br />
risposta multipla da svolgere in 20 minuti su Rules of tennis e Duties and Procedures.<br />
Dopo un coffee break si passa alla correzione del pre-test (corrette solo 14 domande).<br />
1. CONTACT LENSES/GLASSES (Duties and Procedures, pag. 23)<br />
Q.: A player is wearing glasses. At the end of a point the player breaks his glasses. He<br />
asks for reasonable time to change his glasses with contact lenses that are in his car. Is it<br />
allowed reasonable time for this?<br />
A.: Yes. When contact lenses or glasses become Equipment Out of Adjustment (dirty<br />
lenses or broken glasses) and the player has a pair of the other item they are allowed to<br />
change it and reasonable time is given. The rule has changed from this year: they can<br />
change it if they are EOOA; players CANNOT CHOOSE to change it.<br />
If it is raining and the player is wearing glasses, he cannot get extra time to change<br />
glasses into contact lenses. But we can do our best to let contact lenses be brought to the<br />
court (then during the next change over, he can change it in his own time).<br />
2. DRESS CODE<br />
Q.: Differences between ATP and Grand Slam (or ITF).<br />
In ATP we only talk about Clothing Sponsor: it doesn’t have to be a company<br />
creating tennis clothes, but it can be anything else. No Clothing Sponsor or<br />
Commercial Identification can be tobacco, alcohol or gambling company. Yes<br />
automobile.<br />
In ITF some changes on the dress code: the size of manuf. now is up to 4 sq. inch.<br />
On each SLEEVE will be of 4 sq. inch.<br />
214
On the SHIRT (front, back and collar) there are 2 of 2 sq. inch. or 1 of 4 sq. inch.<br />
On SHORTS and SKIRTS there are 2 of 2 sq. inch. or 1 of 4 sq. inch.<br />
From this year in ATP and WTA a player is allowed to have on each sleeve or on<br />
the outer seams (sides of torso) of the shirt a 12 sq. inch. logo with no writing (ex.:<br />
adidas brand);<br />
The 3 stripes of adidas won’t be allowed at any event from 26 th of June<br />
(Wimbledon), except in the size and in the area designated from the rule above.<br />
3. Q.: Rally on hard court without line umpires. A ball lands close to the far side line but<br />
you are blocked. What you do as chair umpire?<br />
A.: Wait for player’s reaction: if there is a reaction, play a let. The reaction is not<br />
considered a player’s appeal because no decision was made.<br />
Q.: During a rally, the umpire doesn’t see a “not up” because blocked. The opponent<br />
stops play claiming there was a “not up” and then he should win the point.<br />
A.: the “not up” is primary responsibility of the chair umpire: if he doesn’t see it, is like<br />
it didn’t happen.<br />
The difference is that in the 1 st case we know that the ball bounced: we are not able to<br />
know if it is good or not. In the 2 nd case we don’t know if it happened or not.<br />
4. TEAM IDENTIFICATION RULE.<br />
a) players dress in national colours; or<br />
b) they display the nation’s name on the back (preferably both, a) and b)).<br />
In doubles: or both players with a) or both with b) but they have to be dressed in<br />
substantially the same colours (preferably both the conditions).<br />
5. Q.: Match played without chair umpire on hard court. A player calls a ball, clearly good,<br />
out. You are off court watching the match. What you do?<br />
A.: if you watch it, go on court and apply the involuntary hindrance rule (1 st is a let;<br />
from the next one, he loses the point), because it was a blatantly incorrect call.<br />
6. POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE<br />
Warning, Point, Game, Game or Default, Game or Default, Game or Default.<br />
Until the 3 rd violation, the chair umpire is responsible; after the chair umpire<br />
decides which one is a violation and the referee decides the penalty (game or<br />
default) and he must be on court.<br />
Exceptions: a) cases of delay of game (no rackets left, out on his own time)<br />
b) when the court is far and is a long walking distance for the supervisor<br />
(never stop the clock to wait for the supervisor: we don’t want to give extra time to<br />
the player because of waiting for the supervisor, when, for example, player is<br />
cramping or he has no racket left).<br />
7. PARTISAN CROWD IN DAVIS AND FED CUP<br />
It has not to be applied for a single person but for a group;<br />
215
Normally it occurs during the service or a smash;<br />
The 1 st time we can call the let + soft warning (only once in a match);<br />
After the partisan crowd has to be applied, always play a let + the violation, unless<br />
the team who was disturbed won the point (and then just the violation will be<br />
applied at the end of the point).<br />
8. Q.: At the end of the match, the player starts to complain with us. What do you do?<br />
A.: Nothing to do. Just leave the court and report it to the supervisor (no need to advice<br />
the player, it could be even worst).<br />
9. EXTREME WEATHER CONDITION<br />
What is allowed: What is not allowed:<br />
- 10 minutes break - no coaching<br />
- adjust support (ex.: knee brace) - no treatment<br />
- take a shower<br />
- advice from the trainer<br />
In WTA there is more flexibility about the treatments during the 10 minutes break<br />
because they have seen in the past that after the first point of the 3 rd set, players used to<br />
ask for the trainer, losing more time practically. This is the reason why, with the<br />
agreement of the supervisor, players can be treated during the EWC.<br />
10. LOTTO ATP LINE LOTTO WTA LINE<br />
Grand Slam: YES Grand Slam: YES<br />
Men’ events: YES Women’ events: YES<br />
Davis Cup: NO Fed Cup: YES<br />
11. WTA TOUR PATCH<br />
Now there is just 1 patch: the Sony Ericsson WTA Tour Patch<br />
It can be placed on the sleeve or on the front<br />
Is a requirement in WTA (exception: some clothing don’t allow to wear other<br />
different patches<br />
Is not allowed in Grand Slam events<br />
12. MTO for cramps is just once in the match + 2 change over treatments, in any order<br />
13. Q.: At the end of the tie-break, by mistake the wrong player is serving. You realize this<br />
during the 2 nd game. When are we going to change the balls?<br />
A.: One game later than the original fixed ball change.<br />
14. WARM UP JACKET – DAVIS CUP<br />
Q.: How many commercial logos of the NATS can be placed on?<br />
A.: 2, one on the sleeve and another one on the back.<br />
LUNCH<br />
216
Day 1 – Afternoon<br />
Il pomeriggio inizia con un simpatico Pop-Quiz:<br />
Pop-Quiz 1: the base line umpire calls the footfault. The player shouts something to the line<br />
umpire who made the call and then, turning up, he throws his racket to the line umpire who<br />
misses it moving quickly from his position. The racket flies out of the court and lands<br />
outside the fence without touching anything. What you do as chair umpire?<br />
A.: Call the supervisor for a possible (immediate) default.<br />
CODE OF CONDUCT<br />
Like international officials we have to look more deeply about how to communicate<br />
with players;<br />
We should reflect about all the situations: be yourself and ask yourself if you did well<br />
or not.<br />
SUGGESTION: When we are on TV, tape your match to see your behaviour on the<br />
chair (if we are moving our legs or scratching our face)<br />
Seguono alcuni video di situazioni di Code of Conduct alle quali a turno si viene chiamati a<br />
rispondere. Qui di seguito alcuni casi visionati.<br />
1. Australian Open 2006 (Santoro)<br />
A line umpire calls a footfault on the 1 st service at break point. At the end of the point<br />
(losing the game), Santoro, close to the net, spits in the direction of that line umpire.<br />
Action: clear action, is Code Violation, UnC (if he spits on someone or he misses the<br />
person because he moved from his position, should be a default).<br />
SUGGESTION: announce the Code Violation after calling the score because<br />
a) he can do something else (we put together in one code)<br />
b) the crowd is quite after the score in the way that they can hear it<br />
2. US Open 2005 (Rusedski vs Murray).<br />
Late call and then late overrule. The player to CU: “You’re fucking blind, you’re<br />
fucking bad”.<br />
If it is the 1 st violation, it is easy (warning); if it is point penalty, break point at 4-4<br />
fifth set? Probably not……But of course it depends on: ask yourself,<br />
Is it going to destroy the match?<br />
How many people are there?<br />
Microphones?<br />
Show court<br />
If you know we cannot convince the player (about our call/overrule), don’t do that.<br />
Don’t sell the unsellable! Get the player going on<br />
Don’t say “let’s play”, let the player focus on the next point.<br />
If the crowd is “buuuing” on you, don’t tell anything more the crowd: can you win<br />
against the crowd? No, so don’t try it.<br />
SUGGESTION: You know to be on TV, so be normal, natural. Give a good<br />
impression. The camera maybe will be on you!!<br />
217
3. Australian Open 2004 (Ferrero)<br />
Ferrero is receiving a change over only treatment. The CU calls time and advices the<br />
player that he can get into the code if not ready. Ferrero nods and then the CU calls 15<br />
secs and the trainer finishes. His opponent is still on his chair. When Ferrero is going to<br />
serve, the CU assesses him a Code Violation for Delay of Game. Bad solution.<br />
His opponent wasn’t pushing for anything. Before doing this, give a look also to the other<br />
player. Don’t be focused just on one player.<br />
4. Roland Garros (Coria)<br />
Coria racket abuse to the ballkid.<br />
Action: first of all go and check the ballkid (or spectator), because you can get more<br />
informations (bruising or blood). This is for 2 reasons:<br />
a) You show we care of anyone;<br />
b) We check if he is ok.<br />
Coria takes off his shirt and gives it to the ballkid (he’s smiling).<br />
SUGGESTION: we should call the supervisor if we think it is a default; if not, we<br />
can go with the code.<br />
5. Wimbledon<br />
During a rally, there is an “out” called by the crowd. The player stops play.<br />
Decision: he loses the point, we don’t replay the point.<br />
Action: Use sympathy card (be positive).<br />
To player: “Look, I’m going to tell them”, “I’m going to do something”<br />
To crowd: “Please don’t call lines during play, let the LU make their job”<br />
FIVE REASONS FOR IMMEDIATE DEFAULT:<br />
1) Serious Unsport. Conduct: spitting on someone; shaking violently the umpire’s chair;<br />
2) Serious Verbal Abuse: something said very bad or when they really meant;<br />
3) Serious Physical Abuse;<br />
4) Trying intentionally to hit someone (also if not injured);<br />
5) Unintentionally hitting someone (injuring).<br />
If we are in one of this cases we need to call the “Code Violation”, we stop (and not<br />
suspend) the play and we call the supervisor. If crowded, we can also let the crowd<br />
understand we are calling the supervisor.<br />
The situation is hot, and the chair umpire has to be ice.<br />
When the supervisor arrives on court, give him the exact picture.<br />
218
Day 2 – Morning<br />
Il secondo giorno inizia con un secondo Pop-Quiz.<br />
Pop-Quiz 2: At the end of the match a player is not happy. 1 hour later you started your<br />
lunch and at the restaurant the coach and the player come to you. The coach is saying “You<br />
cheated my player”; the player says “you fucked up a big”. What do you do?<br />
CHAIR UMPIRING<br />
Write on a paper, the name of the best chair umpire you saw on chair:<br />
Sandra De Jenken Steve Ullrich<br />
The most important quality is to “be themselves”<br />
Don’t try to be like another one. It doesn’t work: find things of ourselves is better to<br />
use on chair<br />
Why do we have bad matches?<br />
─ No concentration in that moment<br />
─ Focus on something else (distraction)<br />
─ Too confident with a match, prejudging the match<br />
─ Paranoia<br />
─ Physically not ready for the match<br />
─ Get nervous (doing something for the first time)<br />
─ Arrogant (not showing respect to the players)<br />
─ Congratulate yourself about a decision (maybe after you make a mistake, and<br />
is that one that people still remember)<br />
There are 2 kind of nervousism: the 1 st one paralyzes you, and the 2 nd one prepares you<br />
better;<br />
Have a positive thinking, always be prepared to do chairs (you never know);<br />
Knowing the rules helps you on court: players can forget anything, but they don’t<br />
accept if you don’t know the rules.<br />
SOME VIDEOS<br />
1. US Open 2005 (Hewitt – Acasuso)<br />
Line umpire unsighted, and we are not sure about the ball (far side line). What do you do?<br />
Action: Replay the point.<br />
2. Wimbledon (Hewitt – Dent)<br />
Overrule on base line. The CU announces “replay the point”, but he realizes it was a<br />
winner.<br />
You normally cannot change a decision after a player’s appeal, but if you realize you<br />
missed something about a fact (the player played the ball or we was on the ground), you<br />
can change your decision. Instead if a player’s appeal is based on a judgement (player says<br />
that his opponent was far away, or he could have a chance to play the ball), you cannot<br />
change your decision (about a “Fact – Fact” you can change your decision; about a<br />
“Judgement” you cannot).<br />
219
3. Australian Open (Schuttler – Agassi)<br />
Overrule on base line: the CU was arguing with both players<br />
SUGGESTION: Don’t argue with the player who is not looking for anything.<br />
Another event back to back: Cyclops beep during motion of the 2 nd service.<br />
Action: 1 st service<br />
2 nd bad call of same line umpire (base).<br />
Don’t change him immediately, wait for the next change over (if not the attention is<br />
on him)<br />
4. Australian Open (Henin – Clijsters)<br />
Overrule in favour of Henin, after she pointed her finger.<br />
SUGGESTION: at the change over tell to the player: “Can you do me a favour? Do<br />
you mind if not to point with your fingers during calls? So we don’t give her the<br />
impression I call lines with you”<br />
Segue un sermone su come, quando e se fare overrule. I punti principali:<br />
Overrule is not an instinct but a choice: ask to yourself: “Am I good overruling that<br />
one?”. If is too close, we take the risk not to be consistent.<br />
If you overrule before in the match, you can do even at the tie-break of the 3 rd set; if<br />
you didn’t, NEVER do it at a crucial moment of the match (“is this a right<br />
moment?”, “Can I be consistent?”)<br />
Don’t be too quick with overrules: there’s nothing worst than a bad overrule!!!<br />
ELECTRONIC REVIEW SYSTEM (CHALLENGE)<br />
Viene mostrato un video sulla prima esperienza di utilizzo del “Challenge” all’Hopman<br />
Cup. Si constata che è un sistema ottimo nel tennis, che segue lo stesso principio della<br />
BMI (quasi sempre è più veloce di una normale BMI). Si discute ancora se va limitata<br />
oppure no: secondo Mike, come non sono limitate le BMI che possono essere richieste,<br />
non andrebbero limitate le richieste del “Challenge”. Secondo l’ATP, invece, va posto<br />
un limite: è già operativa, per quest’anno, un limite di 2 richieste di “Challenge” per set,<br />
più una supplementare in caso di Tie-break. Nel caso si giocasse un doppio, con il<br />
Deciding Match Tie-break al set finale, esso conterebbe come un normale set (di<br />
conseguenza solo richieste di “Challenge” sono concesse.<br />
CLAY COURT PROCEDURES (SOME VIDEOS)<br />
5. Davis Cup<br />
The CU checks a different mark. After this, he realizes he made a mistake and which<br />
mark was, but is too late!!!! Here there is a very good body language of the CU, because<br />
everybody got he realized the mistake, but you cannot change your decision.<br />
SUGGESTIONS:<br />
Don’t ask to the LU to point the mark if you are still running: this is to avoid to<br />
have like a meeting with him on the mark;<br />
220
Day 2 – Afternoon<br />
When a decision is made, everything after this, is considered like a player’s<br />
appeal;<br />
It is a good answer “That’s what I had” or “I thought it was that one”;<br />
Once you have decided don’t look at the mark again.<br />
DAVIS CUP AND FED CUP<br />
Il pomeriggio inizia con alcune domande fatte da Stefan su Davis e Fed Cup. In particolare<br />
si mettono in evidenza le differenze con i Circuit events.<br />
PARTISAN CROWD: we discuss later about this during videos;<br />
ROLE OF CAPTAIN:<br />
a) he can talk to players at change of ends;<br />
b) he has a particular violation schedule;<br />
c) he cannot go and check the mark with the CU;<br />
d) in Davis/Fed Cup he is a part of the team, but if he does<br />
something very bad, we don’t penalize the whole team;<br />
e) if we remove him, he should be out of the court’s area;<br />
f) if he is removed, another player will substitute him;<br />
g) if he’s coaching at the wrong time, it a Code Violation for<br />
the team.<br />
DRESS CODE:<br />
a) National Association Team Sponsor (not all the companies,<br />
they don’t have to conflict with main sponsors);<br />
b) NO Lotto ATP line (Davis Cup); YES WTA Tour patch or<br />
Lotto WTA line (Fed Cup) if it doesn’t conflict with a ed<br />
Cup sponsor. It will be placed on the sleeve or front: NO on<br />
the cap!<br />
c) Team Identification rule;<br />
d) Writing is allowed both in Davis and in Fed Cup.<br />
HEAT RULE: they can do everything (coaching, treatments).<br />
CODE OF CONDUCT<br />
Inizia un sermone su come ci si debba comportare in quanto official. Essere puniti a causa<br />
di una violazione del “code for official” non è una cosa così rara.<br />
Think of all the time & effort you’ve put in to get your badge. An easy way to loose it is to<br />
be unprofessional. NO FLEXIBILITY!<br />
Seguono alcune scenette a cui siamo stati chiamati a prendere parte simulando situazioni di<br />
possibili violazioni del “code for official”, sia in qualità di arbitri che di supervisor (anche<br />
nei casi in cui il bronze badge resta come deputy per gli ultimi giorni).<br />
I. A white badge is always in late at a tournament. You are the supervisor. What do you<br />
do?<br />
221
II. An italian player and a CU are at a tournament in India. The only 2 italians. The<br />
player is inviting the CU to have dinner together. Like a CU what do you do?<br />
(domanda fatta a me).<br />
III. A bronze badge is criticizing the supervisor. As supervisor you know this. What do<br />
you do? (a good technique is to tell the official that the other CU think there is a<br />
problem between me and you; maybe they misunderstood).<br />
IV. The tournament director tells you (supervisor) that the designated bronze badge has<br />
his breath smelling alcohol. What do you do? (About any kind of complaining, is<br />
always better to find out what’s going on by yourself).<br />
Day 3 – Morning<br />
La giornata inizia con un’oretta dedicate al “question time” da parte degli students ai<br />
teachers prima del test finale.<br />
COACHING CHAIR UMPIRES<br />
The creation of a new document is in progress: how to coach chair umpires.<br />
Coaching is a more positive impression than evaluating.<br />
The supervisor should coach the bronze badge; the bronze badge should coach the 2 white<br />
badges and the white badge should coach the national umpires.<br />
It is important to watch many matches as possible.<br />
“Coaching” is a 2 ways process: we expect people coached also asking things happened<br />
during matches but not noticed from the coach.<br />
Make yourself available when your coach is available.<br />
When, in different weeks, you are coached from different coaches, you learn more.<br />
At the beginning of the week, the coach should advice the CU that he will be coaching<br />
him and that the coach is here to help the CU.<br />
How do we coach?<br />
if in his 1 st match you have watched you notice, for example, 15 mistakes, the 1 st<br />
time you talk to the CU, we tell him just 1 of these things (the most important);<br />
the 2 nd time tell him 2 or 3 positive things, plus another one thing not good;<br />
then check another match, if the CU fixed the thing you noticed him, then move to<br />
the next important thing, and when he fixed the other one, then move again to<br />
another one, step by step (is like with players: we don’t say what we want, but what<br />
is better for them how to hear this: so tell to the CU what is useful for him, not for<br />
you!);<br />
222
when watching matches, don’t be so visible (you can add pressure): they need to feel<br />
like they have someone on their side and not someone waiting to criticize them;<br />
give him regular feedbacks, positive and “new messages”.<br />
2 good rules to follow:<br />
1) everything you talk about with CU should be written into the “Observations” boxes.<br />
The “General Comments” is a summary. Always start with something positive<br />
(“good tournament or week”; “we talked about a lot of issues”; “he improved”; “just<br />
a couple of things to improve”). The conclusion should be something motivating.<br />
2) always talk in a positive (constructive) manner like: “he needs to continue working”,<br />
“try to work on”, “continue to…”. This is to let him easily accept the message.<br />
When you write down the evaluation, they should know what is written: se it them by email;<br />
if the final rating is “1” or “2”, give them also an hard copy before they leave the<br />
tournament (and after their last match!!!).<br />
RATING<br />
There’s no different way to evaluate white badge or a national umpire.<br />
Always start with a “3”: if something important happens, go up to “4” (or “5”), or go down<br />
to “2” (or “1”).<br />
How to get “4”.<br />
Good match control, good application of code violations, knowledge of rules,<br />
overrules, handle all the BMI in the match, good communication to players.<br />
How to get “2”.<br />
Technique problems, match control problems, not using the code, losing control,<br />
not knowing the rules.<br />
How to get “5” or “1”.<br />
Occasionally just one thing can change the “3” to a “5” or to a “1”.<br />
Cases of immediate default: it can be “5”;<br />
Violating code of officials: it can be “1”.<br />
When the supervisor I not requesting you to coach, then mention him.<br />
La giornata continua con alter cenette solamente per alcuni di noi.<br />
h. 12.00: 1 ora a disposizione per pranzare.<br />
223
h. 13.00: Final Test!!! Il test è formato da 70 multiple choice questions + 10 open questions.<br />
Durante il test finale, uno per volta si viene chiamati per un’interrogazione orale con Mike o<br />
Stefan (sono 6 domande, all’interno delle quali pongono un’altra domanda).<br />
My oral questions (I remember just 4 questions):<br />
1) Service. Ace. The loser complains for a “net”. He asks to the server if he heard it, and he<br />
agrees it was “net”. What do you do? Which is your decision”?<br />
2) Tough match. One player smash on the other one. What do you do? Later in the match,<br />
the other player gives back the “favour”. They start to use hard words against each other<br />
and they comes to the net to have a fight. What do you do?<br />
3) A player received a MTO for cramps. The next change over he receives the 1 st treatment.<br />
We are now at 2-2, 30-30 and he falls down in pain. What do you do? If he asks for the<br />
trainer, what do you do? The trainer stats he’s not treatable, but he’s not ready in 30<br />
seconds, what do you do? You assess also a game penalty. Can he receive the 2 nd<br />
treatment now?<br />
4) A line umpire follows a player to the toilet. Player starts talking in another language to<br />
his coach. Then he comes to you to report it. What is your discussion with the line<br />
umpire? What do you do then? If you call the referee, what do you tell him?<br />
Dopo circa un paio d’ore, si rientra in aula: tutti sono trepidanti. Mike inizia col ringraziare<br />
tutti, che la scuola è stata difficile e che non per tutti questa sarà l’ultima scuola. Chi l’ha<br />
passata è semplicemente perché lo ha meritato. Nulla è stato regalato.<br />
Iniziano a distribuire le buste…. Tutti sanno che se è più pesante è perché dentro si troverà<br />
il badge… arriva la busta, la tocchi,<br />
224
APPENDICE 3: ALCUNI CONSIGLI PRATICI PER LE PRESCUOLE E LE<br />
SCUOLE<br />
Cari lettori,<br />
alla fine di questo lungo “viaggio” durato tredici anni forse siete un po’ più preparati di<br />
prima ed avete un ‘idea di ciò che troverete nei fogli davanti a voi sia nelle pre-scuole che<br />
nelle scuole vere e proprie.<br />
Tuttavia, allo scopo di meglio affrontare le une e le altre sono stati aggiunti alcuni<br />
suggerimenti pratici, consapevole che l’alto tasso di promozioni registrato da quando esiste<br />
il sistema delle pre-scuole deriva dalla nostra capacità di renderle il più possibile simili alle<br />
scuole vere e proprie.<br />
Tutto ciò che segue è frutto di esperienze reali da parte dei vari allievi .<br />
In bocca al lupo!!<br />
MM<br />
- PUNTUALITA’: Non arrivate mai in ritardo. Se dovete prendere un aereo<br />
prendetelo il giorno prima della scuola, anche se questa inizia alle 11.00 del mattino<br />
e voi potreste risparmiare una notte in hotel partendo con il volo delle 8.00 per<br />
arrivare alle 9.00. Non rischiate!! Che succede se il vostro volo ritarda o viene<br />
cancellato? Inoltre, se partite il giorno prima e ci sono più voli disponibili, per lo<br />
stesso motivo di cui sopra, non prendete mai l’ultimo volo.<br />
- BAGAGLIO: Mettete nel bagaglio a mano tutto ciò che vi serve per la scuola (libri,<br />
appunti, etc, etc). Se vi perdono il bagaglio principale almeno avrete tutto ciò che vi<br />
occorre per sopravvivere.<br />
- ORDINE E PULIZIA: Non presentatevi mai sciatti, trasandati, in blue jeans o con<br />
la barba non fatta. Dareste di voi un’immagine brutta in partenza, difficile da<br />
recuperare successivamente.<br />
- NON FATE I FENOMENI: Rispondete solo alle domande che vi fanno. Non<br />
cercate di far vedere a tutti i costi che siete bravi ed avete studiato. E se poi invece<br />
sbagliate la risposta? Che figura ci fate?<br />
- NON CONTRADDITE GLI ISTRUTTORI: Anche loro sbagliano. Ma se li<br />
contraddite in pubblico, magari facendo loro vedere il libro dove secondo voi hanno<br />
sbagliato, credete di fare una bella cosa? Ricordate che normalmente i vostri istruttori<br />
225
alle scuole hanno alle spalle migliaia di match sulla sedia o centinaia di tornei diretti<br />
e sono i migliori Full-Time al mondo! Abbiate rispetto !!!<br />
- NON COPIATE: La persona di fianco a voi potrebbe sbagliare<br />
- NON LASCIATE LA RISPOSTA IN BIANCO: Una risposta in bianco vale come<br />
una sbagliata e quindi tanto vale provarci. Almeno avete il 50 % di possibilità !<br />
- NON DATE IL RISULTATO PER SCONTATO: Se avete l’impressione di aver<br />
fatto un brutto pre-test non scoraggiatevi. Avete 3 giorni per recuperare. Al contrario<br />
se lo avete fatto bene non montatevi la testa. L’errore grave è sempre dietro l’angolo.<br />
….e per ultimo…..<br />
STUDIATE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!<br />
226
227
228<br />
Riproduzione totale o parziale riservata<br />
Reproduction in whole or in total is prohibited
229